Professional Skills Institute

Transcription

1 Professional Skills Institute Career education for a lifetime of success! PSI Divisions: College of (Allied) Health Sciences School of Physical Therapist Assisting School of Practical Nursing Academic Catalog Institutionally Accredited by Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools (ABHES) Approved to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees State - Approved by the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools Approved to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees Reg. No B PSI Campus 1505 Holland Road Maumee, Ohio, Phone: Fax: Professional Skills Institute is an educational division of Professional Skills Incorporated. Professional Skills Institute is a subsidiary of Professional Skills Incorporated, a privately-held corporation with Patricia A. Finch majority shareholder. This catalog is published for informational purposes only. It creates no contractual rights for either students or staff. All questions concerning the application of any stated policy to an individual must be referred to the appropriate school officials for final determination. (Revision Date: November 2013) PSI Academic Catalog--1

2 PSI Academic Catalog--2

3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Statement of Mission and Philosophy... 7 PSI Divisions (Departments)... 7 History of Professional Skills Institute... 7 Nondiscrimination... 8 Voters Registration Information... 8 Informed Consent... 8 Employment Opportunities... 8 Admissions Acknowledgment Statement... 8 Program Delivery... 8 Administration... 9 Faculty Programs Approvals/Accreditations/Certifications and Licensing National Level State Level CAPTE (PTA Program) and PTA Licensing Ohio Board of Nursing (PN Program) and PN Licensing AMA and MA Certifications MBCS Certification PSI Campus Location, Hours of Operation, Facility, Student Parking, Disabled Parking/Campus Access, Bus Stop Student Lounge PSI Campus Smoking Policy, Reception Area Library, Library Pamphlet, UT Medical Center Campus Library PTA Affiliation Financial Aid Tuition and Fees Purchase of Textbooks Supplies Financial Aid Options Federal Pell Grant Federal Direct Stafford Loans Federal Parent PLUS Loans Non-Title IV Financial Aid Self Pay Financial Aid Application Process Satisfactory Progress Unsatisfactory Progress Refunds Policy Due to Termination/Withdrawal Institutional Refund Policy Return of Financial Aid for Students Who Withdraw Refund Distribution Policy PN Student Clinical Refund Policy Student Accounts Student Billing Student Account Overages Third Party Billing/Outside Sources Students First Quarter Balance Due Payment Methods Failure of Payment Commitment Quarter End Balances Senior/Graduate Students, Additional Licensure Processing Fee Graduates or Withdrawn Students PN Student Miscellaneous Fees Re-enrollment Student Account Balance T Tax Forms Return of Textbooks Return of School Uniforms PSI Academic Catalog--3

4 Academic Information ABHES Quarter Credit Hour Description State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools --AAS Degree Quarter Credit Hour Description Additional Outside Clock Hours Description Confidentiality Policy/ Confidentiality of Student Records/FERPA PSI Student Procedure of Access of Academic Record Post Secondary Education Students with Disabilities/Section 504 of Rehabilitation Act of PSI Procedure of Academic Accommodations Due to a Documented Disability PSI Disability Discrimination Grievance Procedure Registration Adding a Course Dropping a Course Withdrawal from a Course/Program Correspondence Courses Experiential Learning/Advanced Placement /Ability to Benefit Transfer of Credits/Proficiency College of (Allied) Health Sciences School of Physical Therapist Assisting School of Practical Nursing Procedure for Proficiency Exam Part-time Status Academic Termination All Programs Second Enrollment Criteria, Time-Line, and Procedure Instructor/Course Evaluation Grading Policies Grade Point Average (GPA) Incomplete Academic Transcripts Procedure for Handling Academic Difficulty Academic Probation Academic Hold PTA Program Academic Alert PTA Program Remediation Test/Competency Grade Review Process and Policy Director of Education End of the Quarter Review of Transcripts and Plans of Study for Failure of Courses Academic Probation/Terminations Transportation/Academic Advisement/Student Health Services Study Groups Graduation/Graduation Requirements Dean s List Placement Assistance Malpractice Insurance Attendance Policy Attendance/Tardiness PSI Testing Policy Student Conduct Information PSI Student Conduct Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior Procedure for Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior Procedure for Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure Sexual Assault Education and Prevention Program Student Suggestions or Complaints Suspension PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy PSI Academic Catalog--4

5 College of (Allied) Health Sciences...69 Admission Requirements Application Process Probationary Admission Allied Health Sciences (AH) Programs: AMA--Medical Office Assistant (Associate Degree) AMA Curriculum Sequence MA--Medical Office Assistant (Diploma) MA Curriculum Sequence AMA and MA Clinical/Clerical Skills AAMA Mission and Core Values Goals and Objectives for the AMA and MA Programs MBCS Medical Billing and Coding Specialist ( ) Diploma MBCS Curriculum Sequence MBCS Clerical Skills Goals and Objectives for the MIS Program Medical Association of Billers Code of Ethics Course Descriptions General Information/Policies and Procedures Testing Guidelines/Policy and Procedure Daily Classroom Expectations Appearance and Attendance Externship Requirements Externship Personnel Descriptions/Roles/Responsibilities Grading for Externship AH Advisory Committee Members School of Physical Therapist Assisting Admission Requirements Application Process Probationary Admission Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA) Program: PTA Physical Therapist Assistant (Associate Degree) Curriculum Sequence PTA Mission Statement and Philosophy Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant Goals, Objectives and Outcomes of the PTA Curriculum Professional Development Aspirations PTA Generic Abilities Course Descriptions General Information/Policies and Procedures PSI---Testing Policies PTA Testing Policies PTA Remediation Policy PTA Makeup Testing Policies PTA Class Dress Code Student Roles and Responsibilities for Laboratory Class Care of Laboratory Equipment & Supplies Complaints Outside Published Policies PTA Clinical Education Clinical Practicum Requirements Clinical Personnel Descriptions Qualifications of Clinical Instructor (CI) Clinical Personnel Roles Clinical Personnel Responsibilities Clinical Practicum Dress Code Grading for Clinical Practicum PTA Clinical Skills PTA Clinical Site and Educator Information PTA Advisory Committee Members PSI Academic Catalog--5

6 School of Practical Nursing Admissions Requirements Application Process Probationary Admission PN Part-time Status Practical Nurse (PN) Program: PN Practical Nurse- Days/Evening (Diploma) PN Days Curriculum Sequence PN Evening Sequence School of Practical Nursing Philosophy Conceptual Model/Threads of the Practical Nurse Practical Nurse Clinical Skills Terminal Objectives for Graduates of the PN Program Goals for the PN Program PN Student Conduct Policy Course Descriptions General Information/Policies and Procedures PN Policy for Test Taking including Make-up Tests Clinical Make-up Policy Cell Phone/Electronic Device Policy for Clinicals PN Clinical Requirements PN Lab Competencies Medical Release for PN Clinical Rotation Curriculum Content Rule ) (5) Failure of a Nursing Course Seat Availability Process PN Advisory Committee Members Appendix A ----Academic Calendars 2013, 2014, Inserts: The Admissions Representative, during the first meeting, will give the applicant updated program cost sheets and Gainful Employment Program Disclosure Acknowledgments as an insert to this catalog. AMA Program Cost Sheet MA Program Cost Sheet MBCS Program Cost Sheet PTA Program Cost Sheet PN Program Cost Sheet AMA Gainful Employment Disclosure Acknowledgment MA Gainful Employment Disclosure Acknowledgment MBCS Gainful Employment Disclosure Acknowledgment PTA Gainful Employment Disclosure Acknowledgment PN Gainful Employment Disclosure Acknowledgment PSI Academic Catalog--6

7 Statement of Mission and Philosophy History of Professional Skills Institute Career Education for a Lifetime of Success! Professional Skills Institute (PSI) is a private, proprietary, post-secondary, degree-granting institution that offers medical, clerical and general education courses to a culturally diverse adult student population. PSI uses a blend of theory, lab practice, and externship or clinical practicum experiences to produce competent entry level medical professionals for the community. PSI s mission statement is, Career education for a lifetime of success. PSI uses the following objectives to fulfill its mission statement and to continuously improve and enhance expected program outcomes; To hire qualified administrative and faculty personnel. To provide innovative learning environments. To guide the student in becoming an entry level health care professional. To maintain quality classroom equipment and classroom environment. To offer group tutoring to students in need. To monitor student s satisfactory academic and attendance progress throughout his/her program. To analyze student satisfaction, graduate, and employer surveys to aid in updating and improving the curriculum during the annual review of each program. To monitor each division's retention and placement statistics to maintain the 70% rate required by ABHES and to develop a plan of action, if needed. PSI Divisions (Departments) Professional Skills Institute (PSI) has three divisions: College of (Allied) Health Sciences (AH) offering the following Diploma programs: Medical Office Assistant---(MA) Medical Billing and Coding Specialist---(MBCS) and offering the following Associate of Applied Science Degree program: Associate Medical Office Assistant---(AMA) School of Physical Therapist Assisting offering an Associate of Applied Science degree program: Physical Therapist Assistant---(PTA) School of Practical Nursing offering a diploma program: Practical Nurse---(PN) PSI has a strong commitment to educate students for rewarding medical careers. Professional attitudes are instilled, along with high academic standards, to provide the medical community with qualified, competent medical personnel. Professional Skills Institute was established in April of 1984 as an allied health personnel training facility by Patricia A. Finch, President. In 1984, a registered nurse from the South end of Toledo had a vision of creating a college unique from the sprawling institutions in the region. This was to be a college for everyone. A college as rich in diversity as opportunity for success. Her dream was a school where students came first and were respected as individuals and for their vision of one day entering the medical profession as she had. The college began in April of 1984 with only two students. Nearly 30 years have passed and thousands of successful graduates later her philosophy still remains. PSI is institutionally accredited by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools (ABHES) as an allied health educational institution and approved by ABHES to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees. PSI has been continuously accredited by ABHES since May 2, PSI has current ABHES accreditation through December of PSI has been granted state approval by the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees. PSI has current approval from the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools through March of In 1989 PSI received State of Ohio Board of Proprietary School Registration now named State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools and ABHES approval for our first Associate of Applied Science Degree program in Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA). On April 15, 1992 the PTA program was granted programmatic accreditation by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE). The PTA program is programmatically accredited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education through December This accreditation grants eligibility to the graduates to sit for the National Physical Therapy Examination (NPTE) PTA. In January of 2002, PSI realized the shortage of Licensed Practical Nurses (LPN) not only in the Toledo area but nationwide, began working with the Nursing Board of the State of Ohio and developed a Practical Nurse Program. The first class entered in August of Professional Skills Institute School of Practical Nursing Program (PN) was granted approval by the Ohio Board of Nursing in September PSI has current approval from the Ohio Board of Nursing through September In 2004, PSI applied for, and received, approval from the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools and ABHES for a new associate degree program for the Medical Office Assistant. PSI Academic Catalog--7

8 Nondiscrimination PSI does not discriminate with regard to age, race, color, sex, marital status, disability, religion, political affiliation, or national origin. This institution, in compliance with Section 504 of the 1973 Rehabilitation Act, does not discriminate against disabled persons. This policy pertains to admissions, classroom instruction, employment, and all other PSI personnel actions and functions. Voters Registration Information PSI has voter registration information available in the student lounge area, at the front desk and in the student orientation packet. For more information about becoming a registered voter, the student may also go to or call By reviewing and signing the PSI Enrollment Agreement, Informed Consent the student gives PSI the right and permission to use audio taping, photographic portraits, pictures, or videos of them in character or form for education, advertising, art trade, or any other lawful purpose whatsoever. By reviewing and signing the PSI Enrollment Agreement, the student gives PSI the right and permission to do drug testing and background checks for the purpose of maintaining a drug and crime free environment; clinical or externship placement. By reviewing and signing the PSI Release of Information Statement, the student give PSI the right and permission to release information regarding his/her academic and attendance progress; clinical practicum, externship, or nursing clinical rotation grades to potential employers for employment purpose. By reviewing and signing the PSI Release of Information Statement, the student gives PSI the right and permission to release the preceding information for the purpose of applying for registry or certification exams and placement for clinical practicum, externship, or nursing clinical rotation. By reviewing and signing the PSI Student Clinical Participation Statement, the student releases PSI from any and all responsibilities in regard to participating in parenteral procedures, including venipuncture, blood testing, injections, and physical therapy procedures. By reviewing and signing the PSI Student Clinical Participation Statement the student gives PSI permission and understands that other students will be given the right to practice applicable procedures on them as well as being practiced upon. By reviewing and signing the PSI Off-Campus Participation Wavier the student releases PSI from any and all responsibilities in regard to participation in any off-campus educational experiences. Employment Opportunities The College of (Allied) Health Sciences (AH) graduates qualify to work in, but not limited to, hospitals, clinics, doctors offices, insurance offices or transcription offices, depending on the program completed. PSI does not guarantee employment or a minimum starting salary. The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics job outlook for Medical Assistants (AMA and MA) is expected to increase 31% (much faster than average) between Website: The School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) graduates qualify to work in, but not limited to, hospital physical therapy departments, private physical therapy facilities, nursing homes, home health care agencies or other health related centers under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist (PT). There is a strong need for PTs and PTAs to carry out rehabilitation for people who suffer from a degenerative musculoskeletal disease or injury, brain/spinal injury or stroke, a birth defect, like spina bifida; an acute trauma, like a sport s injury or amputation; a neurological disease, like multiple sclerosis; generalized debility following an illness or be a part of a fitness/prevention program. PSI does not guarantee employment or a minimum starting salary. The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics job outlook for Physical Therapist Assistants (PTA) is expected to increase 45% (much faster than average) between Website: The School of Practical Nursing (PN) employment opportunities for LPNs are in a variety of facilities. Some of these settings consist of, but are not limited to, long-term care facilities, skilled care facilities, hospitals and medical centers, outpatient clinics, occupational health care centers, community mental health centers, rehabilitation centers, hospices, doctors offices, and private duty nursing. PSI does not guarantee employment or a minimum starting salary. The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics job outlook for Licensed Practical Nurses (PN) is expected to increase 22% (faster than average) between Website: Admissions Acknowledgment Statement As mature and responsible social behaviors are the fundamental basis for any professional atmosphere, be it academic or employment related, Professional Skills Institute strives to accept only students who exhibit the utmost respect and courtesy for others. From the candidate s initial contact with the School, the School will begin its evaluation to appraise the candidate s behavior as responsible and appropriate. If any conduct is demonstrated that is inappropriate for the professional and academic environment, or lacking common respect and courtesy for others, admission may be denied or enrollment terminated. Professional Skills Institute reserves the right to use any and all information gathered, printed or otherwise, during the admission process to appropriately determine a candidate s suitability for enrollment. If behaviors or a past pattern of behaviors are revealed during this assessment, that are immoral, unlawful or unbecoming of a student of Professional Skills Institute, admission may be denied or enrollment terminated. Program Delivery All programs are completely residential in nature and no components are done through distance learning. PSI Academic Catalog--8

9 Administration Board of Directors: Daniel A. Finch, Chairman of the Board Patricia A. Finch, President/Founder Mary C. Wells, Secretary/Treasurer Administrative Staff: President/Founder/Owner CEO/Executive Director Director of Education/Assistant Campus Director Registrar/Assistant to the Director of Education IEP (Institute Effectiveness) Assistant PTA Program Director PTA Academic Coordinator of Clinical Education (ACCE) /PTA Placement Coordinator PN Program Coordinator Associate PN Coordinator/PN Placement Coordinator AH Placement Coordinator Admissions Coordinator Admissions Representative Director of Finance/Student Accounts Officer Financial Aid Administrator Finance Assistant Network Administrator and Security Administrative Assistant Administrative Assistant Medical Consultant Patricia Finch, RN Daniel Finch Mary Wells, AAS, RMA, CMA, CPT Sue Burton Stacey DeShetler, PhD, abd Deanna Lamb, PT, BS Denise Kovacs, PTA, BA Annette Martin, MSN, RN Leah McGary, MSN, RN, CRNP Meg Urbaniak, RN Tony Dickens, BA Andrea Cluckey, BA Terri Kinder, AAB Kelly Sanders, AAS, BAAS Lauren Sanders Jack Wells, MCSE, CCNA Marie Parker Sylvia Gumersell Leah McGary, MSN, RN, CRNP PSI Academic Catalog--9

10 PSI Academic Catalog--10

11 FACULTY College of (Allied) Health Sciences Updated AH PROGRAM DIRECTOR: Mary Wells, AAS, RMA, CMA, CPT A.A.S. MA Stautzenberger College, Ohio CO-PROGRAM DIRECTOR: Deanna Lamb, PT, BS, MA MA Spring Arbor University, Michigan BS PT Bowling Green State University, Ohio Full-time Faculty: Hazel Hart, RMA A.A.S. (MA) Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Instructor for the following courses: MED109/109-M MA Clinical I MED110/110-M MA Clinical II MED111/111-M MA Clinical III Karen Sims, PTA A.A.S. (PTA) Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Instructor for the following courses: MED135/135-M Anatomy & Physiology I MED136/136-M Anatomy & Physiology II Julie Young, AAB, CMBS, MCOS AAB Owens Community College, Ohio Instructor for the following courses: MED103/103-M Keyboarding MED105/105-M Medical Office Procedures MED106/106-M Medical Insurance I MED112/112-M Transcription I MED118/118-M Medical Insurance II 119-M MIS Externship -- *ACCE 153-M Medical Insurance III MED154/154-M Computer Applications MED152/152-M Job Readiness Margaret Urbaniak, BEd, RN, CAHI AH Placement Diploma Maumee Valley Hospital School of Nursing, Ohio BEd University of Toledo, Ohio Instructor for the following courses: MED101/101-M Medical Law & Ethics 104-M Office Communications 108-M Fundamentals of Psychology MED114/114-M AMA/MA Externship *ACCE MED102/102-M Medical Terminology I MED116/116-M Medical Terminology II MED155/155-M Disease/Pharmacology AH Placement Coordinator AH Advisory Committee Chairman *ACCE = Academic Coordinator of Clinical Education Stacey DeShetler, PhD, abd PhD, abd University of Toledo, Ohio MCJ Tiffin University, Ohio BA Lourdes College, Ohio AAS Owens Technical College, Ohio Instructor for the following courses: PSY101 Introduction of Psychology SOC101 Introduction to Sociology ENG101 English Composition Daniel Sundberg, MBA MBA Harvard Business School, Massachusetts Instructor for the following courses: MTH101 Basic Mathematics MTH102 Business Mathematics Note: Full-time and part-time faculty may change due to student enrollment or instructor availability. Instructor s courses may change quarterly based on educational review. Published are the current instructional assignments as of this catalog revision. School of Physical Therapist Assisting Updated PTA Program Director and General Education Coordinator: *Deanna Lamb, PT, BS, MA MA Spring Arbor University, Michigan BS PT Bowling Green State University, Ohio Full-time Core Faculty: *Deanna Lamb, PT, BS, MA MA Spring Arbor University, Michigan BS PT Bowling Green State University, Ohio Instructor for the following courses: BIO307 Growth & Development KIN101 Kinesiology I KIN201 Kinesiology II PTA204 Musculoskeletal I PTA305 Musculoskeletal II PTA307 Administrative Procedures PTA409 Special Topics PTA411 PTA Seminar Denise Kovacs, PTA, BA ----PTA ACCE BA Spring Arbor University, Michigan A.A.S. Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Lab Assistant as needed for PTA courses. PTA306-A Clinical Practicum I-A PTA306-B Clinical Practicum I-B PTA410-A Clinical Practicum II-A PTA410-B Clinical Practicum II-B Academic Coordinator of Clinical Education Placement for the School of Physical Therapist Assisting PTA Advisory Committee Co-Chairman PTA In-service Coordinator Karen Sims, PTA A.A.S. Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Teaching Assistant PSI Academic Catalog--11

12 Part-time Core Faculty: *Melissa Miller, PT, MPT MPT University of Findlay, Ohio A.A.S. Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Instructor for the following courses: BIO307 Growth & Development KIN101 Kinesiology I KIN201 Kinesiology II PTA101 Introduction to Physical Therapy PTA204 Musculoskeletal I PTA305 Musculoskeletal II PTA307 Administrative Procedures PTA203 PTA Techniques PTA408 Rehabilitation II Part-time Faculty: Mario Baker, PT, MS MS University of Toledo, Ohio BA Bowling Green State University, Ohio Instructor for the following courses: BIO306 Fundamentals of Disease PTA203 PTA Techniques PTA204 Musculoskeletal I PTA305 Musculoskeletal II PTA409 Special Topics *Heidi Wallace, LPTA, ATC/L BS University of Toledo, Ohio A.A.S. Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Lab Instructor: KIN101 Kinesiology I KIN201 Kinesiology II BIO102 Anatomy & Physiology I BIO103 Anatomy & Physiology II PTA102 Rehabilitation I PTA408 Rehabilitation II PTA203 PTA Techniques PTA409 Special Topics * Signifies PTA faculty who have been credentialed by the American Physical Therapy Association as a Credentialed Clinical Instructor. Note: Full-time and part-time faculty may change due to student enrollment or instructor availability. Published are the current instructional assignments as of this catalog revision. Stacey DeShetler, PhD, abd PhD, abd University of Toledo, Ohio MCJ Tiffin University, Ohio BA Lourdes College, Ohio A.A.S. Owens Technical College, Ohio Instructor for the following courses: PSY101 Introduction of Psychology SOC101 Introduction to Sociology ENG101 English Composition Kristi Eddy, PTA, BS BS- University of Toledo, Ohio AAS-Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Instructor for the following courses: PTA101 Introduction to Physical Therapy PTA408 Rehabilitation Therapy I BIO102 Medical Terminiology Tiffany Gregory-Slowinski, PTA A.A.S. Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Teaching Assistant Lyn Lemon, PTA A.A.S. Owens Community College, Ohio Teaching Assistant Roger (Chip) Lewis, PTA A.A.S. Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Teaching Assistant Laurie Livingston, PT, MEd MEd-Bowling Green State University, Ohio BS-PT- University of Findlay, Ohio AAS-Owens Technical College, Ohio Instructor for the following courses: BIO306 Fundamentals of Disease Dan Schriner, PTA, BS, MEd MEd-Bowling Green State University, Ohio BS-Bowling Green State University, Ohio A.A.S.-Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Instructor for the following courses: BIO102 Anatomy & Physiology I BIO103 Anatomy & Physiology II KIN101 Kinesiology I KIN201 Kinesiology II Dana Steele PTA A.A.S. Professional Skills Institute, Ohio Teaching Assistant PSI Academic Catalog--12

13 School of Practical Nursing Updated PN Program Coordinator: Annette Martin, MSN, BSN, RN MSN Medical College of Ohio BSN Lourdes College, Ohio Diploma St. Vincent School of Nursing, Ohio Clinical Education Coordinator Advisory Committee Chairman Associate PN Program Coordinator/Placement: Leah McGary, MSN, RN, FNP-BC MSN Medical College of Ohio BSN Lourdes College, Ohio Diploma Toledo Hospital School of Nursing, Ohio Assistant Clinical Education Coordinator Advisory Committee Co-Chairman PN Placement Coordinator PN In-Service Coordinator Full-Time Faculty: Deborah Augustyniak, MSN, BSN, RN MSN-Lourdes University, Ohio BSN Florida Southern College, Florida Diploma Mercy Hospital School of Nursing, Ohio Instructor for the following course: PN102 Math for Meds (D/N) PN103 Anatomy & Physiology I (D/N) PN203 Anatomy & Physiology II (D) Lab Instructor: PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing Clinical Instructor: PN205 Med/Surg Nursing (D) Sharon Bayles, RN Diploma Uniontown Hospital School of Nursing, Pennsylvania Teaching Assistant for the following courses: PN302 Basic Nutrition & Diet Therapy (D/N) PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN Review Lab Teaching Assistant: PN204 Medication Administration PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing Cynthia Bohland, BSN, RN Evening Term Coordinator BSN Spring Arbor University, Michigan ADN--Owens Community College, Ohio Instructor for the following course: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing (N) PN205 Med/Surg Nursing (N) PN305 Advanced Med/Surg (N) PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN Review (N) PN203 Anatomy & Physiology II (N) Clinical Instructor: PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing (D/N) PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing (N) PN205 Med/Surg Nursing (N) Valerie DeVaughn, MSN, RN ----Term II Coordinator PN Health Records Coordinator MSN Indiana Wesleyan University, Indiana BSN--Indiana Wesleyan University, Indiana ADN--Owens Community College, Ohio Instructor for the following course: PN205 Med/Surg Nursing Lab Instructor: PN205 Med/Surg Nursing Clinical Instructor: PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing Jacqueline Hansen, BSN, RN BSN University of Toledo, Ohio/ Medical College of Ohio Instructor for the following course: PN405 Pediatric Nursing Lab Instructor: PN405 Pediatric Nursing PN204 Medication Administration Clinical Instructor: PN405 Pediatric Nursing Jerry Lowry, RN ADN--Owens Community College, Ohio Lab Teaching Assistant: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing (D/N) PN204 Medication Administration (N) PN205 Med/Surg Nursing (N) PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing (N) Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing (D) PN205 Med/Surg Nursing (D) Kimberly Osburn, MSN, BSN, RN --Term IV Coordinator MSN Lourdes University, Ohio BSN Lourdes College, Ohio ADN University of Toledo, Ohio Instructor for the following course: PN101 Medical Terminology (D/N) PN301 Computer Applications (D/N) PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing (D) Lab Instructor: PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing (D) Clinical Instructor: PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing (D) Lisa Stevens, MSN, RN ----Term I Coordinator MSN--University of Phoenix, Arizona BSN Spring Arbor University, Michigan ADN Lutheran College of Health Professions, Indiana Instructor for the following course: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing Lab Instructor: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing Mary Pat Vetter, BSN, RN --- Term III Coordinator BSN Mercy College of Detroit, Michigan Diploma St. Vincent School of Nursing, Ohio Instructor for the following course: PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing Lab Instructor: PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing Clinical Instructor: PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing Jennifer Ward, BSN, RN BSN University of Phoenix, Arizona ADN University of Toledo, Ohio Instructor for the following course: PN202 Pharmacology I Lab Teaching Assistant: PN105 Fundamental of Nursing PN204 Medication Administration PN205 Med/Surg Nursing PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing PSI Academic Catalog--13

14 Part-Time Faculty: Sharon Bee, MSN, BSN, RN MSN Lourdes College, Ohio BSN University of Ohio Diploma Toledo Hospital School of Nursing, Ohio Clinical Instructor: PN405 Pediatric Nursing (D/N) Sharon Bryson, BSN, RN BSN University of South Carolina, South Carolina Instructor for the following course: PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing(N) Lab Instructor: PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing(N) Sarah Gregory, BSN, RNC BSN--University of Toledo, Ohio ADN University of Toledo, Ohio Instructor for the following course: PN304 Mental Health Nursing (D) PN201 Principles of Psychology (D) Clinical Instructor: PN304 Mental Health Nursing (D) Lynn Hartke, BSN, RN BSN Bowling Green State University, Ohio Instructor for the following course: PN306 Pharmacology II (D) Nicole Howard, BSN, RN BSN Lourdes College, Ohio Instructor for the following course: PN202 Pharmacology I (N) Lab Instructor: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing (N) PN204 Medication Administration (N) Sharon Miller, BSN, RN BSN Bowling Green State University, Ohio Instructor for the following course: PN104 Gerontological Nursing (D/N) Emily Niedzwieki, MSN, RN ---PN Clinical Site Coordinator MSN--University of Phoenix, Arizona BSN--University of Toledo, Ohio ADN--Owens Community College, Ohio Instructor for the following course: PN204 Medication Administration (N) Clinical Instructor: PN205 Med/Surg Nursing (D) Melissa Sunday, BSN, RN BSN Lordes College, Ohio A.A.S. Monroe Community College, Michigan Clinical Instructor: PN405 Pediatric Nursing (D/N) Clinical/Lab Faculty: Heather Anderson, BSN, RN BSN Bowling Green State University, Ohio Lab Instructor: PN205 Med/Surg Nursing Clinical Instructor: PN405 Pediatric Nursing (D/N) Melissa Downs, RN ADN Owens Community College, Ohio Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN205 Med/Surg Nursing Lynn Keogh, RN ADN--Owens Community College, Ohio Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN304 Mental Health Nursing Kristi Kohlhofer, BSN, RN BSN Lourdes College, Ohio Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing IV Starts Ashley Kolling, BSN, RN BSN University of Toledo Medical College, Ohio Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing IV Starts PN405 Pediatric Nursing Sandra Leopold, RN ADN--Mercy College of Northwest Ohio, Ohio Lab Teaching Assistant: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing PN204 Medication Administration PN205 Med/Surg Nursing Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing Christine Merz, RN ADN--Owens Community College, Ohio Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing PN405 Pediatric Nursing Shari Pinney, MSN, BSN, RN MSN Medical College of Ohio, Ohio BSN University of Detroit Mercy, Michigan Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN405 Pediatric Nursing Kimberly Post, RN ADN--Owens Community College, Ohio Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN405 Pediatric Nursing Kathy Rodriguez, RNC ASN Palm Beach Junior College, Florida Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing Sharon Schwartz, RN ADN--Owens Community College, Ohio Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing Jera Shehorn, BSN, RN BSN Bowling Green State University, Ohio ASN Northwest State Community College, Ohio Clinical Instructor: PN405 Pediatric Nursing (D/N) Beth Simon, RN Diploma Toledo Hospital School of Nursing, Ohio Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing IV Starts Angela Sweeney, RN ADN--Owens Community College, Ohio Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN305 Advanced Med/Surg -IV Starts Mary Watterson, RN ADN--Mercy College, Toledo, Ohio Lab Teaching Assistant: PN204 Medication Administration (D) Carrie Dutton, RN Diploma St. Vincent School of Nursing, Ohio Lab Teaching Assistant: PN204 Medication Administration Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing PSI Academic Catalog--14

15 Laura Welborn, RN A.A.S. Owens Community College Clinical Teaching Assistant: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing (N) PN205 Med/Surg Nursing (D/N) PN304 Mental Health Nursing (N) Lab Teaching Assistant: PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing (N) = Night session (D) = Day session (D/N) = Both day and night sessions Note: Full-time and part-time faculty may change due to student enrollment or instructor availability. Instructor s courses may change quarterly based on educational review. Published are the current instructional assignments as of this catalog revision. PSI Academic Catalog--15

16 PSI Academic Catalog--16

17 Program Approvals/Accreditations/Certifications and Licensing National Level PTA Licensing PSI is institutionally accredited by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools (ABHES) as an allied health educational institution and approved by ABHES to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees. PSI has been continuously accredited by ABHES since May 2, PSI has current ABHES accreditation through December of ABHES Contact Information: Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools 7777 Leesburg Pike Suite 314-N Falls Church, VA Phone No. (703) ) ABHES Disclosure: Accreditation by ABHES signifies that the institution or program has met eligibility criteria and evaluation standards of ABHES as evidenced during its most recent on-site review and continues to comply with policy and procedures for maintenance of accreditation as established by ABHES. While ABHES is recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education, various credentialing bodies and postsecondary institutions throughout the country, accreditation does not guarantee Title IV or other financial aid eligibility, credentialing opportunities for graduates, or the ability to transfer credits to other institutions. It is the responsibility of institutions and programs accredited by ABHES and individuals seeking to train at an ABHES accredited institution or program to explore all necessary aspects associated with their objectives. State Level PSI has been granted state approval by the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees. PSI has current approval from the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools through March of State Contact Information: State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools 30 East Broad Street, Suite 2481 Columbus, Ohio (614) Fax (614) Toll Free (877) Website: CAPTE Physical Therapist Assistant program at Professional Skills Institute is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE) North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314; telephone ; website: To practice physical therapist assisting in the State of Ohio, graduates of PSI s PTA program must successfully complete the NPTE: PTA licensing examination owned by the Federation of State Boards of Physical Therapy. The license is issued by Ohio Occupational Therapy, Physical Therapy and Athletic Trainers Board. The graduate will then be qualified to practice as a Licensed Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA). The PTA may be eligible to work in other states, but before relocating must communicate with that state for its regulations on practice and licensure. Ohio licensure does not guarantee licensure in other states. Ohio Occupational Therapy, Physical Therapy and Athletic Trainers Board, Riffe Center, 77 S. High Street, th 16 Floor, Columbus, OH, , (614) Ohio Board of Nursing Professional Skills Institute School of Practical Nursing (PN) program was granted Full Approval by the Ohio Board of Nursing on July 25, 2013, for a period of five years (until July 2018) in accordance with Section (A)(5) of the Ohio Revised Code. (Ohio Board of Nursing, 17 South High Street, Suite 400, Columbus, OH, Phone No. (614) ) PN Licensing Upon successful completion of the PN program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduate will be eligible to sit for National Council Licensure Examination for Practical/Vocational Nurses (NCLEX-PN ) developed by The National Council of State Boards of Nursing, Inc., to become a Licensed Practical Nurse (LPN). The address will depend on which state the student is applying for licensure. Ohio Board of Nursing, 17 South High Street, Suite 400, Columbus, OH, Phone No Michigan Dept. of Consumer & Industry Services, c/o st Board of Nursing, 611 W. Ottawa St. 1 Floor, Lansing MI, The PTA program is accredited by the CAPTE through December PSI Academic Catalog--17

18 AMA and MA Certifications MBCS Certification RMA: (elective certification) Following the successful completion of either the diploma or associate degree Medical Office Assistant program, graduates are eligible to sit for a registry examination administered by the American Medical Technologists to become an RMA (Registered Medical Assistant). RMA Contact Information: American Medical Technologist 710 Higgins Road, Park Ridge, Illinois, (847) CMBS: (elective certification) Following the successful completion of the diploma Medical Billing and Coding Specialist (MBCS) program, the graduates are eligible to sit for CMBS (Certified Medical Billing Specialist) exam administered by the Medical Association of Billers. CMBS Contact Information: Medical Association of Billers 2620 Regatta Drive, Suite 102 Las Vegas, NV (702) CMA: (elective certification) Following the successful completion of either the diploma or associate degree Medical Office Assistant program, graduates are eligible to sit for the certification examination administered by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP) to be come a CMA (Certified Medical Assistant). CMA Contact Information: American Association of Medical Assistants Inc. 20 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 1575 Chicago, IL (800) CPT: (elective certification) Following the successful completion of either the diploma or associate degree Medical Office Assistant program, graduates are eligible to sit for a certification examination administered by the International Academy of Phlebotomy Sciences to become a CPT (Certified Phlebotomy Technician). CPT Contact Information: International Academy of Phlebotomy Sciences 629 D Lyn Street, Columbus, OH, (614) PSI Academic Catalog--18

19 PSI CAMPUS 1505 Holland Road, Maumee, Ohio, Location: Geography: Professional Skills Institute (PSI), is a privately owned and controlled, single institution with the geographical on-campus location at 1505 Holland Road, Maumee, Ohio, PSI does not have on-campus student housing. PSI does not share or lease campus space to other Title IV institutions. Students, faculty, and administrative employees are all housed in this single location. PSI s geographical on-campus location is 1505 Holland Road. This is on the corner of Holland Road and Dussel Drive. The campus area includes the side walk in front and to the side of the building, the parking lot in front, side, and back, and the separate student parking lot to the side of the main building. PSI does not own or control any non-campus buildings or property. Hours of Operation: The PSI building is open from 7:30 a.m. to 10 p.m., Monday through Friday. Facility: For the students, PSI is a one-story facility with curb-ramp access. The restrooms are designed to meet all of the "Americans with Disabilities Act" codes. The classrooms are large enough to provide barrier-free wheelchair access. Anyone needing assistance, should check in at the front desk, so that accommodations may be provided. The campus houses eight (8) lecture classrooms, a PTA Lab, a PTA Lecture/Lab room, a PN Learning Lab, a PN Practice Learning Lab, a MA Lecture/Lab classroom, two (2) Computer Labs, a computerized Test Center, a library, and a large student lounge. The room contains a computer accessed In-Focus projector for displaying Power Point presentations, video or DVD presentations and wireless Internet access. The Internet is used to download current information into the classroom for instructional purposes. Student Parking: Student parking is in the large newly re-surfaced lot separate from the main building. There are approximately 300 student parking spaces. The lot will be marked student parking. Daytime student parking is from 7 a.m. until 7 p.m. Daytime students are not permitted to park in the main lot in front of the building. PSI employees have parking permits. Any one not having an employee or visitor parking permit will have their car towed at their own expense. Students are asked to keep their cars locked to avoid potential problems. PSI is not responsible for damage to/theft from student cars. For security purpose students attending class after 5 p.m. are to park in the back of the main parking lot. Disabled Parking/Campus Access: Disabled parking is available in front of the main entrance. A disabled tag is required to use this parking area. To use this parking, the disabled person must be with the person parking the car, or be the disabled person parking the car, other persons found parking in this area will be reported to the Maumee Police department. The fine for illegal parking in the disable space is $100 or more. The Maumee Police have the authority to enter any public parking area and fine those persons parked illegally in the disabled spaces. Because our parking lot is available to the public, this means, they have the right to enter our property. Cars may be ticketed by the Maumee Police, if found in the disabled parking spaces. The restrooms are designed to meet all of the "American Disability Act" codes. The classrooms are large enough to provide barrier-free wheelchair access. Anyone needing assistance, should check in at the front desk, so that accommodations may be provided. Bus Stop: There is an available bus stop on the street side of PSI. The Tarta route is 34H. Student Lounge: The student lounge is centrally located within the facility and offers the students a comfortable place for breaks and lunches. The student lounge is provided for all students. The student lounge has Wi-Fi access for use with personal laptops. Vending machines are located in the student lounge. Students who have lost money in the vending machines or have any type of problem with the machines should see the person at the front desk for assistance. No food or drink is allowed in the classrooms with the exception of bottled water in a clear water container with a screw on lid. No other containers will be allowed in the classroom regardless of whether they have water in them or not. This will be strictly enforced by all PSI faculty and staff. PSI Academic Catalog--19

20 PSI Campus Smoking Policy: PSI is a non-smoking campus. The only place you can smoke is in your car. Students found smoking on the campus will be suspended for 24 hours for the first violation. The second violation will result in termination from the student s enrollment as this will be seen as a direct violation of PSI s policy and procedure. During the student s suspension the student will not be allowed: to attend any class session. to receive any handouts or notes for class sessions missed. to take any quizzes or exams during the suspension period. to make-up any of the missed quizzes or exams during the suspension period. to do any competencies during the suspension period. to make-up any competencies scheduled during the suspension period. to attempt any lab practicals during the suspension period. All hours missed during the suspension period will count against the student s attendance record. Reception Area: The PSI Campus has a reception area to service the students and staff. Students and staff each have a personal mailbox at the reception area. The mailboxes are used for communication between the instructor and the students. Students and staff should check these mailboxes on a daily basis to assist with the flow of communication. Library: Room 105 is PSI s library. Library hours are Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. to all currently enrolled students and PSI graduates. The library has a collection of reference books for each of the three divisions of PSI: the School of Practical Nurse the School of Physical Therapist Assisting the College of (Allied) Health Sciences Each division s section is labeled and the materials should stay within each division s section. All books in the library may be checked out. To check out a book, simply sign the Library Sign In/Sign Out Book for Reference Materials binder located in the library. Please only keep materials out for two (2) weeks at a time. Books may not be removed from the library, unless they are signed out in the binder. The library also has a collection of journals. These items are to be read in the library. They do not circulate. The library has computers that may be used by the enrolled student or graduate for educational purposed only. The library has internet access. The internet is to be used only for research projects, job placement and other education or placement related projects. Any student found misusing the internet will be denied access to the internet, and depending on the misuse, terminated from his/her program. The library also has Wi-Fi for use with personal laptops. Once again personal computers should only be used for school and educational purposes. The library rules are posted in the library. Please follow them and help your fellow students by reminding them of the rules. Thank you for your cooperation! Library Pamphlet: A PSI, About the Library pamphlet has been included with your Student Handbook. The pamphlet gives internet resources of the student and other internet resources for generalized education. The pamphlet gives printed instructions to the student on how to sign in and out of the library, library hours, library rules and instructions on what to do if a student needs help. As a student you should review this pamphlet and use the library resources when ever possible. University of Toledo Medical Center Campus (Previously Medical University of Ohio) PTA students also have access to the Raymon Mulford Library at the University of Toledo Medical Center (formerly the Medical College of Ohio). The students are introduced to the UTMC library during PTA 101 Introduction to Physical Therapy where they learn how to use the medical library as well as various online sources of information (i.e. PubMed). Students may use journals (which do not circulate) or books at MUO and may copy (at a cost to the student) any articles the student wishes to take home. Raymon H. Mulford Library Letter of Understanding The Letter of Understanding is between the Raymon Mulford Library, (UTMC) and the School of Physical Therapist Assisting a division of PSI. It is for the purpose of specifying services, and the conditions under which they will be provided for the PTA students by Mulford Library. The Library agrees to provide the following services: Book circulation (up to six at one time, per student). Access to resources available from within the library, including external databases. Orientation to library resources. Assistance in using library resources. Discounted interlibrary loans: $10.00 each. PSI Academic Catalog--20

21 Conditions of the Understanding: The cost assessed PSI s School of Physical Therapist Assisting will be $50.00 per student per annum. The full period of this understanding will be from October 1 through September 30 of each year. PTA students from PSI must conduct themselves in a professional manner and use the library services and the facility within the stated policies of UTMC and the Raymon H. Mulford Library. Use of resources will be limited to those available in the library; access to library resources from offcampus will not be available. The terms of this understanding may be renewed or renegotiated on an annual basis upon mutual agreement. PSI s School of Physical Therapist Assisting may terminate this agreement with a one week notice; however, no refund on the balance of payment will be possible. The Raymon H. Mulford Library may suspend or terminate the use of the library by individual students for gross violation of UTMC Library policies with no refund on the balance payment. Note: The $50 annual library fee is included in the cost of the PTA program. PSI Academic Catalog--21

22 PSI Academic Catalog--22

23 FINANCIAL AID Student Information (Revised ) Tuition and Fees Tuition and fees are costs associated with credit hours earned and any fees related to these costs, including lab fees. Due to the ever-rising costs associated with operating each program, the program tuition and fees list is given as an insert to this catalog. Financial Aid appointments are scheduled by an Admissions Representative after the candidate has been accepted. NOTE: Candidates that are currently in default with the U.S. Department of Education (U.S.D.E.) - Title IV Loan Program, at the time of applying for enrollment, will not be permitted to start until the default status has been rectified or a Student Payment Agreement has been signed guaranteeing each quarter s balance be paid in full 7-days prior to the start of each quarter. Once the default status has been rectified, financial aid will be recalculated based upon the student's official award letter from the U.S.D.E. PSI s institutional policy is to give thirty (30) days written notice to students prior to any tuition or fee increases other than those initiated each October. The written notice will be posted in the student lounge. Disclosure: Transfer or proficiency credits will decrease the cost of the student s program. Repeating a course or courses will increase the cost of the student s program. Textbook, sales tax, and fees are estimated, and necessary adjustments to cover operating expenses will be made quarterly. Tuition increases will be updated each October. Other expenses, which the student must calculate into the cost of his/her program include, but are not limited to, room and board, personal expenses, textbooks, academic supplies, and transportation. Students are responsible for providing their own transportation for all learning experiences associated with the curriculum. Purchase of Textbooks The following options are given to PSI students to assist the student in obtaining or purchasing of textbooks. Textbooks are required on the first day of class for each course without exception. Option 1: Enrolled students may purchase textbooks directly from PSI on the first day of class and have the textbooks billed to their student account. The Registrar will have the textbooks available for the students on the first day of class. The students will be notified during orientation of the textbook's disbursement process. Option 2: Enrolled students are given a textbook list for their program, stating the title of the textbook along with the ISBN number so that the student may purchase the textbook where they so choose. Students are advised only to purchase textbooks for the current registered courses, as textbooks may change on a quarterly basis. Questions regarding purchasing or ISBN numbers of textbooks should be addressed to the Registrar. [email protected]. Supplies PSI does not sell school supplies. Students will need to purchase class supplies independently. Financial Aid Options Professional Skills Institute is authorized by the Department of Education to participate in Title IV funding for qualified students. In order to apply for Title IV funds, a student must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) for that particular award year. The FAFSA is completed on- line at and the Professional Skills school code is The financial aid programs are administered by the Financial Aid office under policies established by federal and state governmental guidelines. Questions regarding Financial Aid Options should be addressed to the FA Coordinator, Kelly Sanders. [email protected] The following financial aid programs are available to eligible students attending Professional Skills Institute: Federal Pell Grant: Once the FAFSA is submitted, the results are used to calculate a financial aid award for the student and determine eligibility. Eligibility is based on your Expected Family Contribution (EFC) which is calculated using information from the FAFSA. Awards are given for full-time, three-quarter time, half-time, and less than half-time academic schedules. The amount of the Pell Grant award ranges from $575 to $5,550 from July 1, 2012 to June 30, 2013 depending upon eligibility. The amount of the Pell Grant award ranges from $574 to $5,645 from July 1, 2013 to June 30, 2014 depending upon eligibility. Note: Individuals who have obtained a bachelor degree or higher are not eligible to participate in the Federal Pell Grant Program according to Federal guidelines. PSI Academic Catalog--23

24 Federal Direct Stafford Loans: The Stafford Loan is financial aid that must be repaid. In order to apply for a Stafford Loan, a student must file a FAFSA. Eligible students are also required to complete Loan Entrance Counseling and a Master Promissory Note with the Department of Education. Students must be enrolled a minimum of half-time and the loan funds are normally disbursed to the school in three equal quarterly disbursements. The loan must be repaid with payments beginning six months after the student stops attending classes at least half time. A student may qualify for a subsidized and/or unsubsidized student loan depending upon the FAFSA results. Subsidized Stafford Loan: A need based loan for which a student is not charged interest while attending school at least half-time. The maximum loan amount is $3500 for first year students and $4500 for second year students. Unsubsidized Stafford Loan: Unlike the subsidized loan, interest does accrue on the unsubsidized loan while the student is attending school. The interest will be capitalized (added to the principal of the loan) or the student can choose to pay the interest while in school. The maximum yearly loan amount is $6000 for independent students and $2000 for dependent students. Federal Parent PLUS Loan: The parents of dependent students can borrow funds to pay for the student's educational expenses. The student must be enrolled at least half time and the parent must meet the Department of Education eligibility criteria which includes a credit check. The PLUS loan is normally disbursed to the school in three equal quarterly disbursements and interest is accruing on the loan while the student is attending school. Parents can begin repayment within 60 days after the loan is fully disbursed or can choose to begin repayment six months after the student is no longer enrolled at least half time. Non-Title IV Financial Aid: Other sources of financial assistance can come from various public agencies. Professional Skills Institute follows all guidelines set forth by outside agencies that are funding students' tuition. The following organizations offer tuition assistance to students attending Professional Skills Institute. Qualification requirements will vary so please contact the appropriate agency for more information. Veterans' Benefits: Veterans may be eligible to receive benefits through the Veterans Administration (VA). Each VA program has individual requirements for eligibility. Interested candidates can contact VA at (800) Ohio National Guard: Students who are enlisted in the Ohio National Guard may be eligible to receive a grant to pay for a percentage of their tuition. Interested candidates should contact their local guard unit for details. AmeriCorps: Americorps is a national service program that provides tuition assistance in exchange for community service. For more information go to or contact the AmeriCorps National Service Office at Workforce Investment Act (OHIO WIA and MICHIGAN WORKS): Students living in Ohio and Michigan may qualify for WIA funding from their state. The funds are generally for students who are permanently laid off due to work place closings or cutbacks (dislocated workers) or low income students eligible for training funds through WIA. Interested candidates should contact the WIA office at their county Jobs and Family Services office. Bureau of Vocational Rehabilitation (BVR): This organization provides funding for eligible students who have a physical or mental disability that inhibits them from certain types of work. An appointment for an evaluation by a BVR counselor is necessary and a determination by the BVR office needs to be made before entering any academic program. Private Alternative Loans: Some lending institutions offer private alternative loans to students to help cover educational expenses. These loans typically require that the borrower has good credit and/or a credit worthy co-signer. Additional information on private alternative loan lenders can be obtained from the Financial Aid office. Students are encouraged to utilize all other funding sources before considering an alternative loan. Educational Tax Credits, Student Loan Interest Deduction, and Tuition and Fees Deduction: When you file your federal tax return, these tax credits may be available for certain college expenses. For information, contact the Internal Revenue Service or your tax advisor. Self Pay Payments may be made directly to PSI by check, money order, debit or credit card. Payment agreements for the first quarter balance due must be completed prior to signing an enrollment agreement. The first quarter balance due is calculated by adding the tuition and the fees and subtracting what is expected to be received in the form of financial aid for that quarter. Questions regarding student s accounts payable should be addressed to the Director of Finance/Student s Accounts Officer. address: [email protected] Financial Aid Application Process Financial Aid appointments are scheduled by an Admissions Representative after the applicant has been accepted. Financial arrangements must be made prior to signing an enrollment agreement for a program for the payment of tuition, fees, textbooks, and possible other expenses related to the completion of your academic program. NOTE: Candidates that are currently in default with the U.S. Department of Education (U.S.D.E.) - Title IV Loan Program, at the time of applying for enrollment, will not be permitted to start until the default status has been rectified or a Student Payment Agreement has been signed PSI Academic Catalog--24

25 guaranteeing each quarter s balance be paid in full 7-days prior to the start of each quarter. Once the default status has been rectified, financial aid will be recalculated based upon the student's official award letter from the U.S.D.E. The procedures followed in this process are as follows: 1. Complete Phase I, II and III of the Application Process. 2. Be accepted by the Admissions Selection Committee. 3. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) via the internet, including the school code The FAFSA is to be completed by the student. 4. Complete any verification or requirements by the federal government and supply any necessary documentation. Once an applicant s FAFSA is submitted, he/she will receive a Student Aid Report (SAR). The SAR contains an Expected Family Contribution (EFC) number. This number is used to calculate the Federal Pell Grant and other types of financial aid such as student loans. It is important to note that PSI makes every attempt to answer every question to the student s satisfaction. If the applicant is referred by an outside funding agency, the student must make an appointment with that representative to complete necessary forms. All approvals for funding must be received for funding from outside agencies prior to enrollment. 5. Phase VI: Candidate Financial Aid Meeting Candidates and alternates that have been accepted into a program will be contacted by an Admissions Representative who will schedule a FA appointment for the incoming students. During this meeting the student: a. Will discuss and confirm payment arrangements. b. Complete all necessary financial aid paperwork. c. Receive and sign an award letter to show eligibility. Satisfactory Progress Satisfactory progress is required for all programs at PSI and all students. Satisfactory progress is necessary to maintain eligibility for enrollment in Title IV Federal Student Aid Programs, as well as funding through many Non-Title IV Financial Aid Programs. Therefore, to continue as a student in good standing at PSI, the following satisfactory progress standards must be met. At PSI, satisfactory progress is defined by the following criteria: 1. Maintaining a minimum quarterly (term) grade point average (GPA) of Completing eight-five percent (85%) of the scheduled classroom clock hours for each course in which the student is registered. 3. Completing the program within the maximum time frame allowed of one and one half time the published length of the program. Unsatisfactory Progress If a student is in danger of falling below the above stated Satisfactory Progress, a consultation is scheduled with the course instructor and/or the Program Director/Coordinator and one of the following notification or ineligibility will result. Academic Notification: To assist with Part One of satisfactory progress; during each 12-week quarter (term), the student, if possible, is notified when a course grade begins falling below 77% (80% for PTA students). Tutoring will be offered, based upon need. This notification is to alert the student to take immediate action to bring up the unsatisfactory grade. It is ultimately the responsibility of the student to monitor his/her grades and ask for assistance from the course instructor when he/she feels help is needed. Attendance Notice or Attendance Ineligibility: To assist with Part Two of satisfactory progress the student must complete 85% of the course clock hours in which he/she is registered. A student who reaches 10% of the available emergency hours for a course (if the student is available for consultation) will be notified by the instructor that he/she is in danger of being ineligible to complete the course. The instructor and the student will discuss the attendance concerns and arrive at necessary actions to be taken by the student to successfully complete the course. This is a courtesy, not a requirement. Each student is fully responsible for keeping track of his/her attendance in each course. A student who exceeds 15% of the available emergency hours for a course, will become ineligible to remain in the course. The student will receive a letter grade of F for this course, and have to repeat the failed course(s) the next time the course(s) is offered. This will be at an additional tuition and lab fee charge. Potential Excused Absence: If the student exceeds the 15% ineligibility notification policy, and one of the following occur, it may be considered an excused absence when appropriate documentation is submitted. The following documented circumstances may constitute an excused absence. A death in the immediate family. Defined as: Student s parents, spouse, domestic partner, child, sibling, grandparents, grandchildren, and/or the spouse s parents, children or siblings. Overnight hospitalization of a member of the immediate family, as defined above. Overnight hospitalization of a student. Vehicle Accident which precipitates emergency medical care immediately prior to the start of the class. PSI Academic Catalog--25

26 A mandatory court date with back up documentation prior to and after court appearance. This information is to be submitted to the appropriate program director or coordinator. Two approval signatures (instructor and program director or coordinator) are required. Academic Probation: To maintain Part One of satisfactory progress the student must obtain a minimum quarterly (term) GPA of 2.0. At the end of each 12-week quarter the student s academic transcript is reviewed by the Director of Education. The student who did not obtain the minimum quarterly (term) GPA of 2.0, will be placed on academic probation for the next 12-week quarter. A new Plan of Study (POS) will be done by the Director of Education for the student during break week along with the academic probation notification. The student will be notified and an appointment given to meet with the Registrar to review and sign the Academic Probation Form and new POS prior to registering for the next quarter. The student will continue to have Title IV funding eligibility during this probation period. If the student does not obtain the minimum quarterly 2.0 GPA at the end of the academic probation period, the student will be terminated from his/her program. A student cannot be placed on Academic Probation for two consecutive quarters (terms). A student funded through Title IV and possibly other funding agencies will lose eligibility. The student should check specific requirements when working with outside agencies. Incompletes, Withdrawals, Repetitions, and Remedial Work: Students with course incompletes, withdrawals, or repetition, and those doing remedial work are eligible to continue to receive financial aid if the following conditions are met: 1. The student is otherwise making satisfactory progress as defined above. 2. The time needed to make up and complete course work is within the program time frame. Maximum Time Frame: To remain eligible for federal funds, all students must complete their chosen program in one and one half the scheduled time allotted for completion of the program. Eighteen (18) months time frame for full-time students in a twelve (12) month program. This consists of four (4) regular 12-week quarters and two additional 12-week quarters. Twenty seven (27) months time frame for full-time students in an eighteen (18) month program. This consists of 6 regular 12-week quarters and three additional 12-week quarters. Thirty-six (36) months time frame for full-time students in the Physical Therapist Assistant Program. This consists of 8 regular 12-week quarters and 4 additional 12-week quarters. Reinstatement of Financial Aid Eligibility: Students who have lost eligibility for financial aid due to not meeting the academic requirements or the maximum time frame may contact the Financial Aid Office to submit an appeal. If and when they are allowed to re-enroll. Refunds Policy Due to Termination/ Withdrawal Appeals: Students who wish to appeal the determination that they are not maintaining satisfactory progress must submit a letter to the school administration. In cases of extenuating circumstances, limited arrangements may be made with the Director of Education. These will be handled on an individual basis. Attendance Termination: 1. A student will be terminated from his/her program enrollment for lack of attendance without contacting the school. 2. A student who exceeds the maximum 15% of the total clock hours for a course will become ineligible to remain in that course and will be terminated from that course. The student will receive a failing grade (F) for this course. The course will have to be repeated in its entirety the next quarter it is offered at an additional tuition and lab fee charge. Student Withdrawal: The procedures for withdrawing from a program or a course are outlined in the Student Information section. It is advised that each student meet with the Financial Aid Coordinator or Representative prior to withdrawing to discuss the possible repercussions to his/her student aid with the decision to withdraw from a course or program. Definition of students s last date of attendance: If a student officially withdraws from the college, their last day of attendance is based on the instructors attendance record which reports the last day the student was in class. This includes classroom and lab instruction, examinations and clinical experience. Definition of student s of withdraw: If a student stops attending classes without officially withdrawing and has not attended classes for four consecutive days, the student is terminated from his/her program. The last day of attendance is determined by the instructor s attendance records. If a student received Title IV funds and stops attending classes, a recalculation is performed using their last day of attendance as determined by the instructor s attendance records. Refunds are made within 45 days after the institution has determined that the student withdrew. Students who exceed the maximum time frame will be terminated from his or her enrollment and must wait for one complete quarter prior to re-enrolling. PSI Academic Catalog--26

27 Institutional Refund Policy Program or Course Withdrawal If a student withdraws from a course(s) or program, the student s refund amount will be calculated using the Ohio State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and S Schools Refund Policy which is as follows: A student who withdraws before the first class and after the five (5) day cancellation period shall be obligated for the registration fee. A student who starts class and withdraws during the first full calendar week of the academic quarter, shall be obligated for twenty-five percent (25%) of the tuition and refundable fees for the academic quarter plus registration fee. A student who withdraws during the second full calendar week of the academic quarter, shall be obligated for fifty percent (50%) of the tuition and refundable fees for the academic quarter plus the registration fee. A student who withdraws during the third full calendar week of the academic quarter, shall be obligated for seventy-five percent (75%) of the tuition and refundable fees for the academic quarter plus registration fee. A student withdrawal beginning with the fourth full calender week of the academic quarter, will not be entitled to a refund of any portion of the tuition and or refundable fees. Return of Financial Aid Funds for Students who Withdraw: All students must follow the institutional refund policy. If a student withdraws or stops attending all of their classes within a quarter, federal financial aid regulations require that a recalculation be done on financial aid funds received for that quarter. The financial aid is recalculated based on the student s last day of attendance and any unearned aid must be returned to the federal government. Federal financial aid is not 100% earned until the attendance has exceeded 60% of the quarter. As a result of a financial aid recalculation, a student may be responsible to pay tuition charges that were originally covered by the financial aid funds that the college was required to return, and they could also owe money directly to a grant program. How is unearned aid returned? If there is aid that is unearned, it may be the responsibility of the school and/or the student to return the funds. The institution is responsible for returning the lesser of the following: 1. Total amount of unearned aid. 2. The amount of institutional charges multiplied by the unearned aid. The student will be notified if he/she owes unearned aid back to the federal government. Refund Distribution Policy: Refunds from the student accounts for unearned student aid will be repaid in the following order: 1. Stafford Loan (unsubsidized) 2. Stafford Loan (subsidized) 3. Plus Loan 4. Pell Grant 5. WIA, PRC, BVR, other funding agencies 6. Employer 7. Student All refunds are made within 45 days of the determinated date of withdrawal. (For refund purposes, institutional charges according to the federal guidelines, are tuition, lab fees, textbooks, supplies, uniforms, all testing fees; including proficiency testing fees, graduation fees and student liability insurance. The Application Fee and Registration fee is fully earned by PSI.) Contact the Financial Aid Office at PSI for additional information about the recalculation policy. PN Student Clinical Refund Policy: If a student in the PN program fails the lecture/lab component of the nursing course, they will not be allowed to go on that specific nursing course s clinical rotation. The student will not receive a refund for the clinical rotation, as this is part of the course as a whole. Questions regarding Financial Aid Options should be addressed to the FA Coordinator, Kelly Sanders. [email protected] The amount of Title IV aid earned is figured by taking the percentage of enrollment that is completed times the total Title IV funds disbursed plus the Title IV that could have been disbursed by federal guidelines. The difference between disbursed and earned is the unearned portion. Any Title IV aid that is unearned must be returned. If the student does not receive the full Title IV that he/she earned, then a postwithdrawal disbursement may be made. After determining the amount of aid that is unearned, this amount must be returned. PSI Academic Catalog--27

28 Student Accounts Any required billing on the student s behalf to a third party is completed during week six. This includes any WIA funds, Michigan Works, Union Education Trust, TAA, BVR, employer tuition vouchers, etc. Once the funds arrive, they are posted on the student s account. Should this cause a credit balance, the overage will be available on the next disbursement date. Student Billing: Student billing is completed during the first three weeks of the quarter, after a student s first day of attendance has been verified. Billing is completed from, but, not limited to registration forms (accessing charges from the tuition and fee schedules), book invoices, uniform invoices, and any miscellaneous charges. All federal funding and student payments received prior to and during the first three weeks are posted to the student s account. Statements and invoices are mailed at the end of the fourth week. Bi-weekly updated statements are mailed thereafter, if additional charges or payments have been made to the student account. Student Account Overages: Students who have a credit balance, after all charges and payments have been posted, will receive notification at the bottom of their statement. The overage amount is determined by the selection the student made on their most recent Credit Balance Authorization form. At the time of cutting checks, the Student Accounts office will make any adjustments for additional charges, credits, or payments since the statement mailing. A check will be issued for the adjusted amount. st th Overage checks will be available for pickup on the 1 and 15 of each month after 4 p.m. Should these dates fall on a Saturday, the checks will be available on Friday, after 4 p.m. Should these dates fall on a Sunday, the checks will be available on Monday, after 4 p.m. Please note the earliest checks will be available is the end of th the 4 (fourth) week of classes. It is not uncommon for students to have more than one overage check per quarter. All first quarter students will have their first quarter loan disbursements held for thirty days. Students with unsatisfactory attendance will be asked to consult with financial aid prior to their overage being released. Students must be in attendance the day of distribution in order to receive their check. Note: Only the enrolled student may sign and receive the overage check from their student account. This is in accordance with the FERPA student protection law. Updated overage disbursement dates and information are posted on the Student Account bulletin board located in the student lounge. Third Party Billing/Outside Sources: Students must show proof of qualifying for third party payment of tuition and fees prior to completing the enrollment process, if third party billing is to be responsible for payment. Students cannot verbally state they are going to be covered. Documentation is needed or the student will be responsible for 100% of the balance on their account. Students First Quarter Balance Due: Payments may be made directly to PSI by money order, debit or credit card. The first quarter balance due is to be paid-in-full and payment agreements must be completed prior to signing an enrollment agreement. The first quarter balance due is calculated by adding the tuition and the fees and subtracting what is expected to be received in the form of financial aid for that quarter. Questions regarding student s accounts payable should be addressed to the Director of Finance/Student s Accounts Officer. address: [email protected] Payments Methods: Tuition payments may be made by the following methods: Personal checks made payable to Professional Skills Institute (PSI). Money orders made payable to Professional Skills Institute. Debit Card Credit Card (Visa/Mastercard/Discover) Payments may be called in using credit/debit cards from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. There are no convenience fees added for this service. The number to call is , Ext. 0" for the operator. Payments may be mailed using the following information: Professional Skills Institute 1505 Holland Road Maumee, Ohio No cash payments will be taken. Receipt of payment will be given to student if paid direct to PSI or a copy placed in student s mailbox. Failure of Payment Commitment: Lack of payment could lead to suspension or attendance termination from the course, or failure of the course(s) due to not being able to take required tests, exams, or competencies to pass the course. Non-payment of account can be subjected to termination of the program. During suspension, students will be marked absent for attendance for each class missed, will not be given class handouts, etc., will not be allowed to attend or make-up labs, tests, exams or competencies. Upon receipt of payment in full, the student s enrollment will be immediately reinstated on that day. Previous stated course work will not be reinstated during suspension. Note: Students are responsible for reviewing billing and payment invoices for accuracy. If a student does not agree with the billing or invoice they should contact the Financial Aid or Student Accounts officers as soon as possible to explain or correct errors. PSI Academic Catalog--28

29 Quarter End Balances: Students not making scheduled payments or balances due at the end of the quarter will have their registration forms held for the upcoming quarter. The student will not be able to start the new quarter until their obligation has been met. This may include any unresolved issues with financial aid. Notifications are mailed to the student indicating such. Nonpayment of account can be subjected to termination of the program. Senior/Graduate Students: PSI will withhold seniors/graduates transcripts, degrees, diplomas, certificates of completion, etc. until graduates account balance is paid-in-full. The graduate will not be allowed to attend the graduation ceremony or any functions related to graduation. Balance payoffs received after week 12 of the senior quarter will incur an additional $30 processing fee. Additional Licensure Processing Fee: Senior students changing their licensing state after the original mailing, will incur a $30 processing fee. Graduates or Withdrawn Students: Students who have graduated, who have withdrawn, or have been terminated from their enrollment and have a balance due to the school on their account, will be billed. All accounts not satisfied within 30 days will be turned over to collections. Students will be notified of the total amount due as well as when these funds are due. Strict procedures will be followed in order to collect on all accounts. All academic and financial files will be placed on a financial hold until all financial obligations are satisfied. PN Student Miscellaneous Fees: Students are expected to attend every lab and clinical session. If a student misses a lab day or part of a lab day, a make-up lab will be scheduled with the instructor. An additional charge of $75 will be added to the student s account for this make-up lab. Students who need to repeat Med/Surg Nursing, Advanced Med/Surg Nursing, Maternal/Infant Nursing, or Pediatric Nursing will be required to do a mandatory 8 hour Medication Administration Update Lab at an additional charge of $75 that will be added to his/her account. This is an additional charge and is not part of the original tuition or fees. Questions regarding student s accounts payable should be addressed to the Director of Finance/Student s Accounts Officer. address: [email protected] Re-enrollment Student Account Balance: Return of textbooks: Student who drop or withdraw from a course or a program, may return textbooks purchased through PSI within the first two (2) weeks of the quarter in which the student is registered for the course or courses. No textbooks will be accepted for return after the end of the second week. Textbooks will only be accepted if they are in like-new condition and not written in. Textbooks are to be returned to the Registrar for inspection and return acceptance. The Registrar will complete a return invoice and submit it to the Student Accounts Officer for credit to the student account. Return credits will be posted to the student account by the end of week four (4). Questions regarding return of textbooks should be addressed to the Registrar. [email protected] Return of school uniforms: (Revised ) PSI students are required to wear approved uniforms from Superior Uniforms only. (Approved brand, style number, color, etc.) Substitutions are not permitted. PSI uses Superior Uniforms as the supplier for required approved uniforms and supplies. Representatives from Superior will be present on orientation day to assist the students with fittings, to answer questions and to place orders. Uniforms ordered from Superior will only be returned for replacement or fitting adjustments. Students who have attended orientation, placed a uniform order, and then cancel their enrollment before the first day of the quarter, will have the uniform order cancelled and will not be responsible for payment of the uniform/supplies fee. Students who start and withdraw or are terminated prior to the receipt of the uniforms, will have the uniform order cancelled or returned. Uniforms and supplies that have been ordered will be delivered to PSI by the end of week five (5). The Registrar will distribute the uniforms/supplies upon receipt of delivery from Superior. The Registrar will work with the student and Superior to make sure the uniforms are the right size, number, etc. until the order is complete. Questions regarding return of uniforms should be addressed to the Registrar. [email protected]. Students who have graduated, withdrawn or have been terminated (except for behavior termination) who wish to reenroll must have a zero balance and meet the published requirements to qualify for re-admission. 1098T Tax Forms: The 1098 tax forms for tuition billed (box 2) will be mailed to the student s current address on file by the end of January. The tuition billed is calculated on a calendar year basis. PSI Academic Catalog--29

30 PSI Academic Catalog--30

31 ACADEMIC INFORMATION Student Information ABHES Quarter Credit Hour Description Diploma Programs Confidentiality Policy 10 hours of lecture = 1 Quarter Credit Hour 20 hours of lab = 1 Quarter Credit Hour 30 hours of externship/clinical = 1 Quarter Credit Hour Federal (FA) requirements regarding the calculation of clock and credit hours, including minimum number of weeks per academic year required for Title IV purposes, may vary from ABHES requirements. PSI is on a 12-week quarter system with an average of an one (1) week break between quarters. PSI s commitment to its educational mission, and to the students and society to which it is obligated to serve, demands that it maintain various records. No education records will be maintained that are not directly related to the basic purposes of the school. All policies and practices governing the collection, maintenance, review, and release of records will be based upon the principles of confidentiality and the student s right to privacy, consistent with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of Confidentiality of Students Records Updated State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools Quarter Credit Hour Description Associate Degree Programs Only The State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools bases its calculation of a lecture credit hour as the number of course hours per week over the 12-week quarter; a lab credit as the number of lab hours per week over the 12-week quarter divided by two; and a clinical credit hour as the number of clinical hours per week divided by three. Example of Formula Lecture credit: 60 lecture hrs. divided 12 wks. = 5 credits. Lab credit: 60 lab hrs. 12 wks. = 5 2 = 2.5 credits. Clinical credit: 60 clinical hrs. 12 wks.= 5 3 = 1.6 credits. Additional Outside Clock Hours Description Institutional federal requirements regarding the calculation of additional outside clock hours (out-of-class prep) are different for Title IV funding then ABHES accreditation requirements. In addition, the additional outside clock hours (out-of-class prep) are not calculated in the academic quarter credit hours. To comply with Title IV funding: A maximum of 7.5 hours of out-of-class prep for every 30 clock hours in class. To comply with ABHES: 5.0 outside clock hours of for each credit hour of lecture/lab/clinical will be assigned to each course. The minimum outside clock hours are stated on each course syllabus and documented in each course description in the catalog. Additional outside clock hours may be, but not limited to, required written assignments, written book reports, required reading and homework assignments; oral presentation activities; hands-on practice sessions, etc. Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) ( The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) (20 U.S.C. 1232g; 34 CFR Part 99) is a Federal law that protects the privacy of student education records. The law applies to all schools that receive funds under an applicable program of the U.S. Department of Education. FERPA gives parents certain rights with respect to their children's education records. These rights transfer to the student when he or she reaches the age of 18 or attends a school beyond the high school level. Students to whom the rights have transferred are "eligible students." Parents or eligible students have the right to inspect and review the student's education records maintained by the school. Schools are not required to provide copies of records unless, for reasons such as great distance, it is impossible for parents or eligible students to review the records. Schools may charge a fee for copies. Parents or eligible students have the right to request that a school correct records which they believe to be inaccurate or misleading. If the school decides not to amend the record, the parent or eligible student then has the right to a formal hearing. After the hearing, if the school still decides not to amend the record, the parent or eligible student has the right to place a statement with the record setting forth his or her view about the contested information. Generally, schools must have written permission from the parent or eligible student in order to release any information from a student's education record. However, FERPA allows schools to disclose those records, without consent, to the following parties or under the following conditions (34 CFR 99.31): PSI Academic Catalog--31

32 School officials with legitimate educational interest; Other schools to which a student is transferring; Specified officials for audit or evaluation purposes; Appropriate parties in connection with financial aid to a student; Organizations conducting certain studies for or on behalf of the school; Accrediting organizations; To comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena; Appropriate officials in cases of health and safety emergencies; and State and local authorities, within a juvenile justice system, pursuant to specific State law. Schools may disclose, without consent, "directory" information such as a student's name, address, telephone number, date and place of birth, honors and awards, and dates of attendance. However, schools must tell parents and eligible students about directory information and allow parents and eligible students a reasonable amount of time to request that the school not disclose directory information about them. Schools must notify parents and eligible students annually of their rights under FERPA. The actual means of notification (special letter, inclusion in a PTA bulletin, student handbook, or newspaper article) is left to the discretion of each school. For additional information, call USA-LEARN ( ) (voice). Individuals who use TDD may use the Federal Relay Service. Or contact using the following address: Family Policy Compliance Office U.S. Department of Education 400 Maryland Avenue, SW Washington, D.C FERPA General Guidance for Students (www2.ed.gov/policy/gen/guid/fpco/ferpa/students.html) The following guidance provides eligible students with general information about the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). This document is a compilation and update of various letters and guidance documents previously issued that respond to a variety of questions about FERPA. While this guidance reflects our best and most current interpretation of applicable FERPA requirements, it does not supersede the statute or regulations. We will attempt to update this document from time to time in response to questions and concerns. FERPA is a Federal law that is administered by the Family Policy Compliance Office (Office) in the U.S. Department of Education (Department). 20 U.S.C. 1232g; 34 CFR Part 99. FERPA applies to all educational agencies and institutions (e.g., schools) that receive funding under any program administered by the Department. Parochial and private schools at the elementary and secondary levels generally do not receive such funding and are, therefore, not subject to FERPA. Private postsecondary schools, however, generally do receive such funding and are subject to FERPA. Once a student reaches 18 years of age or attends a postsecondary institution, he or she becomes an "eligible student," and all rights formerly given to parents under FERPA transfer to the student. The eligible student has the right to have access to his or her education records, the right to seek to have the records amended, the right to have control over the disclosure of personally identifiable information from the records (except in certain circumstances specified in the FERPA regulations, some of which are discussed below), and the right to file a complaint with the Department. The term "education records" is defined as those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an educational agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. FERPA generally prohibits the improper disclosure of personally identifiable information derived from education records. Thus, information that an official obtained through personal knowledge or observation, or has heard orally from others, is not protected under FERPA. This remains applicable even if education records exist which contain that information, unless the official had an official role in making a determination that generated a protected education record. Under FERPA, a school is not generally required to maintain particular education records or education records that contain specific information. Rather, a school is required to provide certain privacy protections for those education records that it does maintain. Also, unless there is an outstanding request by an eligible student to inspect and review education records, FERPA permits the school to destroy such records without notice to the student. 1. Access to Education Records Under FERPA a school must provide an eligible student with an opportunity to inspect and review his or her education records within 45 days following its receipt of a request. A school is required to provide an eligible student with copies of education records, or make other arrangements, if a failure to do so would effectively prevent the student from obtaining access to the records. A case in point would be a situation in which the student does not live within commuting distance of the school. A school is not generally required by FERPA to provide an eligible student with access to academic calendars, course syllabi, or general notices such as announcements of specific events or extra-curricular activities. That type of information is not generally directly related to an individual student and, therefore, does not meet the definition of an education record. Under FERPA, a school is not required to provide information that is not maintained or to create education records in response to an eligible student's request. Accordingly, a school is not required to provide an eligible student with updates on his or her progress in a course (including grade reports) or in school unless such information already exists in the form of an education record. 2. Amendment of Education Records Under FERPA, an eligible student has the right to request that inaccurate or misleading information in his or her education records be amended. While a school is not required to amend education records in accordance with an eligible student's request, the school is required to consider the request. If the school decides not to amend a record in accordance with an eligible student's request, the school must inform the student of his or her right to a hearing on the matter. If, as a result of the hearing, the school still decides not to amend the record, the eligible student has the right to insert a statement in the record setting forth his or her views. That statement must remain with the contested part of the eligible student's record for as long as the record is maintained. PSI Academic Catalog--32

33 However, while the FERPA amendment procedure may be used to challenge facts that are inaccurately recorded, it may not be used to challenge a grade, an opinion, or a substantive decision made by a school about an eligible student. FERPA was intended to require only that schools conform to fair record keeping practices and not to override the accepted standards and procedures for making academic assessments, disciplinary rulings, or placement determinations. Thus, while FERPA affords eligible students the right to seek to amend education records which contain inaccurate information, this right cannot be used to challenge a grade or an individual's opinion, or a substantive decision made by a school about a student. Additionally, if FERPA's amendment procedures are not applicable to an eligible student's request for amendment of education records, the school is not required under FERPA to hold a hearing on the matter. 3. Disclosure of Education Records Under FERPA, a school may not generally disclose personally identifiable information from an eligible student's education records to a third party unless the eligible student has provided written consent. However, there are a number of exceptions to FERPA's prohibition against non-consensual disclosure of personally identifiable information from education records. Under these exceptions, schools are permitted to disclose personally identifiable information from education records without consent, though they are not required to do so. Following is general information regarding some of these exceptions. One of the exceptions to the prior written consent requirement in FERPA allows "school officials," including teachers, within a school to obtain access to personally identifiable information contained in education records provided the school has determined that they have "legitimate educational interest" in the information. Although the term "school official" is not defined in the statute or regulations, this Office generally interprets the term to include parties such as: professors; instructors; administrators; health staff; counselors; attorneys; clerical staff; trustees; members of committees and disciplinary boards; and a contractor, volunteer or other party to whom the school has outsourced institutional services or functions. A school must inform eligible students of how it defines the terms "school official" and "legitimate educational interest" in its annual notification of FERPA rights. A school official generally has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. Additional information about the annual notification of rights is found below in this guidance document. Another exception permits a school to disclose personally identifiable information from an eligible student's education records, without consent, to another school in which the student seeks or intends to enroll. The sending school may make the disclosure if it has included in its annual notification of rights a statement that it forwards education records in such circumstances. Otherwise, the sending school must make a reasonable attempt to notify the student in advance of making the disclosure, unless the student has initiated the disclosure. The school must also provide an eligible student with a copy of the records that were released if requested by the student. FERPA also permits a school to disclose personally identifiable information from education records without consent when the disclosure is in connection with financial aid for which the student has applied or which the student has received, if the information is necessary for such purposes as to: determine the eligibility for the aid; determine the amount of the aid; determine the conditions for the aid; and/or enforce the terms and conditions of the aid. With respect to this exception, the term "financial aid" means payment of funds provided to an individual (or payment in kind of tangible or intangible property to the individual) that is conditioned on the individual's attendance at a school. Another exception permits a school to disclose personally identifiable information from education records without consent when the disclosure is to the parents of a "dependent student" as that term is defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code. Generally, if either parent has claimed the student as a dependent on the parent's most recent year's income tax statement, the school may non-consensually disclose the eligible student's education records to both parents under this exception. Postsecondary institutions may also disclose personally identifiable information from education records, without consent, to appropriate parties, including parents of an eligible student, in connection with a health or safety emergency. Under this provision, colleges and universities may notify parents when there is a health or safety emergency involving their son or daughter, even if the parents do not claim the student as a dependent. FERPA also permits a school to disclose personally identifiable information from education records without consent when the disclosure is to the parents of a student at a postsecondary institution regarding the student's violation of any Federal, State, or local law, or of any rule or policy of the institution, governing the use or possession of alcohol or a controlled substance. The school may non-consensually disclose information under this exception if the school determines that the student has committed a disciplinary violation with respect to that use or possession and the student is under 21 years of age at the time of the disclosure to the parent. Another exception permits a school to non-consensually disclose personally identifiable information from a student's education records when such information has been appropriately designated as directory information. "Directory information" is defined as information contained in the education records of a student that would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed. Directory information could include information such as the student's name, address, address, telephone listing, photograph, date and place of birth, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, the most recent previous educational agency or institution attended, grade level or year (such as freshman or junior), and enrollment status (undergraduate or graduate; full-time or part-time). A school may disclose directory information without consent if it has given public notice of the types of information it has designated as directory information, the eligible student's right to restrict the disclosure of such information, and the period of time within which an eligible student has to notify the school that he or she does not want any or all of those types of information designated as directory information. Also, FERPA does not require a school to notify eligible students individually of the types of information it has designated as directory information. Rather, the school may provide this notice by any means likely to inform eligible students of the types of information it has designated as directory information. PSI Academic Catalog--33

34 There are several other exceptions to FERPA's prohibition against non-consensual disclosure of personally identifiable information from education records, some of which are briefly mentioned below. Under certain conditions (specified in the FERPA regulations), a school may non-consensually disclose personally identifiable information from education records: to authorized representatives of the Comptroller General of the United States, the Attorney General of the United States, the U.S. Secretary of Education, and State and local educational authorities for audit or evaluation of Federal or State supported education programs, or for the enforcement of or compliance with Federal legal requirements that relate to those programs; to organizations conducting studies for or on behalf of the school making the disclosure for the purposes of administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, or improving instruction; to comply with a judicial order or a lawfully issued subpoena; to the victim of an alleged perpetrator of a crime of violence or a non-forcible sex offense concerning the final results of a disciplinary hearing with respect to the alleged crime; and to any third party the final results of a disciplinary proceeding related to a crime of violence or nonforcible sex offense if the student who is the alleged perpetrator is found to have violated the school's rules or policies. The disclosure of the final results only includes: the name of the alleged perpetrator, the violation committed, and any sanction imposed against the alleged perpetrator. The disclosure must not include the name of any other student, including a victim or witness, without the written consent of that other student. As stated above, conditions specified in the FERPA regulations at 34 CFR have to be met before a school may nonconsensually disclose personally identifiable information from education records in connection with any of the exceptions mentioned above. 4. Annual Notification of Rights Under FERPA, a school must annually notify eligible students in attendance of their rights under FERPA. The annual notification must include information regarding an eligible student's right to inspect and review his or her education records, the right to seek to amend the records, the right to consent to disclosure of personally identifiable information from the records (except in certain circumstances), and the right to file a complaint with the Office regarding an alleged failure by a school to comply with FERPA. It must also inform eligible students of the school's definitions of the terms "school official" and "legitimate educational interest." FERPA does not require a school to notify eligible students individually of their rights under FERPA. Rather, the school may provide the notice by any means likely to inform eligible students of their rights. Thus, the annual notification may be published by various means, including any of the following: in a schedule of classes; in a student handbook; in a calendar of school events; on the school's website (though this should not be the exclusive means of notification); in the student newspaper; and/or posted in a central location at the school or various locations throughout the school. Additionally, some schools include their directory information notice as part of the annual notice of rights under FERPA. 5. Complaint Regarding Access If an eligible student believes that a school has failed to comply with his or her request for access to education records, the student may complete a FERPA complaint form and should include the following specific information: the date of the request for access to the education records; the name of the school official to whom the request was made (a dated copy of any written request to the school should be provided, if possible); the response of the school official, if any; and the specific nature of the information requested. 6. Complaint Regarding Amendment If an eligible student believes that a school has failed to comply with his or her request for amendment of inaccurate information in education records or failed to offer the student an opportunity for a hearing on the matter, the student may complete a FERPA complaint form and should include the following specific information: the date of the request for amendment of the education records; the name of the school official to whom the request was made (a dated copy of any written request to the school should be provided, if possible); the response of the school official, if any; the specific nature of the inaccurate information for which amendment was requested; and evidence provided to the school to support the assertion that such information is inaccurate. 7. Complaint Regarding Disclosure If an eligible student believes that a school has improperly disclosed personally identifiable information from his or her education records to a third party, the student may complete a FERPA complaint form and should include the following specific information: the date or approximate date the alleged disclosure occurred or the date the student learned of the disclosure; the name of the school official who made the disclosure, if that is known; the third party to whom the disclosure was made; and the specific nature of the education records disclosed. This guidance document is designed to provide eligible students with some general information regarding FERPA and their rights, and to address some of the basic questions most frequently asked by eligible students. You can review the FERPA regulations, frequently asked questions, significant opinions of the Office, and other information regarding FERPA at our Website as follows: If, after reading this guidance document, you have questions regarding FERPA which are not addressed here, you may write to the Office at the following address: Family Policy Compliance Office U.S. Department of Education 400 Maryland Avenue, SW Washington, DC PSI Academic Catalog--34

35 PSI Student Procedure for Access of Academic Record Updated Student must submit a written request to PSI s Registrar. 2. Within 45 days, the Registrar will schedule a date and time for the student to review his or her educational (academic) file. 3. The Registrar will proctor the student s review of the educational (academic) file and answer appropriate questions. 4. The student cannot remove anything from the file. 5. Copies will not be made of items in the file, unless the student lives a great distance from the school and then there will be a charge per page for copying. 6. Students will be given a chance to have records amended or withhold disclosure of information. 7. Students cannot seek to change a grade or disciplinary action. 8. Students cannot seek to change the opinion of a school official or other persons reflected in an educational record. 9. The student has the right to place a statement to be kept and disclosed with the record, if as a result of a hearing the school still decides not to amend to the record. The educational (academic) files of all present students are kept in fireproof files in the Registrar s office. The files are locked except when in use by the administration. All student files are kept for a period of 5 years in a fireproof file. Student files are reviewed each quarter by the Registrar to maintain completeness. After 5 years, the student academic file is purged and PSI maintains a hard copy of the student s attendance record and official transcript indefinitely. PSI has a computerized student tracking system which maintains permanent records of all students enrollments, grades, transcripts; graduation, withdrawal and termination information. Access to student educational (academic) records by the administration is on a need-to-know basis only. Student files are also used for statistical reports required by certain agencies, governmental requirements and higher education. Post Secondary Education Students with Disabilities Updated Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 is a federal law designed to protect the rights of individuals with disabilities in programs and activities that receive federal funds from the U.S. Department of Education (ED). Section 504 provides: "No otherwise qualified individual with a disability in the United States... shall solely by reason of her or his disability, be excluded from the participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance... Students Protected under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of Section 504 covers qualified students with disabilities who attend schools receiving Federal financial assistance. To be protected under Section 504, a student must be determined to: 1) have a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities; 2) have a record of such an impairment, or 3) be regarded as having such an impairment. Professional Skills Institute (PSI) is a post-secondary educational facility. Students with Disabilities Preparing for Postsecondary Education: Know Your Rights and Responsibilities ( U.S. Department of Education Office for Civil Rights Washington, D.C September 2011 More and more high school students with disabilities are planning to continue their education in postsecondary schools, including vocational and career schools, two- and four- year colleges, and universities. As a student with a disability, you need to be well informed about your rights and responsibilities as well as the responsibilities postsecondary schools have toward you. Being well informed will help ensure you have a full opportunity to enjoy the benefits of the postsecondary education experience without confusion or delay. The information in this information (pamphlet), provided by the Office for Civil Rights (OCR) in the U. S. Department of Education, explains the rights and responsibilities of students with disabilities who are preparing to attend postsecondary schools. This information also explains the obligations of a postsecondary school to provide academic adjustments, including auxiliary aids and services, to ensure the school does not discriminate on the basis of disability. OCR enforces Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Section 504) and Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Title II), which prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability. Practically every school district and postsecondary school in the United States is subject to one or both of these laws, which have similar requirements. Although Section 504 and Title II apply to both school districts and postsecondary schools, the responsibilities of postsecondary schools differ significantly from those of school districts. Moreover, you will have responsibilities as a postsecondary student that you do not have as a high school student. OCR strongly encourages you to know your responsibilities and those of postsecondary schools under Section 504 and Title II. Doing so will improve your opportunity to succeed as you enter postsecondary education. The following questions and answers provide more specific information to help you succeed. As a student with a disability leaving high school and entering postsecondary education, will I see differences in my rights and how they are addressed? Yes: Section 504 and Title II protect elementary, secondary, and postsecondary students from discrimination. Nevertheless, several of the requirements that apply through high school are different from the requirements that apply beyond high school. For instance, Section 504 requires a school district to provide a free appropriate public education (FAPE) to each child with a disability in the district s jurisdiction. Whatever the disability, a school district must identify an individual s educational needs PSI Academic Catalog--35

36 and provide any regular or special education and related aids and services necessary to meet those needs as well as it is meeting the needs of students without disabilities. Unlike your high school, however, your postsecondary school is not required to provide FAPE. Rather, your postsecondary school is required to provide appropriate academic adjustments as necessary to ensure that it does not discriminate on the basis of disability. In addition, if your postsecondary school provides housing to nondisabled students, it must provide comparable, convenient, and accessible housing to students with disabilities at the same cost. Other important differences that you need to know, even before you arrive at your postsecondary school, are addressed in the remaining questions. May a postsecondary school deny my admission because I have a disability? No: If you meet the essential requirements for admission, a postsecondary school may not deny your admission simply because you have a disability. Do I have to inform a postsecondary school that I have a disability? No: But if you want the school to provide an academic adjustment, you must identify yourself as having a disability. Likewise, you should let the school know about your disability if you want to ensure that you are assigned to accessible facilities. In any event, your disclosure of a disability is always voluntary. What academic adjustments must a postsecondary school provide? The appropriate academic adjustment must be determined based on your disability and individual needs. Academic adjustments may include auxiliary aids and services, as well as modifications to academic requirements as necessary to ensure equal educational opportunity. Examples of adjustments are: arranging for priority registration; reducing a course load; substituting one course for another; providing note takers, recording devices, sign language interpreters, extended time for testing, and, if telephones are provided in dorm rooms, a TTY in your dorm room; and equipping school computers with screen-reading, voice recognition, or other adaptive software or hardware. In providing an academic adjustment, your postsecondary school is not required to lower or substantially modify essential requirements. For example, although your school may be required to provide extended testing time, it is not required to change the substantive content of the test. In addition, your postsecondary school does not have to make adjustments that would fundamentally alter the nature of a service, program, or activity, or that would result in an undue financial or administrative burden. Finally, your postsecondary school does not have to provide personal attendants, individually prescribed devices, readers for personal use or study, or other devices or services of a personal nature, such as tutoring and typing. If I want an academic adjustment, what must I do? You must inform the school that you have a disability and need an academic adjustment. Unlike your school district, your postsecondary school is not required to identify you as having a disability or to assess your needs. procedures. In their publications providing general information, postsecondary schools usually include information on the procedures and contacts for requesting an academic adjustment. Such publications include recruitment materials, catalogs, and student handbooks, and are often available on school websites. Many schools also have staff whose purpose is to assist students with disabilities. If you are unable to locate the procedures, ask a school official, such as an admissions officer or counselor. When should I request an academic adjustment? Although you may request an academic adjustment from your postsecondary school at any time, you should request it as early as possible. Some academic adjustments may take more time to provide than others. You should follow your school s procedures to ensure that the school has enough time to review your request and provide an appropriate academic adjustment. Do I have to prove that I have a disability to obtain an academic adjustment? Generally, yes: Your school will probably require you to provide documentation showing that you have a current disability and need an academic adjustment. What documentation should I provide? Schools may set reasonable standards for documentation. Some schools require more documentation than others. They may require you to provide documentation prepared by an appropriate professional, such as a medical doctor, psychologist, or other qualified diagnostician. The required documentation may include one or more of the following: a diagnosis of your current disability, as well as supporting information, such as the date of the diagnosis, how that diagnosis was reached, and the credentials of the diagnosing professional; information on how your disability affects a major life activity; and information on how the disability affects your academic performance. The documentation should provide enough information for you and your school to decide what is an appropriate academic adjustment. An individualized education program (IEP) or Section 504 plan, if you have one, may help identify services that have been effective for you. This is generally not sufficient documentation, however, because of the differences between postsecondary education and high school education. What you need to meet the new demands of postsecondary education may be different from what worked for you in high school. Also, in some cases, the nature of a disability may change. If the documentation that you have does not meet the postsecondary school s requirements, a school official should tell you in a timely manner what additional documentation you need to provide. You may need a new evaluation in order to provide the required documentation. Who has to pay for a new evaluation? Neither your high school nor your postsecondary school is required to conduct or pay for a new evaluation to document your disability and need for an academic adjustment. You may, therefore, have to pay or find funding to pay an appropriate professional for an evaluation. If you are eligible for services through your state vocational rehabilitation agency, you may qualify for an evaluation at no cost to you. You may locate your state vocational rehabilitation agency at by clicking on Info about RSA, then People and Offices, and then State Agencies/ Contacts. Your postsecondary school may require you to follow reasonable procedures to request an academic adjustment. You are responsible for knowing and following those PSI Academic Catalog--36

37 Once the school has received the necessary documentation from me, what should I expect? To determine an appropriate academic adjustment, the school will review your request in light of the essential requirements for the relevant program. It is important to remember that the school is not required to lower or waive essential requirements. If you have requested a specific academic adjustment, the school may offer that academic adjustment, or it may offer an effective alternative. The school may also conduct its own evaluation of your disability and needs at its own expense. You should expect your school to work with you in an interactive process to identify an appropriate academic adjustment. Unlike the experience you may have had in high school, however, do not expect your postsecondary school to invite your parents to participate in the process or to develop an IEP for you. What if the academic adjustment we identified is not working? Let the school know as soon as you become aware that the results are not what you expected. It may be too late to correct the problem if you wait until the course or activity is completed. You and your school should work together to resolve the problem. May a postsecondary school charge me for providing an academic adjustment? No: Nor may it charge students with disabilities more for participating in its programs or activities than it charges students who do not have disabilities. What can I do if I believe the school is discriminating against me? Practically every postsecondary school must have a person frequently called the Section 504 Coordinator, ADA Coordinator, or Disability Services Coordinator who coordinates the school s compliance with Section 504,Title II, or both laws. You may contact that person for information about how to address your concerns. The school must also have grievance procedures. These procedures are not the same as the due process procedures with which you may be familiar from high school. But the postsecondary school s grievance procedures must include steps to ensure that you may raise your concerns fully and fairly, and must provide for the prompt and equitable resolution of complaints. School publications, such as student handbooks and catalogs, usually describe the steps that you must take to start the grievance process. Often, schools have both formal and informal processes. If you decide to use a grievance process, you should be prepared to present all the reasons that support your request. If you are dissatisfied with the outcome of the school s grievance procedures or wish to pursue an alternative to using those procedures, you may file a complaint against the school with OCR or in a court. You may learn more about the OCR complaint process from the brochure How to File a Discrimination Complaint with the Office for Civil Rights, which you may obtain by contacting OCR at , or at If you would like more information about the responsibilities of postsecondary schools to students with disabilities, read the OCR brochure Auxiliary Aids and Services for Postsecondary Students with Disabilities: Higher Education s Obligations Under Section 504 and Title II of the ADA. You may obtain a copy by OCR at , or at Students with disabilities who know their rights and responsibilities are much better equipped to succeed in postsecondary school. We encourage you to work with the staff at your school because they, too, want you to succeed. Seek the support of family, friends, and fellow students, including those with disabilities. Know your talents and capitalize on them, and believe in yourself as you embrace new challenges in your education. To receive more information about the civil rights of students with disabilities in education institutions, you may contact us at : Customer Service Team Office for Civil Rights U.S. Department of Education Washington, D.C Phone: TDD: [email protected] Web site: This publication is in the public domain. Authorization to reproduce it in whole or in part is granted. The publication s citation should be: U.S. Department of Education, Office for Civil Rights, Students With Disabilities Preparing for Postsecondary Education: Know Your Rights and Responsibilities, Washington, D.C., PSI Procedure for Academic Accommodations due to a Documented Disability Updated In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act any student that has a documented disability will be granted reasonable accommodations for that specific disability. Unlike local school districts, post-secondary schools are not required to identify the applicant or student as having a disability or assess the student s needs. The applicant or student must inform PSI prior to needing the academic adjustment in the classroom/lab/clinical that he or she has a disability and needs academic accommodations. The accommodation request will be reviewed by the Director of Education (DOE) (Mrs. Wells), who is also the ADA Coordinator and the appropriate Program Coordinator or Director. Mrs. Martin (PN Program Coordinator) for the PN Program and Mrs. Lamb (PTA Director and AH Co-Director) for the AMA, MA, MIS and PTA programs. The preceding persons will be the ADA Research Committee with (if needed) the assistance of the Human Resource Coordinator (John Spore) to develop a reasonable accommodation plan for the student. Enrolled students requesting disability accommodations should complete the following steps at least 10 days prior to needing the academic adjustment in the classroom. Accommodations will not be retroactive in the classroom as PSI was not aware accommodations were needed. New applicant/students requesting disability accommodations should complete the following steps during their admissions process so that a Plan of Action (POA) can be completed prior to their first day of class. New onset disability; students who during their enrollment have a newly developed disability should begin the steps as soon as documentation can be provided to the ADA committee. PSI Academic Catalog--37

38 Step 1: Complete Request Form. Complete Disability Academic Accommodations Form (DAAF). This form may be obtained at the front desk, from an Admission Representative or by ing a request for the form to [email protected]. Step 2: Submit hardcopy documentation. Submit to DOE/ADA Coordinator completed DAAF along with all documentation of disability and any documents that support disability or that could assist with the special needs accommodations at least 10 days prior to needing the academic adjustment in the classroom. Documentation should be submitted to the person at the front desk who will date stamp the form and submit them to the DOE. documentation will not be accepted for this step. Step 3: ADA Research Committee Review. The ADA research committee will review documentation and schedule a meeting with the student within 5 business days of the stamped documentation. At this time the committee may request additional documentation from the student or applicant. The committee will verify all documentation presented for authenticity. Providing the committee with false information is grounds for termination of an enrollment or denial of acceptance into PSI. Step 4: Meeting The ADA research committee will schedule and conduct a personal meeting with the student or applicant to discuss the student s disability and what academic accommodations can or cannot be made. Step 5: Plan of Action (POA) Upon completion of the meeting the ADA committee will develop a Plan of Action based on the information presented to them by the applicant or student. This plan will be in documentation form and signed by the committee and the student or applicant and will be effective the date of signing. The student will receive a copy of this documentation and the original will be placed in the student s academic file. The DOE and Program Directors/Coordinators will inform the appropriate faculty member of the POA for the student with the documented disability. Step 6: If the applicant or student believes he or she has been discriminated against, the applicant or student should refer to the following grievance policy and follow the procedure. Introduction PSI Disability Discrimination Grievance Procedure Updated Professional Skills Institute ( PSI ) is an equal opportunity educational institution and complies with all federal, state, and local laws guaranteeing the rights of persons to be free from unlawful discrimination including, but not limited to, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972; Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; and the Americans with Disabilities Act. Section 504 states, in part, that no otherwise qualified disabled individual.shall solely by reason of his/her disability, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving Federal finance assistance Information regarding this policy and procedure are published in this academic catalog. PSI s Academic Catalog is available electronically on the website at The catalog is included with the program information, under the program tab. The purpose of these procedures is to provide the process for addressing student claims of discrimination based upon race, disability, gender, national origin, age and sex discrimination grievances. Student grievances concerning grades are not within the scope of these procedures and should be submitted pursuant to the faculty grievance procedures set forth in the PSI Academic Catalog. Definitions A. Grievance: Grievance means a complaint alleging incidents of discrimination, and incidents of discrimination regarding procedure or practice which would be prohibited by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; and Title IX of the Education Amendments of B. Grievant: Grievant means a student who submits a grievance of discrimination relevant to Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; and Title IX of the Education Amendments of C. Respondent: Respondent means any PSI officer, administrator, faculty or staff member acting in their official capacity, or PSI student and alleged to be responsible for the violation(s) alleged in a grievance. The term may be used to designate persons with direct responsibility for a particular action or those persons with supervisory responsibility for procedures and policies in those areas covered in the grievance. D. Human Resource Coordinator: The individual designated to receive, investigate and to report to the President or his designee the grievance for PSI. The Human Resource Coordinator is John Spore, and may be reached at , 1505 Holland Road, Maumee, OH 43537, or by [email protected]. Filing of Grievance A. Eligibility for Filing: Any PSI student may file a grievance relating to claims of discrimination under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; and Title IX of the Education Amendments of B. Pre-Grievance Meeting: Prior to the filing of a written grievance, the grievant should first consult with and have a pre-grievance meeting with persons with immediate supervisory authority related to the grievance. The pre-grievance meeting is completely voluntary, and the grievant may file a grievance under the Formal Grievance Procedure set forth below at any time. Under the pre-grievance procedure the grievant and the immediate supervisory authority will discuss a complaint. If the matter cannot be resolved informally at this level, a written grievance may be submitted to the Human PSI Academic Catalog--38

39 Resources Coordinator referenced in Section D of the Definitional section set forth above. Formal Grievance Procedure A. Grievance Filing: All grievances shall be in writing and shall provide the following information: (1) Name, address and telephone number of grievant(s); (2) The nature, date and description of the alleged violation(s); (3) The name(s) of the person or persons responsible for the alleged violation(s); (4) The requested relief for corrective action; and (5) Any background information the grievant believes to be relevant. B. Time Limit for Grievance Filing: A grievance must be filed within 90 days of the alleged violation. Where necessary and based on the nature of the allegation, PSI may take immediate interim measures to prevent additional discrimination while the investigation is proceeding. Such interim measures shall be designed to not burden the complainant. G. Maintenance of Written Grievance Records: Records shall be kept of each grievance process. These shall include, at a minimum: the written grievance complaint filed by the grievant, the written response filed by the respondent, and the written finding(s) and/or recommendations of the HRC. A file of these records shall be maintained in the office of the HRC. These records shall not refer to any specific individuals and shall be treated as confidential unless their disclosure is required by law. H. Retaliation: No person shall be subjected to retaliation for having utilized or having assisted others in the utilization of this grievance process. PSI shall initiate any and all necessary steps to prevent recurrence of any discrimination and to correct its discriminatory effects on the grievant and others if appropriate. C. Notification of Respondent(s): Upon receipt of a formal grievance, Human Resources Coordinator (HRC) shall send the respondent a copy of the complaint and ask the respondent to reply to the charges within 15 calendar days. The respondent will be specifically warned not to retaliate against the grievant in any way. Retaliation will subject the respondent to disciplinary action. The response should include any denial, in whole or part, of the charges. D. Investigation: Upon receipt of a grievance submitted the HRC also will notify the grievant of the receipt of the grievance and the initiation of an investigation into the matter. The HRC will also indicate a date by which it is expected that the investigation will be completed, which date shall not be later than 45 days from the date of receipt of the grievance unless a later date is agreed to by the grievant. The investigation shall invite the grievant and the respondent to present witnesses E. Completion of Investigation: Upon completion of the investigation, the HRC shall prepare a report for review by the President, or the President s designee. The President or his designee shall render a written decision within 10 days of receipt of the HRC report, if practicable or unless a later date is agreed to by the grievant, which decision shall be transmitted to the grievant and/or alternate contact person if so designated by the grievant. F. Appeal of Written Decision: Upon making the final decision, the individual shall transmit it in writing to both the grievant and respondent. Either party may submit to the individual designated to make the final decision, within 10 days of receiving the final decision, an appeal explaining why they believe they have been treated arbitrarily, capriciously, inequitably or in an unfair, unlawful or discriminatory manner. PSI Academic Catalog--39

40 Registration Adding a Course Newly Enrolled Student Registration: Course registration for newly enrolled students is done during the Academic Orientation Meeting for each department. The Registration Form is completed by the student and returned Registrar. Currently Enrolled Students: During the tenth week of each quarter, the schedule for the next quarter is reviewed, updated, if needed, and available to all currently enrolled students. Students pre-register for the following quarter. Upon successful completion of all courses in the current quarter the Director of Education (DOE) will approve registration for the upcoming quarter. Student billing is completed from registration forms. The pre-registration procedure is as follows: 1. Each student is issued a Registration Form from the Registrar during one of his/her class periods during the tenth week. (All students pre-register for courses by using PSI registration form.) 2. The student checks the appropriate box for each course in which he/she chooses to preregister for the next quarter. 3. The student signs, dates the form, and returns it to the Registrar for submitting to the DOE for academic approval. 4. Upon receipt of final grades, the DOE will review the student s academic transcript. If the student has successfully passed all courses that he/she was registered and the quarterly GPA is above 2.0 the DOE will approve the student s registration. Student s who do not successfully complete courses will not have their pre-registration form signed, but will meet with the Registrar to discuss appropriate plans of study. 5. Upon academic approval, the form is submitted to the Financial Aid Administrator and Student Accounts Officer for financial approval. 6. Upon financial approvals, each student will receive a completed copy of his/her registration form. 7. Approval signatures are required from all three before final registration approval is granted. Failure to register for courses as outlined above may result in delayed progress in the program, as seats in a particular course may become filled. Questions regarding course registration, adding or dropping a course should be addressed to the Registrar. [email protected] Adding of a course must be done seven (7) days prior to the start date of a course. A Course Add Form must be completed to make an official change in the registration. Forms may be obtained from the Registrar. All changes in schedules are made through the Registrar to safeguard the accuracy of the student s permanent record. Dropping a Course Dropping of a course must be done prior to the first day of class. A Course Drop Form must be completed to make an official change in the registration. Forms may be obtained from the Registrar. All changes in schedules are made through the Registrar to safeguard the accuracy of the student s permanent record. Students should meet with appropriate program coordinator or director academic counseling prior to adding or dropping a course. Withdrawal from a Course/Program Educational Policy: A student who wishes to withdraw from a course or a program after the first day of the class must complete the following steps (in order) to prevent error in the student s financial aid, educational plan of study, or the student s PSI account. Note: If the student withdraws from his/her program anytime during the first week of the quarter, it will not be considered an attempt at the course(s) for which he/she has registered. It will be considered the student s first enrollment into the program. Re-enrollment and course registration is based on seat availability. Step 1: Schedule an appointment with a Financial Aid Representative. The FA Representative will discuss with the student the intent to withdraw from a course or program and inform the student regarding the possible repercussions of the withdrawal in regards to the student s financial aid qualifications. To withdraw from a course or program, a Withdrawal Form will be completed to make the change official. Withdrawal begins in the Financial Aid Office. Upon completion of the meeting with the FA Representative, and if the student still wishes to withdraw, the FA Representative will sign-off on the Withdrawal Form. The student will then go to the next step. PSI Academic Catalog--40

41 Step 2: Meet with the appropriate program director or coordinator. The program director or coordinator will discuss with the student the potential repercussions that could occur from the withdrawal from the course or program regarding educational plans of study. Upon completion of the meeting with the program director or coordinator, the director or coordinator will sign-off on the Withdrawal Form. The student will then complete the third step. Step 3: Meet with the Student Account s Officer. The student will meet with the Student Account s Officer to review the student s account and make arrangements for payment of account or return of student funds to appropriate agencies. Students should refer this catalog to be advised on PSI s published Institutional Refund Policy as to what will be owed to PSI regarding tuition, books, and fees. Upon completion of the meeting with the Student Account s Officer, the officer will sign-off on the Withdrawal Form. Note: All three (3) approval signatures are required to make the withdrawal official and to assure that the student has been properly advised about the decision to withdraw from a course or program. Step 4: The student will receive a copy of the signed Withdrawal Form. The original will be maintained in the student academic file which is maintained by the Registrar. Grading for withdrawal from a course or program: Official withdrawal prior to the end of the sixth calendar week will be recorded on the student s academic record as a W for a grade and is not calculated in the student s GPA. The student will receive a grade of F for withdrawals after completion of the sixth calendar week and this will be calculated in the student s GPA. Correspondence Courses Correspondence courses for general education requirements taken from accredited colleges are transferrable. If you are considering a correspondence course to fulfill general education requirements, make an appointment with the Director of Education or the Registrar to gain approval. Experiential Learning/Advanced Placement /Ability to Benefit PSI does not accept credit(s) for prior life learning experience(s). PSI does not accept advanced placement, ability to benefit students, or grant credit for experiential learning. Transfer of Credits/Proficiency Transfer of credits will be accepted at the discretion of the Director of Education, Program Director or Program Coordinator, for courses that are compatible with the student s program requirements. A student may take only one (1) proficiency examination per course in an effort to gain credit for a course. The proficiency exam must be taken prior to the course being offered. If a student fails the course, the student may not attempt a proficiency exam in lieu of taking the course for a second time. A proficiency exam may not be taken to override a failed grade in any course. College of (Allied) Health Sciences: Guidelines to qualify as a transfer credit or proficiency test: Approved courses taken from an accredited institution within the last ten (10) years and passed with a C or better will be accepted as a transfer credit. PSI cannot accept PNP (pass no points) for transfer credit. Approved courses taken from an accredited institution that are over ten (10) years and passed with a C or better may request to take a Proficiency Test with a required passing grade of 80% to prove retention of the material and to receive credit for the course. A Proficiency Test may be requested for MED103/103-M Keyboarding without proof on a college transcript if he/she is proficient in keyboarding, MS Windows, MS Word or Word Perfect (all latest editions). All transfer credits must be approved by the Director of Education. The Director of Education may require a course syllabus for review of compatibility, for all courses not previously approved. The maximum number of transfer/proficiency credits accepted into the AH diploma programs is 18 quarter credits. The maximum number of transfer/proficiency credits accepted into the AH associate degree programs is 25 quarter credits. To receive a transfer credit the student must submit an official college transcript, 10 days prior to the start of the course requesting credit. If an official transcript is not in the student s academic file prior to the start date of the course the student will be required to take the course in its entirety. There is a $50 proficiency testing fee required for each proficiency exam; payment is due prior to testing. To receive credit by proficiency, each exam must be passed with a minimum of 80%; less than 80%, no credit will be given. Proficiency exams must be taken prior to the start date of the quarter in which the course is required. A copy or official transcript must be submitted for approval to take a proficiency exam. PSI Academic Catalog--41

42 Approved Transfer of Credits Courses: MED101/101-M Medical Law & Ethics MED103/103-M Keyboarding 104-M Office Communications 108-M Fundamentals of Psychology MED154/154-M Computer Applications COM101 Interpersonal Communications ENG101 English Composition PSY101 Introduction to Psychology SOC101 Introduction to Sociology MTH101 Basic Mathematics MTH102 Business Mathematics Approved Credit by Proficiency Courses: MED102/102-M Medical Terminology I MED103/103-M Keyboarding MED116/116-M Medical Terminology II MED135/135-M Anatomy & Physiology I MED136/136-M Anatomy & Physiology II School of Physical Therapist Assisting: Guidelines to qualify as a transfer credit or proficiency test: Approved General Education courses (3) taken from an accredited institution within the last ten (10) years and passed with a C or better will be accepted as a transfer credit. PSI cannot accept PNP (pass no points) for transfer credit. Approved courses taken from an accredited institution that are over ten (10) years and passed with a C or better and resulted in the awarding of a degree, may be acceptable for transfer credit. Certain Approved courses taken from an accredited institution within the last ten (10) years and passed with a C or better may request to take a Proficiency Test with a required passing grade of 80% to prove retention of the material and to receive credit for the course. All transfer credits must be approved by the PTA Program Director. The PTA Program Director may require a course syllabus for review of compatibility, for all courses not previously approved. The maximum number of transfer/proficiency credits accepted into the PTA associate degree program is 25 quarter credits. To receive a transfer credit the student must submit an official college transcript, 10 days prior to the start of the course requesting credit. If an official transcript is not in the student s academic file prior to the start date of the course the student will be required to take the course in its entirety. There is a $50 proficiency testing fee required for each proficiency exam; payment is due prior to testing. To receive credit by proficiency, each exam must be passed with a minimum of 80%; less than 80%, no credit will be given. In the case of KIN101 Kinesiology I and KIN201 Kinesiology II, the student must demonstrate comparable course work with a lab component that includes Manual Muscle Testing. Proficiency exams must be taken prior to the start date of the quarter in which the course is required. A copy or official transcript must be submitted for approval to take a proficiency exam. Approved Credit by Proficiency Courses: BIO 102 Anatomy & Physiology I BIO 103 Anatomy & Physiology II BIO 306 Fundamentals of Disease BIO 307 Growth & Development KIN101 Kinesiology I KIN201 Kinesiology II School of Practical Nursing: Guidelines to qualify as a transfer credit or proficiency test: Approved courses taken from an accredited institution within the last five (5) years and passed with a C or better will be accepted as a transfer credit. PSI cannot accept PNP (pass no points) for transfer credit. Approved courses taken from an accredited institution that are over five (5) years but within ten (10) years and passed with a C or better may request to take a Proficiency Test with a required passing grade of 80% to prove retention of the material and to receive credit for the course. A course taken over ten (10) years ago must be retaken. No proficiency exam will be given. All transfer credits must be approved by the Director of Education or PN Program Coordinator. The Director of Education or the PN Coordinator may require a course syllabus for review of compatibility, for all courses not previously approved. The maximum number of transfer/proficiency credits accepted into the PN diploma programs is 18 quarter credits. To receive a transfer credit the student must submit an official college transcript, 10 days prior to the start of the course requesting credit. If an official transcript is not in the student s academic file prior to the start date of the course the student will be required to take the course in its entirety. There is a $50 proficiency testing fee required for each proficiency exam; payment is due prior to testing. To receive credit by proficiency, each exam must be passed with a minimum of 80%; less that 80%, no credit will be given. Proficiency exams must be taken prior to the start date of the quarter in which the course is required. A copy or official transcript must be submitted for approval to take a proficiency exam. Approved Transfer of Credits Courses: PN201 Principles of Psychology PN301 Computer Applications PN302 Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy PN101 Medical Terminology Approved Credit by Proficiency Courses: PN101 Medical Terminology PN103 Anatomy & Physiology I PN203 Anatomy & Physiology II PN301 Computer Applications Approved Transfer of Credits Courses: ENG101 English Composition PSY101 Introduction to Psychology SOC101 Introduction to Sociology PSI Academic Catalog--42

43 Procedure for Proficiency Exam All Programs 1. Submit an official college transcript(s). 2. Complete a Proficiency Exam Request Form and submit to the Director of Education, Program Director or Program Coordinator for review. (Proficiency Exam Request Forms are available from an Admissions Representative, or the Registrar.) 3. If approved, the Proficiency exam fee is $50 per exam. The fee is to be paid at the front desk. 4. The exam fee must be paid up-front and cannot be added to the student s account, regardless of the student s account balance. The fee may be paid in the form of a money order, debit or credit card to confirm a testing date. 5. The Administrative Assistant at the front desk will give the student a copy of the paid fee. 6. The Registrar will receive a copy of the paid receipt. The Registrar will then contact the student regarding when and where the proficiency test will be given. Proficiency tests will not be given unless paid-in-full prior to taking the test. 7. To receive credit by proficiency exam, the student must pass with a grade of at least 80 percent. 8. Notification of proficiency exam results will be available within 2 days of completing the exam. Students will be able to discuss their test results but cannot review actual test. 9. Proficiency test is retained in student s academic file. Questions regarding proficiency exams should be addressed to the Registrar. [email protected] Part-time Status The professional curriculum of each program is structured so that each successive quarter is built on information, knowledge, skills and attitudes obtained in the previous quarters. Students are thus encouraged to maintain full-time status to complete the curriculum. However, there may be situations when a student due to medical or personal reasons needs to assume a part-time status. If this situation presents itself, the student will meet with the applicable program director or program coordinator to design an appropriate schedule of study. PTA students have very limited part-time program availability. Procedure for Part-time status. 1. The student should schedule an appointment with the applicable Program Director or Program Coordinator to discuss his/her intent to go from full-time to parttime status. At this meeting the student will discuss his/her reasons for requesting a part-time schedule. Students will be encouraged to maintain a full-time schedule whenever possible. 2. If a full-time schedule cannot be maintained, the applicable Program Director/Coordinator will work with the Director of Education to prepare a Plan of Study (POS) for the student that will outline how and when the student will complete his/her program. 3. The student s POS is then submitted to the Director of Education for review and final academic approval. 4. With educational approval the POS is then submitted to the Financial Aid Administrator who reviews the request with the student. 5. Students who are on part-time schedule may face registration restrictions. Registration for individual courses will be limited to the availability of seats for that course. 6. Students who cannot maintain the part-time POS will have to withdraw from the program and reenroll at a later date. Academic Termination All Programs Any one of the following shall immediately terminate a student s enrollment with PSI: 1. ANY student in any program that receives a failing grade in three or more courses in a quarter; 2. Any student in any program, regardless of the enrollment who fails to pass the failed course the second time; 3. Any student in any program who does not have a quarterly 2.0 GPA at the end of academic probation; 4. Any PN student who has failed or withdrawn from three (3) separate nursing courses within the program, regardless of the re-taking of course; 5. Any PN student who has failed two (2) nursing courses in one (1) quarter. 6. Any PTA student who has failed two (2) of the PTA Clinical Experiences (PTA306-A, PTA306-B, PTA410-A, PTA410-B) will be terminated from the PTA program, regardless of the number of enrollments. 7. Any student who fails to maintain satisfactory attendance progress. 8. Any student who exceeds the 150% maximum time frame in completing his/her enrollment. Termination shall be immediate upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing events, and no notice of termination, beyond what is set forth herein shall be required by PSI. Second Enrollment Criteria, Time-Line and Procedure Effective Second Enrollment Criteria: Students returning to the same program within one (1) year will begin the enrollment process with the Registrar/Sue Burton. Students may contact the Registrar at [email protected] or Ext PSI Academic Catalog--43

44 Students returning at one (1) year or more will begin the enrollment process with the Admissions Department. Students may contact Tony Dickens at Ext.2000 or Andrea Cluckey at Ext or or 1. Any student who wishes to apply for a second enrollment to any program must have a zero account balance. 2. Due to fact that PSI offers specific programs, and the curriculum information is constantly being updated, any student who wishes to apply for a second enrollment after three (3) years will be required to repeat all courses and admission requirements for the program. 3. Any student who was terminated for unacceptable conduct/behavioral termination will not be granted a second enrollment into any program at PSI. 4. Any student who withdrew from his/her first enrollment (from any program) may apply for a second enrollment based on seat availability. 5. Any student who was terminated from his/her first enrollment due to failure of (3) or more courses in one (1) quarter will be eligible for a second enrollment in 12 months (1 yr.) for PN, AMA, MA and MIS students and 9 months for PTA students. 6. Any student who was terminated from their first enrollment due to failure of a course or externship/clinical experience on the second attempt, and will be eligible for a second enrollment in 12 months (1 yr.) for PN, AMA, MA and MIS students and 9 months for PTA students. 7. Any student who was terminated from his/her first enrollment due to not maintaining a 2.0 quarterly GPA for two (2) consecutive quarters my apply for a second enrollment after waiting 12 weeks or one complete quarter. 8. Any student who was terminated from his/her first enrollment due to exceeding the 150% maximum time frame my apply for a second enrollment after waiting 12 weeks or one complete quarter. 9. Any PN student who was terminated or withdrew from his/her first enrollment due to failure of three (3) separate nursing courses (Example: PN105, PN205, PN305) within the program, regardless of the retaking of courses, will be eligible for a second enrollment in 12 months (1 yr.). 10. Any PN student who was terminated from his/her first enrollment due to the failure of two (2) nursing courses in one (1) quarter will be eligible for a second enrollment in 12 months (1 yr.) 11. Any PTA student who has failed two (2) of the PTA Clinical Experiences (PTA306-A, PTA306-B, PTA410- A, PTA410-B) will be terminated from the PTA program, regardless of the number of enrollments. 12. Any student terminated from his/her second enrollment from any program due to any reason will not be eligible for re-enrollment for three (3) years in any program. At that time the student will be considered a new student and will be required to repeat the entire program. Second Enrollment Procedure: In addition to the following, PN and PTA students may have additional program specific procedures for their program. 1. Any student who wishes to enroll for a second enrollment must fully meet the preceding criteria before applying. 2. Any student who wishes to enroll for a second enrollment must complete the current admission requirements for the program in which they are applying. The entrance test scores remain in effect for two (2) years from the date the test was taken. After two (2) years entrance testing must be redone. If a new test format is required for admission the applicant will be required to take the new test and meet the current passing score requirements. 3. Any student who wishes to apply for a second enrollment (regardless of the program) will have his/her PSI transcript reviewed by the Director of Education and/or Program Director/Coordinator to see if any courses have significantly changed and do not qualify for transfer credit. If a course has been changed significantly, the student will be required to take the new course in its entirety. 4. Any student who wishes to apply for a second enrollment may be required to take a proficiency test in each course previously taken where changes have been made to update the course. Proficiency tests must be passed with an 80 percent or better. 5. Any eligible PN student who wishes to re-enroll must do so within six (6) months to have previous nursing and pharmacology courses grades transferred to new enrollment. 6. Any PN student who wishes to re-enroll after being off greater than six (6) months and not more than twelve (12) months, may do so and continue where they left off, if: a. The student s cumulative GPA is greater than or equal to 2.5. b. The student must retake all proctored ATI exams that they had previously taken and pass at a minimum of a Level I proficiency. Only one (1) attempt per each exam is allowed. There is an additional charge for each exam that is not apart of the original ATI fees. If the student is not successful at passing all the ATI exams, the student must repeat all the nursing and pharmacology courses previously taken. 7. Any PTA student who wishes to re-enroll after being off more than six (6) months but not more than twelve (12) months may do so and continue where they left off if: a. The student s cumulative GPA is greater than or equal to 2.5. b. They repeat a course that has been significantly changed or modified since the student s prior enrollment, per the discretion of the PTA Program Director c. They demonstrate continued competency in all skills previously tested on lab practicals, through a review of lab skills with the PTA Program Director. PSI Academic Catalog--44

45 Questions regarding enrollment or re-enrollment should be addressed to the Admissions Department. or Instructor/Course Evaluations Toward the end of each quarter, the student will evaluate each instructor and each course for which they were enrolled. The Program Director or Coordinator of each academic program provides a schedule to the Institutional Effectiveness Program Assistant (IEPA) for purposes of scheduling the respective evaluations. The dates and times for administration of the instructor/course evaluations are scheduled with the instructors by the IEPA. At the time of survey/evaluation administration, the IEPA remains in the classroom until the survey/evaluation is completed. The IEPA remains in the classroom for the sole purpose of providing directions and guidance and to oversee the process, in general. Upon completion, each student returns all forms to the IEPA. The forms are then processed via a ScanTron type system and are then prepared for distribution to the respective Program Director, Coordinator, or, assigned personnel. No results are reviewed or seen by anyone until the term/quarter has officially concluded. To this end, no instructor(s) will see the currently collected results prior to completion of the term, nor will they see the original handwriting of any student as provided on the scan form. Upon review of the results, the program director or coordinator then meets with each instructor in their respective program and will discuss the results that were provided to them. Any/all written comments as well as any changes/suggestions for change will be given serious and significant consideration. Finally, students in each academic division complete at least two (2) Institutional Student Satisfaction Surveys (ISSS), prior to the end of their program. This survey is devised and developed based on criterion set forth by the Ohio Administrative Code, and is meant to be a reflection or composite of the student s total experience at PSI as of the time the survey is completed. This survey is meant to assess student satisfaction with all services offered by PSI, plus, that of individual offices, staff, and administration. Ultimately, the results from this survey are used to assist with the annual review of each program, ongoing accreditation, and the school as a whole. D 70% - 76% 1.0 Grade Point F 69% or below 0.0 Grade Point CR = I = W = P = Transfer of course credit from another school or proof of certification. This grade does not average into the student s grade point average. (GPA). There is no grade transfer. Incomplete (all course work must be completed by the end of the sixth week of the next quarter or the incomplete will change to an F. Withdrawal Pass PTA students please refer to each course syllabus for the appropriate grading scale. Students cannot arrange to do additional work to change final grade. The GPA is the basis for calculating scholastic standing and is obtained by dividing the total number of points earned by the total number of quarter credit hours attempted. Points are assigned for each quarter hour of credit earned according to PSI grading system. Grade Point Average (GPA) A 4.0 B 3.0 C 2.0 D 1.0 F 0.0 Incomplete (I) This grade is given when a student cannot complete course work due to extenuating circumstances. The student will meet with the Program Coordinator, Program Director or Director of Education to make arrangements to complete the course work within the first six (6) weeks of the next quarter. The student will receive an I on his/her transcript until the course work is completed. The I converts to an F, if the work is not completed. Students are not permitted to withdraw from any course for which an I grade has been issued. If the student receives a D or F the course must be repeated. Grading Policies Academic Transcripts A student s academic progress is monitored and unsatisfactory progress will result in dismissal from the course or program. Instructors meetings are held at least once a month to review academic and attendance concerns. All efforts will be made to help a student having academic difficulties. Tutoring is offered to each student based upon need and approval by the Director of Education. Grading evaluations are based on the following system: A 93% - 100% 4.0 Grade Point B 85% - 92% 3.0 Grade Point C 77% - 84% 2.0 Grade Point Instructors submit final grades, to the Registrar, on the last day of the quarter. The Registrar enters the final grades into the student tracking system. If a student has not completed the course an I is recorded by the Registrar. The Registrar forwards the transcripts to the Director of Education for review, approval, and when necessary to do an appropriate plan of study (POS) or to address concerns. Student transcripts are issued to all students by Friday of the first week of each quarter, which is approximately two weeks from the last day of class. Transcripts will not be available prior to this day. Students will not be given grades over the phone and cannot receive transcripts early. PSI Academic Catalog--45

46 Final transcripts will be available to all students Friday of the first week of each quarter at the student s request. During the graduation ceremony all graduates receive an official transcript along with his/her other graduation documents. Students wishing to receive additional official transcripts may do so by completing a Transcript Request Form, which is available from the Registrar or at the front desk at PSI. There will be a charge of $3 for each official transcript. There is no charge for an unofficial transcript. The Registrar will process the official transcript request within 10 days of receipt. The appropriate Program Director or Coordinator will process all requests for the purpose of licensing or certification exams within 10 days from the receipt of the final transcript from the Registrar, which is approximately two weeks from the last day of class for students who met graduation requirements. Academic Hold PSI offers a one time academic hold due to PSI s unavailability of courses or seats for the enrolled student to continue in his or her program. The Academic Hold period will be no longer that two (2) 12- week quarters. The Academic Hold period will not count against the students maximum 150% time frame to complete his or her program The Director of Education will review the student s academic file, create a POS, and determine whether an Academic Hold can be offered. Procedure for Handling Academic Difficulty PTA Program Academic Alert Instructors monitor academic performance throughout the quarter and notify the Director of Education, or appropriate program director or administrator, when a student drops below 77 percent (80% for PTA students) for any course or lab. A student having academic difficulty should contact the instructor first for tutoring. Group tutoring is offered by each instructor for a scheduled date and time. Students are to contact the instructor for days and times. Questions regarding academic difficulty should be addressed to the appropriate instructor. addresses are found on the first page of the course syllabus. Academic Probation Academic Alert is a status earned by a PTA student when the 80 percent required passing score is not earned in a specific course. Academic Alert is offered when the student demonstrates continued effort and has final grades greater than 77 percent but less than 80 percent and also has demonstrated professional qualities that PSI has deemed important. The student is offered the unique opportunity to move forward into the next quarter but under Academic Alert. A student may be on Academic Alert for only 1 quarter. If the student fails to raise the grades the following quarter, the student will be placed on Academic Probation and follow the policy and procedure dealing with Academic Probation. There will also be an extra formal meeting with the Director of the PTA program to discuss this probation with possible additional remediation. Students whose quarterly (term) GPA is below the minimum of 2.0 will be placed on academic probation for the next quarter or 12 weeks. The student s academic performance will be closely monitored. If at the end of the stated time, the quarterly (term)gpa is not 2.0 or higher, the student will be terminated from his/her enrollment. A student CANNOT be placed on academic probation for two consecutive quarters. If this is the student s first enrollment and the student is terminated, they may re-apply for admission after waiting one full quarter (12 weeks). The student must have a zero account balance prior to re-applying and will be required to re-apply for admission and be accepted. Note: Academic and financial aid files will be reviewed during the re-application process and documentation found in files will be used by the Admissions Selection Committee during the reapplication process. PTA Program Remediation In the event that a student scores less than 80% but more than 70% on a written quiz, the student will be given the option to remediate the quiz for a passing grade of 80%. Students with Grades 69% and below will be required to remediate. Remediation must be scheduled within one week from the quiz date and before the next scheduled quiz in that class. A Plan for Remediation must be completed by the student with the scheduled remediation approved by the Teaching Team Leader and reviewed by the Program Director. At the time of Remediation, the student will be given the graded quiz with incorrect answers identified as wrong but correct answers will not be indicated. Using available textbooks, classroom notes, or personal notes, the student must write out the correct answers with appropriate rationale. A student will be allowed a total of 3 quiz remediations per class. Midterms and Final exams will not be remediated. The score earned by the student on Midterms and Finals will remain as is and be calculated into the final grade. PSI Academic Catalog--46

47 Test/ Competency Grade Review Process and Policy Director of Education End of Quarter Review of Transcripts {These guidelines apply to all PSI programs.} Test, quizzes, and competencies, must follow the guidelines listed below as grades are not part of the grievance process. 1. The instructor will answer any questions that the student may have regarding the test. If after the rationale is given, and the student continues to have questions, the student must make an appointment with the instructor, after class hours, to discuss it further. 2. If a student continues to have a concern with the test answer, the student will have 48 hours from the test review date to submit to the instructor written documentation, including references of where the answer is located. The instructor will review documentation for accuracy and make the final judgment. 3. If a student is absent for the test review, it is the student s responsibility to contact the course instructor within 48 hours of the test review to set up an appointment to review the test. If the student does not contact the course instructor within 48 hours of the initial test review, the student will forfeit his/her right to review the test. Any type of test grade discrepancy must be reviewed during the test review time. There will not be another time allotted for grade discrepancies after the exam review is complete. After the review period the grade will be recorded in the grade book and will not be subject to review. 4. Lab Competency: In the event the student receives an unsatisfactory grade on a lab competency demonstration, the student will be allowed one (1) additional attempt to pass the lab competency demonstration, for a total of two (2) attempts. The student must arrange with the instructor within one week of a lab competency demonstration failure, a plan of remediation and a time to take the makeup competency demonstration. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second attempt at the competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable. All students are highly encouraged to attend open labs for additional practice. All grades are reviewed by the Director of Education at the end of each quarter. The Director of Education will review the student s academic transcript and do an appropriate plan of study (POS) as needed. Upon completing the plan of study each student will meet with the Registrar to review the student s grades, plan of study and complete appropriate paper work. Courses will be scheduled according to policy, availability and prerequisite requirements. All plans of study are at the discretion of the Director of Education based on review of the student s academic file and transcript. In all programs a D is also considered a failure, as the lowest possible passing grade is a C. The lowest C in the PTA program is an 80 (%) percent. The lowest C in the PN and AH programs is a 77 (%) percent. PN Students: Due to limited available seating in the PN program, PSI will follow the process found in this Academic Catalog to arrive at who will be eligible for the seats. Plans of Study (POS) for Failure of a Course(s) Failure of One (1) Course: If a student receives a failing final grade in one course in a quarter and the quarter GPA is above 2.0, the student will be allowed to continue on a full-time schedule. The failed course must be repeated the next time it is offered. The student will be required to take the failed course and will be limited to a maximum of two new courses. If the one failed course is a nursing course with a lab/clinical component, that course must be taken and passed before new courses will be scheduled, regardless of availability or prerequisites. Due to the fact that the PTA and the AH programs only start in April and October, students failing a course may have to withdraw and re-enroll (or be placed on Academic Hold) to repeat the course the next time it is offered. If a student receives a failing final grade in one course in a quarter and the quarter GPA is below 2.0, the student will be placed on a part-time schedule and placed on academic probation. The failed course must be repeated the next time it is offered. The student will be required to take the failed course and will be limited to a maximum of one new course. Courses will be scheduled according to availability and prerequisite requirements. PSI Academic Catalog--47

48 If the one failed course is a nursing course with a lab/clinical component, that course must be taken and passed before any new courses will be scheduled, regardless of availability or prerequisites. Failure of Two (2) Courses: If a student receives a failing grade in two courses in a quarter, the student will be placed on academic probation. The two failed courses must be repeated the next time they are offered. No other courses (regardless of availability or prerequisites) will be scheduled until the failed courses have been satisfactorily completed. A PN student who fails two nursing courses in one quarter (example: Gerontological and Fundamentals of Nursing) will be terminated from his/her enrollment. Please refer to page for second enrollment criteria, time-line and procedure. Failure of Three (3) or More Courses: ANY student in any program that receives a failing grade in three or more courses in a quarter, the student will be terminated from his/her enrollment. Please refer to page for second enrollment criteria, time-line and procedure. Any PN student who has failed or withdrawn from three (3) separate nursing courses within the program, regardless of the re-taking of courses, will be terminated from his or her enrollment. Please refer to page for second enrollment criteria, time-line and procedure. The student s academic performance will be closely monitored. If at the end of the stated time, the quarterly GPA is not 2.0 or higher, the student will be terminated from his/her enrollment. A student CANNOT be placed on academic probation for two consecutive quarters. If this is the student s first enrollment and the student is terminated, they may re-apply for admission after waiting one full quarter (12 weeks). The student must have a zero account balance prior to re-applying and will be required to re-apply for admission and be accepted. Note: Academic and financial aid files will be reviewed during the re-application process and documentation found in files will be used by the Admissions Selection Committee during the re-application process. Academic Termination Due to GPA: If a student does not have a quarterly 2.0 GPA at the end of the academic probation, the student will be academically terminated from his/her enrollment. Repeating a Course for GPA Purpose: Only failed courses are repeated. A course may not be repeated for the purpose of raising a student s GPA. Transportation Second Failures/ Withdrawals Regardless of the course or program, students are given only one (1) attempt per enrollment to pass a failed or withdrawn course. First Enrollment: If the student fails to pass a course on the second attempt, the student will be terminated from his/her first enrollment and will not be eligible for a second enrollment for 12 months (1 yr.) for PN, AMA, MA and MIS students and 9 months for PTA students. Second Enrollment: If the student fails to pass any course the second time during the second enrollment, the student will be terminated and will not be eligible for re-enrollment for three (3) years. Failure of a Course with Lab Competency Component In courses where there is a lab competency component of the grade, the didactic and lab competency component each must be passed with a 77 percent or better, or the student will have to repeat the course in its entirety. The PTA student requirement is 80 percent or better for each didactic and lab competency component. the student will be given the opportunity to repeat the entire course, the next time it is offered, in an attempt to achieve a passing grade. The student is responsible for providing his/her own transportation for all learning experiences associated with the classroom, externships, nursing clinical rotations, PTA clinical practica and all off campus educational experiences. Students must maintain individual automobile liability coverage and be able to drive up to one and one-half hours or more to a clinical location. Academic Advisement PSI offers academic advisement through the course instructor to discuss the completion of the registered course. The instructor will discuss with the student any relevant academic concerns regarding the course. If the instructor is not able to advise the student, the student should schedule an appointment with appropriate program director or coordinator. Student Health Services Academic Probation/Termination Academic Probation: Students whose quarterly (term) GPA is below a 2.0 will be placed on academic probation for the next quarter or 12 weeks. No health services are offered at PSI except first aid, if necessary. The Emergency Medical System, 9-1-1, is utilized if serious illness or injury occur. This policy includes time in the classroom, learning lab, and clinical. If necessary, the student will be transported to a medical facility by EMS and the student s emergency contact person will be called. If a student is injured at the school or a clinical/externship site, any expenses are the responsibility of the student. PSI Academic Catalog--48

49 Study Groups Students in PSI programs are very focused individuals. As each group of students advance in the program they tend to merge into a team determined to help each other to reach the goal. Study groups are a natural occurrence and the instructors openly promote this. Any unused classroom or laboratory is offered to the groups. Models, videos and reference books are also available upon request. PSI has three divisions. Each division has a placement coordinator. Students should contact the appropriate divisions placement coordinator for information and assistance regarding placement after graduation. PN [email protected] PTA [email protected] HS [email protected] Malpractice Insurance Graduation/Graduation Requirements Graduation is held two (2) times a year. During this ceremony, degrees, diplomas, certificates, awards for Academic Excellence (GPA of 4.0), Academic Honors (GPA of 3.0 to 3.99) and Perfect Attendance are presented. Providing all necessary grade information is complete, final transcripts will be available at graduation. When grade information is incomplete, final transcripts not received at graduation will be sent by mail. Graduation Requirements: 1. Successful completion of all assignments, final examinations, externships, nursing rotations or clinical practica with the minimum required passing score. 2. Payment in full of all tuition and fees owed to PSI. 3. Return of all property of PSI. Questions regarding graduation or graduation requirements should be addressed to the Registrar. [email protected] Dean s List Professional Skills Institute will post a Dean s List at the end of each quarter for students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.0 or better on a 4.0 scale for the quarter. To be considered for the dean s list, students must carry no fewer than 10 quarter credit hours per quarter. Placement Assistance PSI will assist the graduates to find employment. Graduates of the school will have this service available to them immediately following the completion of their program and until they find their first position. The graduate always has the option of coming in and using the school resources for updating and copying resumes. PSI cannot guarantee employment or a minimum starting salary. During the final quarter of each program the students will be provided career counseling through a job readiness course or seminar. This includes resumes, job applications, cover letters, mock interviews and if needed updates on HIPAA and OSHA. All allied health, physical therapist assistant, and practical nurse students are covered under a blanket professional malpractice insurance that is automatically started when the student enrolls at PSI and ends with the completion of the program. Coverage includes $1,000,000 per occurrence, $5,000,000 aggregate. The fee for this insurance is included in the required fees for the program and is subject to change. Attendance Policy One hundred percent (100%) attendance is ideal for each course, there is a provision for emergency absences only, and cannot exceed a maximum of fifteen percent (15%) of the total course clock hours. Being late is unacceptable. Students are required to inform the school of any emergency absence or tardiness whether it be classroom or on a clinical practicum, nursing rotation or externship. All classes start promptly at the scheduled time. Students should be in class, ready to begin. If an emergency absence should occur, it is necessary for the student to call the school within one (1) hour of the scheduled start time to let the school and the instructor know why he/she will be late or not attending. If the PN student is scheduled to be on the clinical unit, he/she must also contact the clinical unit in addition to the clinical instructor. PN students who are a no call, no show for a clinical day, will be considered as an unexcused absence, and result in a failing grade for the clinical. The course will have to be repeated in its entirety, at an additional tuition charge. A student cannot take class time for appointments. Appointments should be scheduled before or after class time. A lack of transportation is not an excuse for absence. If a class is missed, the student is responsible for the missed material. It is recommended that students exchange phone numbers so missed assignments may be obtained. Student Attendance Notification: Emergency absences cannot exceed 15 percent in any course clock hours. All work missed must be made up to the instructor s satisfaction. It is of the utmost importance to establish a good attendance record. When a prospective employer requests a recommendation, we include grades and a complete record of absences and tardiness. PSI Academic Catalog--49

50 Students who reach 10% of the available clock emergency hours for a course, and if the student is available for consultation, will be notified by the instructor that he/she is in danger of being ineligible for the course. This is documented via the Student Attendance Notification. The instructor and the student will discuss the attendance concerns and arrive at needed actions to be taken to successfully complete the course. This is a courtesy, not a requirement. Each student is fully responsible for keeping track of his/her attendance in each class. Potential Excused Absence: If the student exceeds the 15% ineligibility notification policy, and one of the following occur, it may be considered an excused absence when appropriate documentation is submitted. The following documented circumstances may constitute an excused absence. A death in the immediate family. Defined as: Student s parents, spouse, domestic partner, child, sibling, grandparents, grandchildren, and/or the spouse s parents, children or siblings. Overnight hospitalization of a member of the immediate family, as defined above. Overnight hospitalization of a student. Vehicle Accident which precipitates emergency medical care immediately prior to the start of the class. A mandatory court date with back up documentation prior to and after court appearance. This information is to be submitted to the appropriate program director or coordinator. Two approval signatures (instructor and program director or coordinator) are required. Student Course Ineligibility: Students who exceed 15% of the available clock emergency hours for a course, become ineligible to remain in the course. The student will receive a letter grade of F for this course, and have to repeat the course in its entirety the next quarter; at an additional tuition charge. This is documented via the Student Course Ineligibility Form. A copy of the Student Attendance Notice Form and/or a copy of the Student Course Ineligibility Form is given to the student and the original is returned to the Director of Education and is placed in the student s academic file. A copy of these forms is also forwarded to the Financial Aid Department, as this may effect the students financial aid eligibility. If a student becomes ineligible for a course for lack of attendance, the course will have to be repeated in its entirety at an additional tuition charge. This will disrupt the normal program length for that student. PSI Leave of Absence: PSI does not grant LOAs (Leave of Absences). Students who have been terminated (except behavior), who have become ineligible or have withdrawn must begin the admissions process for re-enrollment, if they qualify. This is with the exception of students, currently enlisted in the military service of the United States or the National Guard, and who are currently in active duty status, as defined in ORC Students requesting such a leave, must do so in writing, and must submit their request to the Director of Education. Upon verification of active duty status, PSI will grant the student a military LOA, for the time that they are in active duty status, and for up to one (1) year after the conclusion of their service. During the time the student is on military LOA, they shall incur no academic or financial penalties. Attendance/Tardiness Once an instructor has taken attendance, closed the door and class has begun, a student may not enter the classroom. Students will be allowed to enter at a break. Late/absence time will be marked accordingly for the class time missed against the emergency hours. If a student leaves a class early, he/she will be counted absent for the time missed against the emergency hours. Students are not to leave the classroom during schedule hours without prior approval of the instructor. If a student walks out of the classroom for any reason without previous arrangements with the instructor, the student will not be allowed to re-enter the class until the next break. The student will be marked absent for the time missed. Regular attendance and punctuality are a must. To maintain satisfactory attendance, students must be present for 85% of each class of the program. A grade of F will be awarded for any course in which the maximum number of allowable absences is exceeded and the student has been terminated from that course. Policy for Test Taking: PSI Testing Policy To help eliminate and avoid an unacceptable behavior, the following policy is for all PSI students taking any test, quiz, exam, any ATI exam, or lab competency in any course of the program. 1. There is assigned seating for all examinations. 2. All personal items, including books, backpacks, pencils, pens, tape recorders, cell phones and purses are not allowed at the student desk area. They are to be stored in front or back of the classroom, away from the student s desk or at a designated area chosen by the instructor. 3. The only items allowed on the desk during testing are sharpened pencils and a calculator (if allowed by the individual class instructor). 4. The student may not get up and walk around during testing. If he/she has a question, the student must raise his/her hand and wait for the instructor to walk over to his/her desk. PSI Academic Catalog--50

51 5. A blank piece of paper is provided to each student to be used as a cover sheet. All answers must be covered at all times during the entire testing period. This cover sheet, along with the test, must be turned in to the instructor after completing the test. Tests and cover sheets should remain flat on the desk. 6. Once the test is started, the student is not allowed to leave the classroom. 7. After turning in the completed test to the instructor, the student may not retrieve the test for any reasons. 8. After the student completes the test, he/she should leave the classroom and return at the designated time. As a courtesy to other students who are still taking the test, please keep noise to a minimum. 9. If the test is timed, the instructor will let the student know when time has expired. The test must be turned in at that time. Any unanswered questions will be counted as wrong. To prepare the PN students to take the NCLEX-PN exam, students will be allotted one minute per question on a test, quiz or final exam. 10. If a student s cell phone or any other electronic device goes off, rings/ the alarm sounds/ it vibrates/makes any sound/or has any visual display or signal and is on the student or surrounding area during an exam or if the student is caught looking at his/her cell phone, or other electronic devices a 0% on that exam will be awarded. 11. Any student who chooses to disregard these rules will receive a 0% on that assignment/test. Furthermore, that student may be expelled from the program or PSI, pending the decision of the Director of Education. 12. Cheating, dishonesty, deception, or plagiarism of any type will result in immediate termination from the student s program. 13. Any student who removes a test from the classroom for any reason, will be considered cheating and will result in immediate termination from the student s program. hours of the initial test review, the student will forfeit his/her right to review the test. Any type of test grade discrepancy must be reviewed during the test review time. There will not be another time allotted for grade discrepancies after the exam review is complete. After the review period the grade will be recorded in the grade book and will not be subject to review. 5. Any student who removes a test from the classroom for any reason, will be considered cheating and will result in immediate termination from the student s program. Policy for Test Review in All Courses: 1. All personal items, including books, backpacks, pens, pencils, tape recorders, cell phones and purses are not allowed at the student desk area. They are to be stored in front or back of the classroom, away from the student s desk or at a designated area chosen by the instructor. 2. The instructor will answer any questions that the student may have regarding the test. If after the rationale is given, and the student continues to have questions, the student must make an appointment with the instructor, after class hours, to discuss it further. 3. If a student continues to have a concern with the test answer, the student will have 48 hours from the test review date to submit to the instructor written documentation, including references of where the answer is located. The instructor will review documentation for accuracy and make the final judgment. 4. If a student is absent for the test review, it is the student s responsibility to contact the course instructor within 48 hours of the test review to set up an appointment to review the test. If the student does not contact the course instructor within 48 PSI Academic Catalog--51

52 PSI Academic Catalog--52

53 Student Conduct Information Professional Skills Institute Student Conduct As mature and responsible social behaviors are the fundamental basis for any professional atmosphere, be it academic or employment related; PSI strives to only accept candidates that exhibit the utmost respect and courtesy for others. From every candidate's initial contact with the staff, PSI begins evaluation to appraise the behavior as responsible and appropriate. If any conduct is exhibited that is inappropriate for a professional academic environment, or lacking common respect and courtesy for others, your admission may be denied for that reason. Exhibiting irresponsible and inappropriate behaviors once enrolled may lead to your termination. This is not high school; this is college...a college to prepare you to be a professional. While you are here, PSI expects you to conduct yourself as though you are in a professional workplace. Any behavior other than professional will be unacceptable. Professional Skills Institute is a private institution of higher learning. Once enrolled, you become a member of the PSI community. As a member of this community, you will be expected to exhibit the utmost respect and dignity for others at all times. PSI believes very strongly in the ethical treatment of others and insists that respectful and appropriate behavior be practiced at all levels within the institution; administrative, academic, and student/learner. Although PSI cannot regulate your behavior off campus, PSI encourages full-time awareness of this code and believes your commitment to it off-campus will help solidify your personal and social success as you work toward your professional success on-campus. "Be there for others" is a philosophy promoted throughout PSI and practiced as responsible citizens in our community. The administrative and academic leaders within this institution deserve the utmost respect and courtesy from every student. PSI does not feel this respect needs to be re-established between faculty and student with every new enrollment; it has been earned by the thousands of successful graduates that precede you and this respect should be extended based upon that fact. If you feel you cannot extend this respect, it will not be in your best interest to enroll in this institution. If you exhibit behavior that is unprofessional in the classroom or show a blatant lack of respect for any faculty member or member of this institution, PSI reserves the right to terminate you from your academic program, without notice, based upon our philosophy, and Toledo Municipal Code Assault upon a teacher; disrupting school activity. (a) No person shall assault, strike, threaten or menace a teacher, instructor, professor, person in charge of a class of students or any employee of any school, college or university, while in the performance of his duties, or disrupt, disturb or interfere with the teaching of any class of students, or disrupt, disturb or interfere with any activity conducted in a school, college, or university building, or upon the campus or grounds thereof, or in any public place, or improperly and unlawfully assault, strike, threaten, menace, follow, pursue or lay hands upon a student or other person in a school, college or university building, or upon the grounds or campus thereof, or upon the way to or from any school, college or university, or on the way to and from any school, college or university sponsored activity. (b) Whoever violates this section is guilty of a misdemeanor of the first degree. (1952 Code ; Ord ) Mutual trust is crucial in the PSI community. You must trust that PSI will provide for you the knowledge and opportunity to learn and succeed, and PSI must trust you will make the sacrifice of time and exhibit the commitment necessary to learn and succeed. Without this mutual trust and investment in your education, PSI and you both will fail. If you give 100%, you will get 100%. If you are not willing or capable of giving 100% commitment to your education at this time, you will need to focus and change what is preventing you from giving 100%, or your success may be jeopardized or delayed if you choose to enroll at this time. Tuition and fees paid to PSI are for an education in your chosen discipline. This education will be based upon educational standards built over the past twenty-five years; they consist of proven curricula, academic processes and principles presented by highly qualified, seasoned educators that have your best interests in the forefront of their agenda. These standards are in place to ensure your success as a student, and ultimately a graduate of PSI. PSI s success is based upon your success, nothing else. PSI is a private school with a long-standing track record of successful graduates. These graduates are successful because of the policies and academic standards of this institution and because of our commitment to higher education. PSI s policies are not open for debate, nor will they be altered because of the "special circumstances" of any one student. Your Admissions Representative was very clear in outlining the policies and procedures of this institution. They are in place to ensure your PSI Academic Catalog--53

54 success, and will remain in place long after you complete your program, so please do not feel as though you will be the exception to the rule. PSI Procedure for Unprofessional Conduct/ Behavior Being a professional means being responsible for your actions, and accepting the consequences of those actions. A simple cause and effect method for decision making is a good practice to keep in mind. The "cause" (what is done) and the "effect" (what happens as a result) is very important. Conscious decisions should always lead to principled outcomes. Your decision (the cause) to come to class every day will lead to securing your goal of becoming an educated professional (the effect). A decision not to come to class will undoubtedly lead to jeopardizing that goal for the sake of why you chose not to come to class and accepting the consequences for that decision. Understand our strict principles pertaining to academics and attendance standards are not open for debate. They are drafted and implemented as part of this institution's mission and effectiveness; the more effective PSI is, the more successful you will become. Your goals; please keep them in the forefront of your mind. You chose to enroll at PSI to get an education and to be a successful professional. "Career education for a lifetime of success" is our signature statement and if you adhere to the policies of this institution, and you give 100%, you will be successful and will join the ranks of the thousands of successful graduates that have preceded you. The PSI Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior and the Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior Procedures initiated and set forth in this Academic Catalog, are separate and distinct from the Grievance/ Dispute Resolution Procedure which is a separate procedure to be initiated by the student for the reasons stated on page 50 of this Academic Catalog. Unprofessional Conduct/ Behavior 1. Profanity or inappropriate discussions in class, the student lounge, or anywhere on school grounds. 2. Sleeping during class. 3. Dress code violations. 4. Verbal abuse of any student. 5. Being under the influence of, or having possession of, intoxicating beverages or illegal drugs. 6. Harassment -- any unsolicited behavior/nature, which is unwelcome to another. 7. Having unauthorized visitors in the building or classroom. 8. Unprofessional or inappropriate dress or poor personal hygiene. 9. Other unprofessional conduct/behavior. Step 1: If a student is found to be in violation of unprofessional conduct/ behavior, the instructor or staff member will communicate and identify the problem to the student, in writing, using the Behavioral Warning Form. This form will become part of the student s permanent academic record. Step 2: A second breach of a Unprofessional Conduct/ Behavior standard(s) will result in the student being referred immediately to the Director of Education or appropriate program director, administrator or coordinator. (PN Program Administrator, PTA Program Director, HS Coordinator) The Director of Education, or appropriate program director, administrator or coordinator in instances of the second breach of Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior may include, but are not necessarily limited to, expressions of concern, warnings of possible penalties, placement on behavioral probation, suspension or dismissal from the program. The meeting with the student will be documented and placed in the student s academic file. Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior guidelines are found in the Student Conduct section of the current academic catalog. Step 3: Appeal: The student retains the right to appeal the decision made at Step 2. This appeal should be in written form and submitted within ten (10) business days of the decision reached at Step 2 and presented to the CEO/Executive Director of PSI. This appeal is to be in the student s own words, expressing his/her side of the violation. The CEO/Executive Director will review all documentation and make all final decisions. Documentation of the CEO/Executive Director s findings and decision will be placed in the student s academic file. If the written request is not received within the 10-day deadline, the case will be considered closed and the student forfeits the right to appeal. Note: Students who are terminated for unacceptable conduct/ behavior, will not be given another opportunity for enrollment. Step 4: If the appeal is not resolved, the student may contact: State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools 30 East Broad Street, Suite 2481 Columbus, Ohio (614) Fax (614) Toll Free (877) [email protected] Website: PSI Academic Catalog--54

55 Step 5: If the appeal is not resolved, the case shall be submitted to binding arbitration. PSI Procedure for Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior Arbitration: No civil action concerning any dispute arising under the preceding procedures, under the Student Conduct Section, and/or claims or causes of action to be brought by any student shall be instituted before any court. All such disputes shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration which shall be conducted under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association. Such arbitration shall be (conducted) in accordance with the rules of such association before a single arbitrator. All costs and expenses of the arbitration, including actual attorney fees, shall be allocated among the parties according to the arbitrator s decision. The arbitrator s award, which results from such arbitration, may be confirmed and entered as a final judgment in any court of competent jurisdiction and enforced accordingly. Step 1: A violation of unacceptable conduct/behavior will result in the student being referred immediately to the Director of Education or appropriate program director, administrator or coordinator. Penalties for a violation of unacceptable conduct/ behavior may include, but are not necessarily limited to, placement on behavioral probation, suspension, or termination from the program. Violation of unacceptable conduct/ behavior set forth in items 1-12 may result in immediate termination from the program. Further, it is expressly provided that proceeding to arbitration and obtaining an award, there shall be a condition precedent to the bringing or maintaining of any action in any court with respect to any dispute arising under this agreement, except for the institution of a civil action to maintain the status quo during the pendency of any arbitration proceedings. The Director of Education, or appropriate program director, administrator or coordinator will review the violation, confer with the student and necessary staff members, and determine the appropriate action to be taken. A copy of the documented violation and action will be placed in the student s academic file. Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior 1. Cheating- dishonesty, or deception in fulfilling academic requirements. 2. Plagiarism-- submitting another s work as your own. 3. Dishonesty --furnishing false information to the school, by forgery or alteration of school documents or records, furnishing PSI with false written records or oral statements. 4. Physical battery of any student, instructor, or school employee. 5. Possession of a dangerous weapon on school grounds, knowingly or unknowingly bringing anyone into the school or on school premises with a dangerous weapon. 6. Insubordination or threats to any student, instructor, clinical site instructor, or school employee. 7. Stealing from PSI employees or other students. 8. Vandalism to PSI, to another student s property, to a PSI employee s property on school grounds, or clinical site property. 9. Violation of any HIPAA regulation, at PSI, during an externship, a clinical rotation or a clinical practicum. 10. Unauthorized entry into offices, classrooms, or storage areas. 11. Unauthorized entry into instructor s files regardless of where the files are located. 12. Other unacceptable conduct/ behavior. Step 2: Appeal: The student has the right to appeal the action taken by the Director of Education, or appropriate program director, administrator or coordinator. This appeal should be in written form and submitted within ten (10 ) business days of the decision and presented to the CEO/Executive Director of PSI. This appeal is to be in the student s own words, expressing his/her side of the violation. The CEO/Executive Director will review all documentation, including the statements from the student, and render a decision. Documentation of the CEO/Executive Director s findings and decision will be placed in the student s academic file. If the written appeal request is not received within the 10-day deadline, the case will be considered closed and the student forfeits the right to appeal. Step 3: If the appeal is not resolved, the student may contact: State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools 30 East Broad Street, Suite 2481 Columbus, Ohio (614) Fax (614) Toll Free (877) [email protected] Website: Note: Students who are terminated for unacceptable conduct/ behavior, will not be given another opportunity for enrollment. PSI Academic Catalog--55

56 PSI Academic Catalog--56

57 GRIEVANCE/DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURE Revised The Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure is a separate procedure to be initiated by the student for the reasons stated below, and is separate and distinct from the PSI Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior or the Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior Procedures, and set forth in this Academic Catalog. This Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure is a separate procedure and is not for dispute of test, quiz, etc. or competency grades. Please refer to page 47 of this academic catalog if you have a questions regarding your grades or competency results and follow the procedure published. This grievance policy is used to be fair in all matters pertaining to student affairs. From time to time, certain students may feel that they have been unfairly treated by another student, a faculty member, or a member of the administration. This procedure is for factual information that can be proven, not hearsay information. The student will then be asked to give written documentation of the problem and the initial discussion at the First Level. This documentation should be in the student s own words, expressing his/her side of the grievance. This request must be submitted no later than two (2) weeks after the First Level was accomplished. The written statement to either the Director of Education, or appropriate program director, administrator or coordinator should include the filing student's name, the background of the problem, the exact nature of the grievance, the dispute resolution procedures followed by the student from the beginning, up to the point of contact with the member(s) of the administration. The individual with whom the objection or grievance is being lodged will then be notified. The objection or grievance is reviewed, and if necessary, discussed with both involved parties before a decision will be reached. The Director of Education, or appropriate program director, administrator or coordinator will respond in writing to the grievance within two (2) weeks of receipt of the objection or grievance. Listed below are the levels of action students should follow in filing an objection, grievance of a behavioral or professional nature against a student, faculty member or member of the administration. First Level: A discussion of the issue should take place between the student filing the objection or grievance and the person with whom the problem exists. If the problem is with another student, a staff or faculty member must arbitrate in any discussions. A student wishing to file a formal objection or grievance must contact the instructor or faculty member to discuss the situation within two (2) weeks of the incident or learning a problem exists. The instructor or faculty member will document the discussion. If the problem is with an instructor or member of the administration, the student filing an objection or grievance may request a mediator. Second Level: When no satisfaction is achieved at the First Level, the student contacts either the Director of Education, or appropriate program director, administrator or coordinator. Third Level: When no satisfaction is reached at the Second Level, the student contacts the CEO/Executive Director of PSI and requests a review. The CEO/Executive Director will reexamine all documentation and evidence pertaining to the objection or grievance and may also interview involved parties. This request will be submitted no later than two (2) weeks after the Second Level is completed. The CEO/Executive Director will make the final decision within two weeks and notify the concerned parties. Final decisions will be documented for the student records. If an objection or grievance filed by a student is not resolved to a satisfactory conclusion as felt by the student, the student may contact: State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools 30 East Broad Street, Suite 2481 Columbus, Ohio (614) Fax (614) Toll Free (877) [email protected] Website: PSI Academic Catalog--57

58 PSI Academic Catalog--58

59 SEXUAL ASSAULT EDUCATION AND PREVENTION PROGRAM Revised Description of Educational Program: The Professional Skills Institute (PSI) educational program to promote the awareness of rape, acquaintance rape, and other forcible and non-forcible sex offenses consists of information provided to the student within the Academic Catalog; the Academic Catalog will also be available online at [34C.F.R (b) (11) (i)] Additionally, on-campus information is available to the student in the Student Services binder located at the front desk area. This is made available to each and every PSI student at any time. Off-campus counseling, mental health, or other services for victims of sex offenses can be accessed through the internet at the websites reviewed below as well as many, many other sites. [34C.F.R (b) (11) (iv)] The purpose of the rape education program is to increase awareness of sexual assault and dating violence. It is the hope of PSI to promote awareness through knowledge. Often, after a sexual assault, the victim feels as though their behavior may have somehow contributed to what happened; sometimes they question if what happened to them is actually assault. Remember, rape is never the victim s fault! This is not a legal definition or category. Sexual assault is a term encompassing a wide range of actions taken against a person without that person s consent, against that person s will, or under force or threat of force and/or coercion. Sexual assault is not limited to what is typically thought of as rape (vaginal penetration). Clear consent must be given for sexual activity and cannot be done so if the person is impaired by drugs or alcohol. Mixing drugs or alcohol with sexual behavior can result in accusations of sexual assault. No one deserves or asks to be assaulted because they have been drinking alcohol; conversely, it is wise not to put yourself in a position to be accused of perpetrating an assault either. If you are a sex offender, you will be subject to arrest, incarceration, and prosecution through the state courts. Bowling Green State University has an online presentation regarding sexual assault. This provides practical information in easily understood language. This can be found by searching BGSU: Sexual Assault Info Module ; also by entering the following into your browser: Procedures Student Should Follow If a Sex Offense Occurs: Preventing Sexual Assault: The Ohio Domestic Violence Network, is resource for Ohio students to review information which might assist the student in preventing becoming the victim of violence. Click on the Prevention tab; then click Prevention in Practice. A Prevention Toolkit is available which reviews a number of on-line prevention resources and how to access them. Also, the Info for Survivors tab contains definitions as well as a referral list by Ohio County for shelters and programs available to students in need. Of possible interest for personal protection, (RAD = Rape Aggression Defense) offers a program of realistic, self-defense tactics and techniques for women only. It is a comprehensive course that begins with awareness, prevention, risk reduction and avoidance, while progressing on to the basics of hands-on defense training. Students are directed to programs in their geographical area utilizing the Locations tab. The student then selects the appropriate state. Legal Definitions and Categories: Legal definitions of sex offenses in the State of Ohio can be found in the Ohio Revised Code at Sections If you are a victim of a sexual assault, go to a safe place, especially if you think the perpetrator will return or you are in danger. Try to remain calm and alert; call 911 to report incident to the authorities and to seek medical attention. You may also wish to call a trusted friend or family member for support. In the aftermath of a sexual assault, it is important to remember to preserve as much physical evidence as possible for successful prosecution of the offender. DNA evidence can be key to identifying the perpetrator, especially that of a stranger. Preservation of evidence includes but may not be limited to: DO NOT: bathe or shower; urinate or use the bathroom, if possible; douche; smoke; brush your teeth; eat or drink; comb or brush your hair. DO: seek medical attention; have a forensic exam even if you are undecided if you will report the crime; seek counseling. An excellent resource for all students to utilize is the Rape, Abuse & Incest National Network (RAINN) at This site is free, safe, and confidential providing information to access help nationally; meaning students can find a local counseling center. This will benefit a broader number of PSI students as not all students reside in the Toledo, Ohio area. Additionally, you can learn more about sexual assault in areas such as reducing your risk of sexual violence, the effects and aftermath of sexual violence, and recovery information. PSI Academic Catalog--59

60 Words of caution from For victims of abuse using a computer at home, or where an abuser has access to it, can be very dangerous. It is impossible to erase all computer history. Additionally, spyware can be installed onto your computer without your knowledge and give the abuser ways to track and monitor your computer activity. We highly recommend that you use a computer that you know is safe, and to which the abuser does not have access. You can go to a trusted friend s home, a public library, or a rape crisis or domestic violence program in your community. This website offers additional resources to help the victim find help. For Ohio based students, offers downloadable publications. One such publication is titled Picking Up the Pieces offering insight to your rights under Ohio laws as the victim of a crime. For this and other Ohio publications, go to the click the Briefing Room tab and then Publications. The Importance of Preserving the Evidence: As the victim, even if you have not yet decided to report the crime, receiving the forensic medical exam at a hospital and keeping any evidence safe from damage will improve the chance that the police can have access to and test these items at a later date. While the highest probability of quality of evidence will occur if gathered within the first 72 hours after an assault, evidence has been found as long as three weeks after an attack. Reporting the Alleged Offense: PSI does not have a campus police department or campus security department. Whether offenses occur on-campus of PSI or elsewhere, as soon as you are in a safe place, initiate 911 to file a report. Follow up with a forensic medical exam performed at a hospital or other healthcare facility. (To find a local hospital or healthcare facility, contact the National Sexual Assault Hotline at HOPE or utilize the website. PSI encourages the reporting of sexual assaults to local authorities utilizing 911. However, PSI has Campus Security Authority personnel that the student may notify. These include but are not limited to: CEO... Daniel Finch Director of Education Mary Wells PTA Director...Deanna Lamb PN Coordinator Annette Martin Registrar... Sue Burton CSAO... Leah McGary (CSAO= Campus Security Administrative Officer) Administrative Assistants:... Marie Parker and Sylvia Gumersell Available Counseling On- and Off-campus: PSI does not have on-campus counseling services. On-campus information is available to the student in the Student Services binder located at the front desk area. This is made available to each and every PSI student at any time. [34C.F.R (b) (11) (iv)] Off-campus counseling, mental health, or other services for victims of sex offenses can be accessed through the internet at the websites already mentioned in this policy as well as many, many other sites. In the Toledo area, call the YWCA Rape Crisis Center at (419) The Rape, Abuse, and Incest National Network provides resources nationally, not just to Toledo area students; [34C.F.R (b) (11) (iv)] And from the University System of Ohio Campus Safety guidebook, related resources are: A Call to Men: ACTION OHIO Coalition for Battered Women: stalking) ADWAS Abused Deaf Women Advocacy Services: American College Health Association: ce_statement07.pdf BRAVO Buckeye Regional Anti-Violence Organization: Center for Public integrity: sault Center for Relationship Abuse Awareness: Clery Act Handbook: pdf Family Violence Prevention Fund: Flora Stone Mather Center for Women: Love is Not Abuse: Men of Strength campaign: MCSR-Men Can Stop Rape: National Center for Victims of Crime: National Coalition Against Domestic Violence: National Domestic Violence Hotline: National Teen Dating Abuse Helpline: NSVRC-National Sexual Violence Resource Center: Ohio Domestic Violence Network: TBTN-Take Back the Night: US Department of Justice: Stalking in the United States: PSI Academic Catalog--60

61 US Department of Justice Office on Violence Against Women: [34C.F.R (b) (11) (iv)] Rights of the Victim of a Sexual Assault: As a victim of a sexual assault, you have the right to be treated with respect and the offense taken seriously. PSI recognizes that any decision to take action following such an offense is solely the decision of the student/victim. However, in some situations in order to assure campus security and safety, PSI officials may have to take action including but not limited to initiating 911. Academically, the student will be free from academic penalty or pressure of any kind from PSI personnel placed upon the student to report, not report, or under-report a sexual assault. Personnel are not to suggest that the student is in any manner responsible for a sexual assault. Additionally, PSI will work with a student who has been victimized by another student on a case by case basis (upon the request of the victim) to adjust the victim s academic situation as much as can be reasonably accommodated. [34C.F.R (b) (11) (v)] PSI does not offer student housing. Living situations will be at the discretion of the student/victim to change. [34C.F.R (b) (11) (v)] institutional disciplinary proceeding brought alleging a sex offense. Compliance with this paragraph does not constitute a violation of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (20 U.S.C. 1232g). For the purpose of this paragraph, the outcome of a disciplinary proceeding means only the institution s final determination with respect to the alleged sex offense and any sanction that is imposed against the accused. [34C.F.R (b) (11) (B)] Sanctions Imposed: Institutional sanctions imposed following a final determination of an institutional disciplinary proceeding regarding rape, acquaintance rape, or other forcible or nonforcible sex offense will not act in contrary to any legal determinations from alleged offense handed down from a court of law. PSI will work diligently and cooperatively with law enforcement agencies when such an occasion arises. [34C.F.R (b) (11) (vii)] PSI has provided possible sanctions in the Academic Catalog which can be found in the Student Conduct Information section of the catalog beginning on Page 47 (Revision Date: December 2011). [34C.F.R (b) (11) (vii)] Identifying And/or Locating Registered Sex Offenders: Procedures for Campus Disciplinary Action: The PSI Academic Catalog defines and provides the procedures for campus disciplinary action in case of, but not limited to, an alleged sex offense. This information can be found in the Student Conduct Information section of the catalog. [34C.F.R (b) (11) (vi)] PSI recognizes that the accuser and the accused are entitled to the same opportunities to have others present during a disciplinary proceeding. [34C.F.R (b) (11) (A)] Additionally, PSI recognizes that both the accuser and the accused must be informed of the outcome of any As disclosed in the annual campus security report, registered sex offenders in the State of Ohio can be located This website directs one to the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction Offender Search. However, this website displays data on those offenders currently incarcerated. The National Sex Offender Public Website can be accessed using and displays Toledo, Ohio and surrounding communities. [34C.F.R (b) (12)] PSI Academic Catalog--61

62 Student Suggestions or Complaints A suggestion box is located in the student lounge for handling complaints or suggestions that fall outside the Grievance/Dispute Resolution process. The suggestion box is emptied once a month and the complaints or suggestions are initially reviewed by the Director of Education, who forwards the suggestion/complaint to the appropriate staff member. That staff member will deal with the suggestion/complaint according to need and priority. A review date must be established for this suggestion/complaint. A tracking log of all suggestions/ complaints will be kept with the responsible person listed and the resolution/solution listed. This log will be kept, as well as the contents of the suggestion box, in a file at the front desk. Another tracking log, with a generalized version of the suggestion/complaint (to preserve confidential information) and the resolution/solution will be posted quarterly on the bulletin board in the student lounge. Suggestions or complaints may also be made by ing an administrative or faculty staff member at his/her PSI account. A student who wishes to use this method may request of the administrative assistant at the front desk, a specific person's address. That PSI employee will address or transfer the complaint/suggestion to the appropriate staff member depending upon the nature of the complaint. All staff shall follow the above described method of handling the complaint/suggestion, using the tracking form. SUSPENSION POLICY A student may be suspended due to, but not limited to, dress code violation, smoking violation, and any unprofessional conduct/behavior as defined on page 54. Students will meet with the appropriate director or program coordinator to discuss and review the violation. Suspensions will not exceed three (3) days maximum. Suspension time is up to the director or coordinator depending on the severity of the violation. During suspension, students will be marked absent for attendance for each class missed, will not be given class handouts, etc., will not be allowed to attend or make-up labs, tests, exams or competencies. PSI Academic Catalog--62

63 Professional Skills Institute Career education for a lifetime of success! College of (Allied) Health Sciences ~ School of Physical Therapist Assisting ~ School of Practical Nursing PSI Campus-Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy Professional Skills Institute (PSI) has a commitment to each student, and to each patient at a clinical or externship affiliation, to assure that the learning or clinical or externship environment is free from the effects of abuse of alcohol and drugs by a PSI student. Therefore, it is the policy of PSI to prohibit unlawful use, sale, dispensing, transfer, or possession of controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, drugs not medically authorized, or abuse or impairment caused from medically prescribed drugs, or any other substance that may impair an individual s academic or work performance, or pose a hazard to the individual, public, students, or employees of PSI on its property (owned or leased), or at any of its clinical or externship sites or any activity sponsored by PSI. The PSI Campus-Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy includes the following areas: (1) Policy, (2) Purpose, (3) Scope,(4) Definitions, (5) Education, (6) Drugs, (7) Discipline, (8) Drug and Alcohol Testing on Students, (9) Appeal of Drug or Alcohol Test Results, (10) Drug and Alcohol Notification, (11) Referral Services, (12) Inspections and Searches, and (13) Confidentiality. All students are required to comply with PSI s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy. Violations of this policy will lead to disciplinary actions, which may include termination of enrollment and possible criminal prosecution. When necessary PSI will offer un-sponsored referral to treatment programs for alcohol or drug abuse. PSI is in compliance with the provisions of the Drug Free School and Communities Act Amendments of 1989 applying to all students, which includes policy enforcement, drug and alcohol education, drug and alcohol testing, and referral for treatment. The Director of Education is PSI s Drug-Free Coordinator (DFC). The DFC is responsible for yearly reviewing and updating the PSI s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy. The PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy is published in the Admissions Information Handbook, the PSI Academic Catalog and in the Student Handbook for each program. The DFC is responsible for overseeing that each student has: received a copy of the PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy, viewed the drug video and signed the drug acknowledgment, consent and release form. PSI s Program Directors and Program Coordinators will be responsible for meeting with their appropriate administrative staff and students to discuss drug and alcohol related concerns and arrange drug and alcohol testing, as needed, for students. Note to Applicants and Students: Each decision you make can impact your future! Your choices relating to alcohol and drug use can affect your personal safety, the safety of others, the safety of your patients or clients, your academics, your health, your relationships, and the lives of families. You make the conscious decision regarding the use of drugs and alcohol. Therefore, you and only you are responsible for the actions that will be taken by PSI for your use of drugs or alcohol during your application and enrollment. PSI Academic Catalog--63

64 PSI Academic Catalog--64

65 DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY Professional Skills Institute (PSI) has a vital interest in maintaining a safe, healthy, and efficient learning and working environment. Substance use and misuse involves the use of alcohol and other drugs, including prescription, over-the counter (OTC), and illegal drugs, in the classroom, on clinical practicum or externship or in the workplace. Being under the influence of an illegal drug, abuse of a prescribed drug, being under the influence of alcohol in the classroom, on clinical practicum or externship, or in the work environment poses serious safety and health risks to the user and all those who are around the user. The use, sale, purchase, transfer, possession of an illegal drug on PSI s property (owned or leased) or at any of the student s clinical or externship sites, and the use, possession, or being under the influence of alcohol poses unacceptable risks for safe, healthy, and efficient operations. 1. Policy: 1.1 Professional Skills Institute (PSI) prohibits unlawful use, sale, dispensing, transfer, or possession of controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, drugs not medically authorized, or abuse or impairment caused from medically prescribed drugs, or any other substance that may impair an individual s academic or work performance, or pose a hazard to the individual, the public, students, or employees of PSI on its property, or at any of its clinical or externship sites or any activity sponsored by PSI. 1.2 All applicants and students of PSI will be informed regarding PSI s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy in the following publications: PSI s Admissions Handbook, PSI s Academic Catalog, and each division s appropriate Student Handbook. The DFC is responsible for yearly reviewing and updating the PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy. Any changes deemed necessary will be made and the updated information will be issued to applicants and currently enrolled students. 1.3 PSI is in compliance with the provisions of the Drug Free School and Communities Act Amendments of 1989 applying to all students and all employees, which includes policy enforcement, drug and alcohol education, drug and alcohol testing, and referral for treatment. PSI further expresses its intent through this policy to comply with federal and state rules, regulations or laws that relate to the maintenance of the learning and working environment free from illegal drugs, alcohol, or abuse of prescribed and over-the-counter drugs. 1.4 PSI strives to maintain a safe, healthy, and efficient learning and work environment for all of its students, and to protect the students, PSI staff and faculty, PSI s property, equipment, operations and reputation. 1.5 PSI strives to offer its services that are free of the influence or misuse of alcohol and other drugs, including prescription, over-the-counter, and illegal drugs: in the classroom, on a clinical practicum, on externship or in the workplace, and will through this policy, attempt to provide drug-and-alcohol-free services. 1.6 PSI requires each student to responsibly adhere to all parts of PSI s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy. If a violation of this policy occurs, disciplinary actions will be taken up to and including, termination of enrollment from PSI with possible criminal prosecution. PSI will offer un-sponsored referral to treatment programs for alcohol or drug abuse. 1.7 PSI s requires, as a condition of application and enrollment, that all applicants and students, receive the Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy and abide by the terms of this policy. PSI will not tolerate substance use in violation of the Policy and intends to hold everyone responsible for supporting the Policy. 1.8 PSI requires students to voluntarily notify PSI within three (3) days of an arrest for any alcohol or drug offense. An Arrest Notification Form is to be completed by the student and submitted to the DFC. The Arrest Notification Form may be obtained from the Administrative Assistant at the front desk. Students who do not come forward within three (3) days of the arrest and this arrest becomes known will be terminated from his/her enrollment. 1.9 PSI offers un-sponsored (at the student s expense) referral to treatment programs for alcohol or drug abuse to students who identify a substance problem and voluntarily come forward. The student will schedule a meeting with the appropriate Program Director or Program Coordinator to discuss the substance problem and to arrive at the appropriate action(s) to be taken. Students will be placed on behavioral probation at this time. The length of probation will be determined by the outcome of the findings and treatment. PSI Academic Catalog--65

66 2. Purpose: 2.1 PSI s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy outlines the policies, objectives and outcomes of PSI s drug and alcohol program and provides guidance to students, Program Directors, Program Coordinators, faculty and all administrative staff, concerning their responsibilities for carrying out the program. 3. Scope: 3.1 PSI s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy applies to all enrolled students, all programs, all divisions, and all applicants for admission. 4. Definitions: 4.1 Alcohol means any beverage that contains ethyl alcohol (ethanol), including but not limited to beer, wine, wine coolers and distilled spirits. 4.2 PSI premises or facilities means all property of PSI including, but not limited to, the classrooms, the offices, facilities and surrounding areas on PSI property, and storage areas. The term also includes PSI s clinical and externship affiliation facilities, as this is an extension of the student s education at PSI. 4.3 Contraband includes illegal drugs and alcoholic beverages, drug paraphernalia, lethal weapons, firearms, explosives, incendiaries, stolen property, counterfeit money, untaxed whiskey, and pornographic materials. 4.4 Drug testing means the scientific analysis of urine, blood, breath, saliva, hair, tissue, or other specimens of the human body for purpose of detecting a drug or alcohol. 4.5 Illegal drug means any drug which is not legally obtainable; any drug which is legally obtainable but has not been legally obtained; any prescribed drug not legally obtained; any prescribed drug not being used for the prescribed purpose; any over-the counter drug being used at a dosage level other than recommended by the manufacture or being used for a purpose other than intended by the manufacturer; and any drug being used for a purpose not in accordance with bona fide medical therapy. Examples of illegal drugs, but not limited to, are cannabis substances, such as marijuana and hashish, cocaine, heroin, methamphetamine, phencyclidine (PCP), and socalled designer drugs and look-alike drugs. 4.6 Legal drug means any prescribed drug or over-the-counter drug that has been legally obtained and is being used for the purpose for which it was prescribed or manufactured. 4.7 Reasonable (belief) cause means a belief based on objective facts are sufficient enough to lead an instructor or an employee to conclude that a particular student is unable to satisfactorily perform his or her student or job duties due to drug or alcohol impairment. Such inability to perform student or job duties may include, but is not limited to, a decrease in the student s academic and attendance satisfactory progress; a decrease in the student s or employee s productivity, judgment, reasoning, concentration and psychomotor control, and noticeable changes in behavior. Accidents, deviations from safe learning and working practices, and erratic conduct indicative of impairment are examples of, but not limited to, reasonable (belief) suspicion situations. 4.8 Under the influence means a condition in which a person is affected by a drug or alcohol in any detectable manner. The symptoms of influence are not confined to those consistent with misbehavior, nor to obvious impairment of physical or mental ability, such as, but not limited to, slurred speech or difficulty in maintaining balance. A determination of being under the influence will be established by a third party, Mercy Occupational Health Services (MOHS), who will administer scientifically valid test or tests, such as breath analysis, urinalysis or blood analysis. 4.9 Suspension means that a student cannot attend class, lab, clinical, or externship, receive lecture notes, take quizzes, exams, clinical or externship affiliations or be on PSI property (owned or leased) during the period of the said suspension, which may be up to, but not limited to 10 business days. 5. Education 5.1 PSI will provide each applicant and student with a copy of the PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy, review the policy with the applicant or student, hold appropriate discussion when deemed necessary, and answer all questions. The PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy will be published in PSI s Admission s Handbook, PSI s Academic Catalog, and each division s appropriate Student Handbook. 5.2 The policy of PSI is to provide the booklet The Truth About Drugs as a part of the student orientation packet. This booklet is published by the Foundation for a Drug Free World, 1626 N. Wilcox Avenue, Los Angeles, CA and fulfills the requirement of the Drug-Free Schools and Communicates Act Amendments of 1989, Public Law The policy of PSI is to have each student view the DVD documentary about Real People/Real Stories, during orientation. PSI Academic Catalog--66

67 6. Drug 6.1 Legal Drugs a. The undisclosed use of any legal drug by any applicant or student while performing PSI education or while on PSI premises, is prohibited. However, a student may continue to attend classes, labs, clinical or externship practicum while using a legal drug if the DFC, Program Director or Program Coordinator has determined, after consulting with PSI s third party professionals, that the legal dose use does not pose a safety concern, or a concern regarding the student s academic or clinical performance. If a safety concern is noted, the student will be required to withdraw or comply with other appropriate actions as determined by DFC and Program Director or Program Coordinator. b. A student whose medical therapy requires the use of a legal drug must report such use to his or her instructor prior to attending a class or performing clinical or externship affiliations. The faculty member will contact the DFC and Program Director or Program Coordinator for guidance. c. PSI reserves the right to review the effects that a legal drug may have on the student s academic, clinical or externship performance and to restrict the student s activity or presence at PSI or any PSI facility accordingly. 6.2 Illegal Drugs and Alcohol a. The use, sale, purchase, transfer, or possession of an illegal drug or alcohol by any student or any employee while on PSI property or while performing PSI educational requirements is prohibited. 7. Discipline 7.1 Any student who possesses, distributes, sells, attempts to sell, or transfers illegal drugs on PSI premises or while performing PSI educational requirements will be terminated. 7.2 Any student who is found to be in possession of contraband in violation of this policy will be terminated. 7.3 Any student who is found through drug or alcohol testing to have in his or her body a detectable amount of an illegal drug or of alcohol, or excessive amounts of a prescribed drug will be terminated. 8. Drug and Alcohol Testing on Students 8.1 All applicants and students of PSI are subject to drug and alcohol testing when there is reasonable (belief) cause found by an instructor, a Program Director, a Program Coordinator or any employee of PSI. 8.2 All students will review and discuss the policy with the appropriate Program Director or Program Coordinator and sign the drug acknowledgment, consent and release form. By signing this form the student acknowledges the receipt of, the understanding of, and compliance with the policy. 8.3 When reasonable cause has been determined, the student will be notified of PSI s drug and alcohol testing policy prior to being tested, will be informed of his or her right to refuse to undergo such testing and will be informed that the consequences of refusal to submit to testing is grounds for termination. Refusal is taken as an admission of guilt. 8.4 PSI may request drug or alcohol testing: a. Of any applicant or student who manifests reasonable (belief) cause behavior. b. Of any applicant or student who is involved in an accident that results in or could result in the filing of a medical claim. c. Of any applicant or student who is subject to drug or alcohol testing in compliance to federal or state rules, regulations or laws. 8.5 An applicant or student s consent to submit to drug or alcohol testing is required as a condition of enrollment and the refusal to submit consent will result in termination of enrollment or denial of admission. 8.6 Any applicant or student who is tested in a reasonable (belief) cause situation will be suspended or denied admission pending on the receipt of medical test results and whatever inquiries may be required. 8.7 All drug testing will be done through Mercy Occupational Health Services (MOHS), 2213 Cherry Street, Toledo, OH, at a cost to the applicant or student when reasonable cause has been established. PSI has established a Letter of Agreement regarding the occupational health service arrangement with MOHS to use its services on an ongoing basis. Testing results will be documented and confirmed by MOHS. PSI is not involved in any part in the testing process. 8.8 When reasonable cause has been established, the student or employee must go to Mercy Occupational Health Services. Students or employees will be required to go immediately and directly to the testing site without delay or stops. Any deviation from this procedure will result in immediate termination from enrollment or employme 8.9 Any confirmed attempt by the applicant or student of adulteration of a specimen will be considered violation of this Policy and will result in termination of enrollment or denial of admission. PSI Academic Catalog--67

68 9. Appeal of a Drug or Alcohol Test Result 9.1 An applicant or a student whose drug or alcohol test that has been reported as positive will be offered the opportunity of a meeting with DFC and appropriate Program Director or Program Coordinator to offer an explanation. The purpose of the meeting will be to determine if there is any reason that a positive finding could have resulted from some cause other than drug or alcohol use. PSI, through its medical resource officials at MOHS, will judge whether an offered explanation merits further inquiry. 10. Drug and Alcohol Notification 10.1 PSI will notify applicants and students of this policy by: a. Publishing the PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy in PSI s Admissions Handbook, PSI s Academic Catalog, and each division s appropriate Student Handbook. b. Reviewing the Policy with the applicants and students and required signature of this review and acknowledgment by signing the drug acknowledgment, consent, and release form. 11. Referral Services 11.1 PSI will refer the applicant or student who has a positive test result(s) to an appropriate rehabilitation organization for counseling and treatment. It is solely up to the individual to follow through with the referral and obtain counseling and treatment. 12. Inspections and Searches 12.1 PSI will conduct unannounced inspections or searches for drugs or alcohol on PSI premises when reasonable (belief) cause has been established. Applicants and students are required to cooperate with said inspections or searches. Refusal is taken as an admission of guilt PSI has the right to search an applicant or student s personal property when reasonable (belief) cause has been established. Personal property to include, but not limited to, the following: purses, backpacks, book bags, cars, trucks, etc An applicant or student s consent to a search is required as a condition of enrollment, a refusal to consent will result in termination or the enrollment or denial of admission Illegal drugs, drugs believed to be illegal, and drug paraphernalia found on PSI s property will be turned over to the appropriate law enforcement agency and full cooperation given to subsequent investigation. Substances that cannot be identified as a illegal drug by a layman s examination will be turned over to a forensic lab for scientific analysis. 13. Confidentiality 13.1 All information relating to drug or alcohol testing or identification of persons as users of drugs and alcohol will be protected by PSI as confidential unless otherwise required by law, overriding public health and safety concerns, or authorized in writing by the persons in question Applicant and student information (test results, referrals, etc.) will be kept confidential. Information will be shared on a need-to-know basis. Any violations of confidentiality rights will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of enrollment or employment. All documentation will become part of the student s academic file and remain there for a period of five years. PSI Academic Catalog--68

69 College of (Allied)Health Sciences Associate of Applied Science Program: AMA Associate Medical (Office) Assistant Diploma Programs: MA - Medical (Office) Assistant MBCS - Medical Billing and Coding Specialist PSI Academic Catalog--69

70 PSI Academic Catalog--70

71 College of (Allied) Health Sciences STUDENT INFORMATION Admission Requirements Revised It is very important to understand that fulfilling the admission requirements DOES NOT guarantee the candidate s acceptance into the program. College of (Allied) Health Sciences (AH) programs are currently offered only on a daytime course schedule. The AH programs are completely residential in nature and no component is done through distance learning. PSI is on a 12-week quarter system with a one (1) week break between quarters. Enrollment into the AH programs is offered in April and October of each year. The academic calendars are found as Appendix A to this catalog. The AH Program Cost Sheets and the Gainful Employment Disclosure Acknowledgments are given to each candidate as an insert to this catalog by an Admissions Representative during the first meeting. PSI s Academic Catalog is available electronically on the website at The catalog is included with the program information, under the program tab, for review prior to applying for admission and/or signing an enrollment agreement. To qualify for all (Allied) Health Science (AH) programs at PSI you must: 1. Be at least 18 years of age and submit a state issued ID for proof of identity. A PSI employee will copy ID, sign and date the copy for verification. 2. Complete and sign PSI s Application for admission. 3. Submit one (1) of the following: 1. An official U.S. high school diploma/transcript. 2. An official U.S. GED equivalent transcript. 3. An official U. S. translated foreign transcript. The completed translated official foreign transcript must be equivalent to a U.S. high school diploma. High school diplomas/transcripts from other countries are acceptable, as long as the diploma is equivalent to a U.S. high school diploma. To assure compliance all applicants with foreign transcript must have the transcript reviewed by a U.S. credential evaluation service. If official transcript is not available, applicant may show proof of U.S. high school diploma or passing score on U.S. GED and complete a PSI Official Transcript Request Form to send for an official high school or GED transcript. 4. If applicable, for transfer credit approval, submit an official college transcript showing proof of the successful completion of approved college course(s). The course(s) must have been passed with a letter grade of C or above and taken within the last 10 years for course transfer credit consideration. 5. Take and successfully pass the Wonderlic Scholastic Exam with a minimum score of: a. 15 for all diploma programs. b. 18 for associate degree program. (To learn more about the Wonderlic test go to The score on the entrance exam will remain in effect for two (2) years. After 2 years the candidate will be required to repeat the test. Accepted candidates who defer their start date and have their entrance test date expire at two (2) years will not have to re-test if the version of the exam that was originally passed is the same version currently being utilized by Admissions. If a new version is being used, the candidate must pass that version to update his/her file. There will be no testing fee assessed for the first attempt at the new exam. If the initial testing attempt is not successful, any subsequent attempts will require a testing fee be paid. 6. Submit Application Fee of $25.. (Refundable, only if candidate is not accepted in Phase III of Application Process.) Payment of application fee must be in the form of a check or money order made out to PSI or the fee paid with a debit or credit card. 7. Review and sign the Gainful Employment Program Disclosure Acknowledgment Form. 8. Review and sign Admission Acknowledgment Form. 9. *Be accepted as a candidate into a program. 10. Meet with a Financial Aid (FA) Representative to discuss loan and grant eligibility and repayment obligations. 11. Meet with the Student Accounts Officer to discuss cost and payment for the program. 12. Attend mandatory financial aid and education orientation to: review and sign an Enrollment Agreement. receive a hardcopy of the Academic Catalog. receive the appropriate Student Handbook. review and sign the State of Ohio Disclosure Form. PSI Academic Catalog--71

72 finalize all education and financial aid documentation. review education policy and procedures with a program instructor as a group. review program class schedule and register for classes. *As mature and responsible social behaviors are the fundamental basis for any professional atmosphere, be it academic or employment related, Professional Skills Institute strives to accept only students who exhibit the utmost respect and courtesy for others. Even from the candidate s initial contact with the School, the School will begin its evaluation to appraise the candidate s behavior as responsible and appropriate. If any conduct is demonstrated that is inappropriate for the professional and academic environment, or lacking common respect and courtesy for others, the admission may be denied. Professional Skills Institute reserves the right to use any and all information gathered, printed or otherwise, during the admission process to appropriately determine a candidate s suitability for enrollment. If behaviors or a past pattern of behaviors are revealed during this assessment, that are immoral, unlawful or unbecoming of a student of Professional Skills Institute, the admission may be denied. Phase I: Information Application Process Contact the Admissions Office to schedule an appointment to discuss program of interest or an Admissions Representative. Tony Dickens [email protected] or Andrea Cluckey [email protected] PSI s Health Science Programs are the following: AMA Associate Medical (Office) Assistant Diploma Degree Programs: MA Medical (Office) Assistant MBCS Medical Billing and Coding Specialist Phase II: Candidate Pre-Admission 1. Complete, sign and submit a PSI Application. 2. Provide a valid government issued photo ID or driver s license, for personal identification. 3. Provide proof of U.S. high school diploma, or U.S. GED equivalent, or U.S. translated foreign transcript equivalent high school diploma or submit applicable U.S. official transcript. 4. If applicable, complete a PSI Official Transcript Request Form to send for an official high school or GED transcript. 5. If applicable, submit official college transcript(s). 6. Review and sign the Gainful Employment Program Disclosure Acknowledgment Form. 7. Review and sign Admission Acknowledgment Form. 8. Pay appropriate Application Fee. 9. Take and successfully pass the Wonderlic Scholastic Exam with the minimum required score. The Wonderlic Scholastic Level Exam is a 12-minute timed standardized pre-entrance exam to measure aptitude. There will not be an untimed version of the Wonderlic Exam for reason of ESL (English as a Second Language). An untimed Wonderlic Exam will be given only when there is a documented medical problem. Candidates will be tested until the established testing date has expired, usually one (1) week prior to the beginning of the next quarter or until seats are filled, which ever comes first. If a candidate does not pass the Wonderlic Exam on the first attempt, he/she has the option of taking the test again. If the candidate does not pass the test the second time he/she has the option of beginning the process from Phase II, again during the next enrollment process. Candidates are limited to only two (2) attempts at a successful score on the Wonderlic Exam per enrollment period, regardless of program. If a candidate scores 15 or above, that score remains effective for two (2) years. An Admissions Representative will submit the candidate s file to the Admissions Selection Committee upon completion. Phase III: Acceptance Process Candidates who wish to be considered for a particular enrollment date should see that all admissions requirements are met as soon as possible. Seating is limited. A seat in a particular enrollment period is not guaranteed until the candidate attends the mandatory orientation and signs an enrollment agreement. For more information regarding seat availability contact an Admissions Representative. The Admissions Selection Committee will not accept incomplete files for review. The Admissions Selection Committee meets on a bi-weekly basis. Each candidate will have his/her application reviewed by the Admissions Selection Committee using the following criteria: a. Completed and signed Application. b. Verification of valid government issued photo ID or driver s license. c. Verification of U.S. high school diploma, U.S. GED transcript, or U.S. translated foreign transcript. d. If applicable, completed Official Transcript Request Form and submission of Official College Transcript(s). e. Signed applicable Gainful Employment Program Disclosure Acknowledgment Form. f. Signed Admission Acknowledgment Form. g. Verification of passing the Wonderlic Exam with the minimum required score. h. Verification of paid Application Fee. The Admissions Selection Committee may be comprised of, but not limited to, any of the following four (4) people: the Director of Education, a program director, coordinator or administrator, a faculty member or a member of the Advisory Board. PSI Academic Catalog--72

73 Phase IV: Accepted Candidates 1. Candidates will be notified by an Admissions Representative of acceptance. Acceptance does not guarantee a seat in a particular enrollment period. The Admissions Representative will schedule the first appointment for the candidate with a Financial Aid Representative and the Student Accounts Officer. Prior to the appointments, the student must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) online to be prepared for the appointments. A link to this form is found at under the Financial Aid tab. The completion of this form is required for all students. 2. Meet with a Financial Aid Representative to discuss loan and grant eligibility and repayment obligations and to review a FA Award Letter. Part 3, Education will: review PSI s mission statement and conduct a positive focus orientation. review program goals and objectives. review the student positive focus notebook. review the Student Handbook. obtain an updated schedule, if applicable. register for first quarter. complete additional program paperwork. discuss and schedule proficiency exam with registrar. Probationary Admission At this time PSI does not offer Probationary Admission into the Allied Health Programs. 3. Meet with the Student Accounts Officer to discuss cost and payment for the program. 4. If needed, meet with an Admissions Representative to have additional questions answered. Phase V: Orientation 1. Accepted candidates that have successfully completed all the steps in the admissions process will be notified by an Admissions Representative that a seat is available for a particular enrollment period with ten (10) alternate seats. If an accepted candidate declines or is unable to fill a seat, the first person on the alternate list will be contacted to fill the position. If an accepted candidate or alternate candidate declines a position twice, they will not be allowed to apply for admission for three (3) years. 2. Attend the mandatory enrollment orientation to complete the admission process. The orientation will include the following parts to finalize enrollment. Part 1, Admissions will: review and have student sign an Enrollment Agreement. review and sign the State of Ohio Disclosure Form. issue a hardcopy of the Academic Catalog. issue the appropriate Student Handbook. have the students view drug video. instruct the students on uniform fitting time. have student ID picture taken. Part 2, Financial Aid will: review loan requirements. review recalculation policy. review general FA rules. share helpful FA websites. PSI Academic Catalog--73

74 PSI Academic Catalog--74

75 MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT Associate of Applied Science Degree Program (Revised ) The Associate Medical Office Assistant (AMA) associate degree program is presented over a period of 18 months/72 weeks. This program is divided into six (6) 12-week quarters. Enrollment into the AMA program is available two (2) times per year, April and October. The schedule is Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Externship time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day depending the availability of the externship site. The AMA Externship experience consists of an additional 160 clock hours served in a medical facility. The total credits required to complete the AMA program is Upon successful completion of the AMA associate degree program, the graduate will receive an Associate of Applied Science Degree (AAS) as a Medical Assistant. The program has been approved by the State Board of Career Colleges and Schools and by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools. Associate of Applied Science (AAS) transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. The graduate will qualify to sit for the registry examinations to become a Registered Medical Assistant (RMA) and/or a Certified Medical Assistant (CMA) and will be able to perform both clerical and clinical office duties, including insurance form preparation, pegboard accounting, basic transcription, basic computer operations, and all of the clinical skills utilized in any general medicine or specialty office. Medical Assistants are also eligible to sit for the International Academy of Phlebotomy Science (IAPS) certification examination to become a Certified Phlebotomy Technician (CPT). The school will assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting salary. O*Net: Occupational Information Network is established by the Department of Labor to assist students with information regarding their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the AMA program is Students should use the following web address to access this information from the Department of Labor. Curriculum Requirements Quarter Clock Hours Credit Hours MED101 Medical Law & Ethics MED102 Medical Terminology I MED103 Keyboarding MED105 Medical Office Procedures MED106 Medical Insurance I MED109 MA Clinical I MED110 MA Clinical II MED111 MA Clinical III MED112 Transcription I MED114 MA Externship MED116 Medical Terminology II MED118 Medical Insurance II MED135 Anatomy and Physiology I MED136 Anatomy and Physiology II MED152 Job Readiness MED154 Computer Applications MED155 Disease/Pharmacology General Education: COM102 Interpersonal Communication ENG101 English Composition PSY101 Introduction to Psychology SOC101 Introduction to Sociology MTH101 Basic Mathematics MTH102 Business Mathematics Total ,460.0 Transfer credit may be given from other accredited colleges, if the course content meets PSI s curriculum requirements. The student will need to submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Director of Education with input from the General Education Coordinator. Refer to the Transfer of Credit section in this catalog for courses that may be transferred. Externship/Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for the clinical experience, as this is a part of their educational experience. The student cannot be used in place of a staff member at any externship site. Note: PSI reserves the right to add, change, or delete classes, and/or other graduation requirements for any program based upon newly adopted requirements of our accrediting bodies, and/or ever-changing trends or requirements within a chosen profession. PSI Academic Catalog--75

76 Associate Medical Office Assistant AAS Curriculum Sequence (Revised ) The curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will experience an ever-increasing degree of expected terminal performance objectives. Freshman --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits MED102 Medical Terminology I 5.0 MED103 Keyboarding 3.0 MED106 Medical Insurance I 2.0 GENED---A General Education Course 5.0 Freshman --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits MED105 Medical Office Procedures 3.5 MED116 Medical Terminology II 5.0 MED118 Medical Insurance II 4.0 GENED---A General Education Course 5.0 Sophomore --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits MED109 MA Clinical I 6.0 MED135 Anatomy & Physiology I 5.0 GENED---A General Education Course 5.0 GENED---A General Education Course 5.0 CPR Sophomore --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits MED110 MA Clinical II 6 MED136 Anatomy & Physiology II 5 GENED---A General Education Course 5 Junior --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits MED101 Medical Law & Ethics 2.5 MED111 MA Clinical III 6 MED112 Transcription I 3.5 MED154 Computer Applications 4 MED155 Disease/Pharmacology 5 Senior --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits MED114 AMA Externship 4.5 MED152 Job Readiness 2.5 GENED---A General Education Course 5.0 Total Quarter Credit Hours All courses must be completed with a minimum final grade average of 77% and if applicable successful passage of each competency test with a minimum score of 77%. Competencies are mandatory tests that must be passed with a minimum score of 77%. Each student will be given the opportunity at two (2) attempts to pass the competency test. If the competency test is not passed on the second attempt the student will automatically fail the entire course. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second attempt at the competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the competency and must repeat the entire course. For a course that has both a lecture component and a competency or competencies; each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a 77 percent to pass the lecture component of the course and a satisfactory grade for the competency component. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time it is offered. Note: The sequence of the General Education courses will remain as published. The day of the week and time for each course may vary from quarter to quarter. The Registrar will update the students regarding the schedule prior to registration for the specific quarter. PSI Academic Catalog--76

77 MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT CURRICULUM Diploma Program (Revised ) The Medical Office Assistant (MA) program is presented over a period of 12 months/48 weeks. This period is divided into four (4) 12-week quarters. Enrollment into the MA program is available two (2) times per year, April and October. The schedule is Monday through Thursday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Externship time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day depending the availability of the externship site. Externship consists of 160 hours served in a medical facility. The total credits required to complete the MA program is 87. Upon successful completion of the MA program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the student will receive a diploma at graduation. After graduation, the student will qualify to take the registry exams to become a Registered Medical Office Assistant (RMA) and/or a Certified Medical Assistant (CMA) and will be able to perform both clerical and clinical office duties, including insurance form preparation, pegboard accounting, basic transcription, basic computer operations, and all of the clinical skills utilized in any general medicine or specialty office. Medical Office Assistants are also eligible to sit for a third licensing exam to become a Certified Phlebotomy Technician (CPT). Transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. The school will assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting salary. O*Net: Occupational Information Network is established by the Department of Labor to assist students with information regarding their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the MA program is Students should use the following web address to access this information from the Department of Labor. Curriculum Requirements Quarter Clock Hours Credit Hours 101-M Medical Law & Ethics M Medical Terminology I M Keyboarding M Office Communications M Medical Office Procedures M Medical Insurance I M Fundamentals of Psychology M MA Clinical I M MA Clinical II M MA Clinical III M Transcription I M MA Externship M Medical Terminology II M Anatomy & Physiology I M Anatomy & Physiology II M Job Readiness M Computer Applications M Disease/Pharmacology Total ,100.0 Transfer credit may be given from other accredited colleges, if the course content meets PSI s curriculum requirements. The student will need to submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Director of Education with input from the General Education Coordinator. Refer to the Transfer of Credit section in this catalog for courses that may be transferred. Externship/Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for the clinical experience, as this is a part of their educational experience. The student cannot be used in place of a staff member at any externship site. Note: PSI reserves the right to add, change, or delete classes, and/or other graduation requirements for any program based upon newly adopted requirements of our accrediting bodies, and/or ever-changing trends or requirements within a chosen profession. PSI Academic Catalog--77

78 MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT Curriculum Sequence (Revised ) The curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will experience an ever-increasing degree of expected terminal performance objectives. Freshman Quarter Possible Quarter Credits 102-M Medical Terminology I M Keyboarding M Medical Insurance I M MA Clinical I M Anatomy & Physiology I 6.0 Sophomore --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits 104-M Office Communications M Medical Office Procedures M MA Clinical II M Medical Terminology II M Anatomy & Physiology II 6.0 Junior --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits 101-M Medical Law and Ethics M MA Clinical III M Transcription I M Computer Applications M Disease/Pharmacology 6.0 CPR Senior --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits 108-M Fundamentals of Psychology M MA Externship M Job Readiness 3.0 Total 87.0 Quarter Credit Hours All courses must be completed with a minimum final grade average of 77% and if applicable successful passage of each competency test with a minimum score of 77%. Competencies are mandatory tests that must be passed with a minimum score of 77%. Each student will be given the opportunity at two (2) attempts to pass the competency test. If the competency test is not passed on the second attempt the student will automatically fail the entire course. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second attempt at the competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the competency and must repeat the entire course. For a course that has both a lecture component and a competency or competencies; each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a 77 percent to pass the lecture component of the course and a satisfactory grade for the competency component. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time it is offered. PSI Academic Catalog--78

79 Medical (Office) Assistant Clinical Skills Blood pressures, pulses, respirations, and temperatures. Height/length and weight, adults and infants. Positioning and draping the patients for various physical exams. Assisting the doctor with general physical, pediatric, OB & GYN, and Sigmoidoscopy exams. Visual acuity testing using Snellen Eye chart. Eye and ear irrigations and installations. Instrument sanitization and disinfection, wrapping instruments for autoclaving and basic autoclave operation that assures that the packages are sterile. Assisting with minor office surgery including: Application of sterile gloves and setting up and maintaining sterile fields. Proper handling of sterile instruments and supplies. Handing to the doctor instruments in functional position. Suture removal. Calculation and administration of medications (p.o., IM, SQ, and ID). Basic bandaging/tubular bandaging. Venipuncture procedures which include: Correct order of draw. Correct selection of color tops for specific tests. Correct technique, angle, and patient preparation and identification.. Correct handling, processing and storage of blood specimens after collection. EKG procedures: Proper patient preparation, running a standard 12 lead EKG. Mounting a manual, automatic EKG. CPR certification through the American Heart Association. Urine testing including: Multistix 10SG, specific gravity using a hydrometer, Clinitest, spinning urine down and placing it on a slide for microscopic exam, various urine pregnancy tests and urine cultures. Blood tests include: Hemoglobin using a hemoglobinometer, the Microhematocrit methods of doing a hematocrit, blood glucose using blood glucose analyzers, the slide method of doing basic blood types, blood smears and Wright staining, doing basic chemistry tests using the Reflotron. Collection and processing of throat cultures and other specimens taken from the body. Universal blood borne precautions and OSHA regulations. Medical Office Assistant Clerical Skills Basic Computer, Keyboarding and Word processing skills. (MS Word, Excel, Power Point) Computer skills in setting up insurance company information, entering patient information, scheduling appointments, entering patients charges, payments and adjustments, creating receipts, billing and creating reports such as daysheets and aging reports. Proper use of ICD-9-CM (ICD-10-CM) and CPT insurance coding books. Correct preparation of the insurance forms. Pegboard accounting which includes the following: Recording of patient charges, adjustments and payments on the daysheet. Balancing the daysheets and maintaining accurate accounts receivable balances. Payroll and business check disbursements. Proper use of both receipts and superbills. Basic transcription, using digital means. Proper telephone answering techniques, appointment scheduling, and filing. Business letter preparation: Block, Modified block letters and USPS style envelopes. Professional conduct, appearance and medical ethics. HIPAA Regulations Use of www, internet, and . PSI Academic Catalog--79

80 Mission and Core Values AAMA Mission The mission of the American Association of Medical Assistants is to provide the medical assistant professional with education, certification, credential acknowledgment, networking opportunities, scope-of-practice protection, and advocacy for quality patient-centered health care. CMA (AAMA) Core Values Actively participate in the delivery of quality health care. Promote patient safety and well-being. Contribute to a positive health care experience for patients. Demonstrate integrity and respect, and protect patient confidentiality. Advocate the essential value of certification and continuing education. Embrace change, growth, and learning. AAMA Medical Assistant Code of Ethics The Code of Ethics of the American Association of Medical Assistants shall set forth principles of ethical and moral conduct as they relate to the medical profession and the particular practice of medical assisting. Members of AAMA dedicated to the conscientious pursuit of their profession, and thus desiring to merit the high regard of the entire medical profession and the respect of the general public which they serve, do pledge themselves to strive always to: A. Render service with full respect for the dignity of humanity; B. Respect confidential information obtained through employment unless legally authorized or required by responsible performance of duty to divulge such information; C. Uphold the honor and high principles of the profession and accept its disciplines; D. Seek to continually improve the knowledge and skills of medical assistants for the benefit of patients and professional colleagues; E. Participate in additional service activities aimed toward improving the health and well-being of the community. AAMA Medical Assistant Creed I believe in the principles and purposes of the profession of medical assisting. I endeavor to be more effective. I aspire to render greater service. I protect the confidence entrusted to me. I am dedicated to the care and well-being of all people. I am loyal to my employer. I am true to the ethics of my profession. I am strengthened by compassion, courage and faith. Refer to the AAMA website at for additional information. PSI Academic Catalog--80

81 Goals and Objectives for the AMA and MA Programs PSI program goals and objectives for the AMA and MA programs: To provide an AMA and MA program from which graduates are prepared to perform the functions of an entry level medical assistant in both the clinical and administrative area. To provide a positive innovative learning environment with instruction that keeps current with the demands of the profession. To encourage the participation in continuing educations courses, workshops, and seminars to keep updated in the profession as well as working to advance the level of professional achievement to a higher degree if desired. To provide guidelines on patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines when reviewing all patient records and dealing with patients one-on-one. To prepare the medical assistant to sit for certification exams, RMA, CMA, and CPT, if required by the employer or desired by the individual. Graduates of the AMA and MA programs will be able to: Apply the knowledge gained through lecture and clinical, to practice safely and to use good judgment while caring for the patient in the work environment. Demonstrate both written and verbal communication skills enabling effective communicate with patients, coworkers and employers. Demonstrate proficiency as a medical assistant by passing certification examinations (CMA or RMA), if required by the employer, or desired by the individual. Demonstrate adaptability and cultural respect when associating with patients, coworkers, and other professionals in the community. To be able to maintain patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines. To be able to understand the importance and adhere to the guidelines of professional conduct, appearance and ethics of the medical profession. PSI Academic Catalog--81

82 PSI Academic Catalog--82

83 MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING SPECIALIST CURRICULUM Diploma Program (Revised ) The Medical Billing and Coding Specialist (MBCS) program is presented over a period of 12 months/48 weeks. This period is divided into four(4) 12-week quarters. Enrollment into the MBCS program is available two (2) times per year, April and October. The schedule is Monday through Thursday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Externship time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day depending the availability of the externship site. Externship consists of 160 hours served in a medical facility. The total academic credits required to complete the MBCS program is 76. Upon completion of the MBCS program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the student will receive a diploma at graduation. The graduate will be qualified to process a variety of insurance forms in medical offices, clinics, and hospital billing departments, basic computer operation and general office duties. Transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. The school will assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or of a minimum starting salary. O*Net: Occupational Information Network is established by the Department of Labor to assist students with information regarding their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the MBCS program is Students should use the following web address to access this information from the Department of Labor. Curriculum Requirements Quarter Clock Hours Credit Hours 101-M Medical Law & Ethics M Medical Terminology I M Keyboarding M Office Communications M Medical Office Procedures M Medical Insurance I M Fundamentals of Psychology M Transcription I M Medical Terminology II M Medical Insurance II M MBCS Externship M Anatomy & Physiology I M Anatomy & Physiology II M Job Readiness M Medical Insurance III M Computer Applications M Disease/Pharmacology Total Transfer credit may be given from other accredited colleges, if the course content meets PSI s curriculum requirements. The student will need to submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Director of Education with input from the General Education Coordinator. Refer to the Transfer of Credit section in this catalog for courses that may be transferred. Externship/Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for the clinical experience, as this is a part of their educational experience. The student cannot be used in place of a staff member at any externship site. Note: PSI reserves the right to add, change, or delete classes, and/or other graduation requirements for any program based upon newly adopted requirements of our accrediting bodies, and/or ever-changing trends or requirements within a chosen profession. PSI Academic Catalog--83

84 MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING SPECIALIST Curriculum Sequence (Revised ) The curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will experience an ever-increasing degree of expected terminal performance objectives. Freshman Quarter Possible Quarter Credits 102-M Medical Terminology I M Keyboarding M Medical Insurance I M Anatomy & Physiology I 6.0 Sophomore --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits 104-M Office Communications M Medical Office Procedures M Medical Terminology II M Medical Insurance II M Anatomy & Physiology II 6.0 Junior --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits 101-M Medical Law and Ethics M Transcription I M Medical Insurance III M Computer Applications M Disease/Pharmacology 6.0 CPR Senior --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits 108-M Fundamentals of Psychology M MBCS Externship M Job Readiness 3.0 Total 76.0 Quarter Credit Hours All courses must be completed with a minimum final grade average of 77% and if applicable successful passage of each competency test with a minimum score of 77%. Competencies are mandatory tests that must be passed with a minimum score of 77%. Each student will be given the opportunity at two (2) attempts to pass the competency test. If the competency test is not passed on the second attempt the student will automatically fail the entire course. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second attempt at the competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the competency and must repeat the entire course. For a course that has both a lecture component and a competency or competencies; each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a 77 percent to pass the lecture component of the course and a satisfactory grade for the competency component. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time it is offered. PSI Academic Catalog--84

85 MBCS Clerical Skills Basic Computer, Keyboarding and Word processing skills. (MS Word, Excel, Power Point) Computer skills in setting up insurance company information, entering patient information, scheduling appointments, entering patients charges, payments and adjustments, creating receipts, billing and creating reports such as daysheets and aging reports. Proper use of ICD-9-CM (ICD-10-CM) and CPT insurance coding books. Correct preparation of the insurance forms. CMS 1500 Medicaid/Health Check Medicare Workers Compensation Blue Cross/Blue Shield HMOs ( Health Maintenance Organization) PPOs (Preferred Provider Organization) Pegboard accounting which includes the following: Recording of patient charges, adjustments and payments on the daysheet. Balancing the daysheets and maintaining accurate accounts receivable balances. Payroll and business check disbursements. Proper use of both receipts and superbills. Proper telephone answering techniques, appointment scheduling, and filing. Business letter preparation: Block, Modified block letters and USPS style envelopes. Professional conduct, appearance and medical ethics. HIPPA Regulations Use of www, internet, and . Collection procedure: Billing Handling bankruptcy accounts Handling payment plans Goals and Objectives for the MBCS Program PSI program goals for the MBCS program: To provide a MBCS program that will enable graduates to be qualified to process a variety of insurance forms in a medical office, clinic, DME, or hospital setting as well as be able to manage accounts payable and accounts receivable in either a manual or computerized format. To provide a curriculum based on current information regarding medical insurance and billing in a health related facility. To provide a positive learning environment and instruction which keeps current with the demands of the profession. To encourage the participation in continuing educations courses, workshops, and seminars to keep updated in the profession as well as working to advance the level of professional achievement to a higher degree if desired. To provide guidelines on patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines when reviewing all patient records and dealing with patients one-on-one. Graduates of the MBCS program will be able to: Assist patients and their families with completing and understanding insurance forms, billing, payments and denials while demonstrating confidentiality in regard to the patients personal information. Demonstrate both written and verbal communication skills enabling effective communicate with patients, coworkers and employers. Maintain patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines when reviewing all patient records and dealing with patients on a one-to-one basis. Understand the importance and adhere to the guidelines of professional conduct, appearance and ethics of the medical profession. Demonstrate adaptability and cultural respect when associating with patients, coworkers, and insurance companies. Demonstrate proficiency as a medical billing and coding specialist by passing certification examination CMBS, if required by the employer or desired by the individual. PSI Academic Catalog--85

86 Medical Association of Billers Code of Ethics In my position as a Professional Health Insurance Claims Processor, I understand and accept the responsibility of Liaison between Patient, Provider, and Insurance Carrier. I do voluntarily endorse and abide by the Medical Association of Billers Code of Ethics. As a professional, it is my responsibility to: Provide accurate, honest and timely information to my Provider. Never disclose personal, medical, or financial information about my Provider without consent. Provide patient information only to those insurers, government agencies, healthcare providers, or facilities necessary for the prompt payment of health insurance claims for my Provider. Never willingly or knowingly be party to the submission of fraudulent claims information to insurers or government agencies. Advance my knowledge through continuing education for the betterment of my profession. Avoid conflict of interest situations through open and honest dialog with my Provider. Maintain current knowledge of applicable laws and regulations and observe them in the practice of my profession. PSI Academic Catalog--86

87 College of (Allied) Health Sciences Course Description Updated * Please refer to page 31 for definition of ABHES additional outside clock hours and Title IV (FA) out-of-class prep hours calculations. 101-M Medical Law and Ethics 3 Quarter Credit Hours 1.5 FA Hours 30 Lecture Hours 15.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into a (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. Medical Law and Ethics introduces the student to the legal principles and ethical issues affecting all healthcare professionals in the United States. Issues covered in this course are: the importance of medical office personnel having knowledge of the law, what constitutes a standard of care, parameters of responsibility in the medical office, and functioning within the legal system. Medical malpractice, divisions between criminal and civil law, formation of a contract, breach of contract and how to terminate a contract, as well as negligence of malpractice, informed consent, practicing preventive medicine in the medical office and malpractice insurance are covered in this course. This course also discusses the responsibilities of a medical assistant and what constitutes privacy, confidentiality, and privileged communication. 102-M Medical Terminology I 6 Quarter Credits Hours 3.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into a (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. Medical Terminology I provides the basic techniques of medical word building. Presented in this course are the basic medical concepts, terms and structures of the integumentary, respiratory, circulatory, blood, lymph and immune systems. This course concentrates on building a basic foundation and framework of the language of medicine. Through memorization and practice in spelling and pronunciation of medical root words and the prefixes and suffixes presented, the student will be able to analyze numerous medical terms; gain a solid base on which to build a larger vocabulary; spell medical terms correctly; recognize these terms in dictation; understand the context in which that word will be applied, and enjoy working in a healthrelated field due to increased understanding of medical terminology. Also presented are basics of pharmacology. 103-M Keyboarding 3.5 Quarter Credit Hours 2.5 FA Hours 20 Lecture Hours 30 Lab Hours 17.5 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into a (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. The first half of Keyboarding presents the correct techniques of keyboard operation beginning with the basic home row keys and the proper finger stretch to each additional key, until the entire alphabet and punctuation keys have been practiced. This course is presented using Microsoft Word 2010, to enable the student to learn the finger stroke work and how to open, create, print, save and retrieve a file. Keyboarding also includes a review of the basic parts of an IBM compatible computer. The second half of Keyboarding presents procedures of copy arrangements including: justifications, centering, application of bold, italics, underlining, setting of tabs, formatting a block and a modified block style business letter, formatting a USPS style envelopes and formatting memos. Correct spacing of documents, correct spacing after punctuation marks, keyboarding accuracy and proofreading text is emphasized in this course. 104-M Office Communications 3 Quarter Credit Hours 1.5 FA Hours 30 Lecture Hours 15.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into a (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. Office Communications is intended as a basic review of the rules governing the English language. It covers such areas as punctuation marks, capitalization, numbers, abbreviations, plurals, spelling, compound words, grammar, nouns, pronouns, subjects, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, word blunders and word usage. 105-M Medical Office Procedures 4 Quarter Credit Hours 2.5 FA Hours 30 Lecture Hours 20 Lab Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: MED103/103-M Keyboarding. Medical Office Procedures (MOP) presents general alphabetizing rules and computer operation using Medisoft. The student will learn to perform many administrative tasks of the medical office. Students will be able to schedule appointments, create patient charts, and have a basic knowledge of patient s charges and payments. Correct telephone procedures and etiquette will be discussed and practiced as well as developing good triage skills. This course also simulates a medical office with the keeping of a manual appointment book, patient files, and answering PSI Academic Catalog--87

88 incoming patient calls. In this course the student will also obtain a firm grasp of the daily duties of an Administrative Medical Assistant including: time management, professional expectations, and the importance of good communication between the office staff, the doctor and the patient. A section is taught on: basic calculations using a fee schedule, ROA (received on account) payments, NSF (non-sufficient funds) entries, insurance adjustments, professional courtesy, refunds, and write-offs. Instruction is given on how to complete weekly payroll cards: calculating gross income and federal deductions such as FICA and state taxes. 106-M Medical Insurance I 2.5 Quarter Credit Hours 1.5 FA Hours 20 Lecture Hours 10 Lab Hours 12.5 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into a (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. Medical Insurance I presents the proper use of the ICD-9-CM (International Classification of Disease-Clinical Modification) and CPT (Current Procedural Terminology) code books to translate diseases and procedures into numbers used by the medical insurance industry. Medical Insurance I also includes carrier reimbursement systems such as general insurance companies, Medicare, Medicaid, Tricare, Worker s Compensation and the universal claim form (CMS-1500). 108-M Fundamentals of Psychology 3 Quarter Credit Hours 1.5 FA Hours 30 Lecture Hours 15.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into a (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. Fundamentals of Psychology presents an introduction to basic psychology. Covered in this fundamental psychology course are: Normal human behavior and disorders of behavior. How to deal with difficult patients. How to deal with the stresses of being a professional in the (Allied) Health Sciences field. How to deal with co-workers in a medical facility. Personality, motivation, emotions, attitudes, problem-solving, coping, assertiveness, and interpersonal communications. Sigmund Freud s psycho dynamic view. Theories of Jung, Maslow, Erickson, Roger and Adler. 109-M MA Clinical I 7 Quarter Credit Hours 4.5 FA Hours 50 Lecture Hours 40 Lab Hours 35.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): MED102/102-M Medical Terminology I and MED135/135-M Anatomy and Physiology I, or taking courses concurrently. In MA Clinical I, the student will learn common medical office procedures taught in a simulated atmosphere. Included are: medical aseptic techniques, sanitization and sterilization procedures, wrapping and handling of sterile equipment, basic hand washing, OSHA regulations, sterile gloving, setting up and maintaining a sterile field, instrumentation, vital signs (temperature, pulse, respiration, blood pressure); eye and ear irrigation and instillation, vision screening using the Snellen Eye Charts, measuring height and weight, basic bandaging, and patient and equipment preparation for recording and mounting a 12-lead electrocardiogram (EKG). Pulse oximetry procedure, applying a holter monitor, and the use of ultrasound will be reviewed and demonstrated. 110-M MA Clinical II 7 Quarter Credit Hours 4.5 FA Hours 50 Lecture Hours 40 Lab Hours 35.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): MED102/102-M Medical Terminology I and MED135/135-M Anatomy & Physiology I or taking concurrently and MED109/109-M MA Clinical I. In MA Clinical II, the student will refresh math skills in decimals, will have an introduction to drug measurement using metric, apothecary and household measurements, will learn how to read medication labels and syringe calibrations, will learn dosage calculations and medication administration. Along with the calculation and administration of medications, the course presents how to properly give oral, topical, intradermal, subcutaneous and intramuscular medications, including the general uses and most common side effects of drugs on the body. 111-M MA Clinical III 7 Quarter Credit Hours 4.5 FA Hours 50 Lecture Hours 40 Lab Hours 35.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of MED109/109-M MA Clinical I and MED110/110-M MA Clinical II. In MA Clinical III, instruction is given on commonly performed laboratory tests and procedures, including collection of micro biologic specimens and incubation. Carrying infant and measuring height, weight, head and chest circumference. Plotting growth charts. Lecture and practice venipuncture, finger sticks procedure, hemoglobin, hematocrit, pregnancy tests, throat cultures and, urinalyses, preparation of blood and urine specimens for viewing under the microscope by the physician are presented. 112-M Transcription I 4 Quarter Credit Hours 3.0 FA Hours 20 Lecture Hours 40 Lab Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: MED103/103-M Keyboarding. Transcription I cover the operation of digital transcription equipment and include realistic caseloads to be transcribed. These caseloads consist of chart notes, x-ray reports, procedure notes, letters, history and physicals and consultations, and the student will learn the proper format, grammar and punctuation for such reports as well as learn to utilize various resources such as medical dictionaries and drug books. This course utilizes digital audio files pre-loaded in the Express Scribe software, which is used for transcribing the assignments on a desktop computer. Covered in this course is a section on the upcoming Electronic Health Records information and data entry into the computer system. PSI Academic Catalog--88

89 114-M MA Externship 5 Quarter Credit Hours 8.0 FA Hours 160 Externship Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Successful completion of all Quarters I, II, and III courses, and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0. The student is placed in a physician s office, hospital or clinic. The student is rotated through the facility in the clerical and clinical areas for a total of 160 Hours. A representative from PSI will phone/visit the Externship site to check on the student s progress and determine that the student is receiving a variety of experiences. An evaluation is completed by the Externship facility at the end of the Externship practicum. PSI will not assign a student an Externship whose academic quarterly grade point average is less than a C or 2.0. Externship must be completed within six (6) months from the date of last registered quarter. After six months, students will be required to repeat technical courses at an additional tuition charge to prepare them for Externship. Externship Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education and cannot be used in place of a staff member. 119-M MBCS Externship 5 Quarter Credit Hours 8.0 FA Hours 160 Externship Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all Quarters I, II, and III courses, and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0. After completion of classroom requirements, the student is placed in a physician s office, hospital or clinic. The student will work in the clerical area doing a variety of insurance forms and billing. A representative from PSI will visit/phone the Externship site to check on the student s progress and determine that the student is receiving a variety of experiences. An evaluation is completed by the Externship facility at the end of the Externship practicum. PSI will not assign a student an Externship whose academic quarterly grade point average is less than a C or 2.0. Externship must be completed within six (6) months from the date of last registered quarter. After six months, students will be required to repeat technical courses at an additional tuition charge to prepare them for Externship. Externship Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education and cannot be used in place of a staff member. 116-M Medical Terminology II 6 Quarter Credit Hours 3.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): MED 102/102-M Medical Terminology I. In this course the student continues to build the necessary medical terminology base which is essential for accurate communication both in future courses in his/her program and in the workplace. The content relates directly to word building, pathology, oncology, pharmacology, diagnostic, symptomatic and therapeutic terms and procedures of the sense organs, the musculoskeletal, nervous, endocrine, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, and female reproductive systems. Also presented are the basics of pharmacology, use of the Physicians Desk Reference, scheduled drugs, and how to write a prescription. 118-M Medical Insurance II 5 Quarter Credit Hours 3.0 FA Hours 40 Lecture Hours 20 Lab Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): MED106/106-M Medical Insurance I. Medical Insurance II is for the advanced medical insurance student, presenting coverage and requirements for different types of health insurance programs which includes the following: Medicaid, Medicare, Workers Compensation, Tricare/ChampVA, and various HMO and PPO insurance plans. Multiple sample cases are completed as practice for each type of program presented. This course also presents additional medical and diagnostic terminology, computerized insurance billing using the ICD-9-CM and CPT coding system, within the Medisoft Program. Students learn to complete detailed insurance claim forms for each of the different types of health insurance program presented. Students learn to follow-up claims and learn the importance of accurate record keeping. 135-M Anatomy and Physiology I 6 Quarter Credit Hours 3.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into a (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. Anatomy and Physiology I presents the study of body systems, including the structure, function and diseases of each system. Presented in Anatomy and Physiology I are chapters on Cells and Tissues, Organ Systems of the Body, Senses, Blood, the Circulatory and the Respiratory Systems. 136-M Anatomy and Physiology II 6 Quarter Credit Hours 3.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): MED 135/135-M Anatomy and Physiology I. Anatomy and Physiology II presents the study of body systems, including the structure, function and diseases of each system. Presented in Anatomy and Physiology II are chapters on the musculoskeletal, nervous, endocrine, digestive, urinary, male and the female reproductive systems. Lectures, films, and anatomical models and diagrams are used to make the information more understandable. PSI Academic Catalog--89

90 152-M Job Readiness 3 Quarter Credit Hours 1.5 FA Hours 30 Lecture Hours 15.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: MED103/103-M Keyboarding. Job Readiness presents the fundamentals of preparing a cover letter, resume, and reference sheet. Instruction is given on how to prepare for a job using mock interview techniques. Job Readiness includes discussion on proper interview attire and practice on how to properly fill out employment forms. The student will review updated OSHA regulations along with discussion on Hepatitis B and the HIV virus. 153-M Medical Insurance III 5 Quarter Credit Hours 3.0 FA Hours 40 Lecture Hours 20 Lab Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): MED106/106-M Medical Insurance I and MED118/118-M Medical Insurance II. Medical Insurance III covers the following: Medicaid Crossover information and the completion of the appropriate forms. The use of the UB04 job aid and completion of the UB04/CMS1450 claim form for inpatient and outpatient admissions. The completions of claim forms for durable medical claim submissions (HCPCS) and use of modifiers, when applicable. ICD-9-CM and CPT coding at a level of increased difficulty. Comprehension of electronic claims, claims systems, status reviews, claim management techniques and claim inquires. The appeal process, EOB s insurance payment history, credit/payment laws, collection process, cash flow, billing cycle, manual and electronic billing process, aging analysis, small claims court, fee schedules and adjustments. 154-M Computer Applications 5 Quarter Credit Hours 3.0 FA Hours 40 Lecture Hours 20 Lab Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: MED103/103-M Keyboarding. Computer Applications provides an overview of microcomputer components and applications. In this course the student will be exposed to practical examples of the computer as a useful tool and become acquainted with the proper procedures to create documents, worksheets and presentations suitable for course work and professional use. Each project in the textbook presents a practical problem and complete solution in an easy-to-understand approach. Students will learn the fundamentals of Microsoft Office Word 2010, Excel 2010 and PowerPoint The student will complete projects in MS Word using various word processing functions along with inserting graphics. Students will complete a research paper in MS Word according to the specified MLA format. Students will create a worksheet and chart in Excel and learn basic and intermediate Excel functions. Using a design template, the student will be able to create and design a class presentation using Power Point M Disease/Pharmacology 6 Quarter Credit Hours 3.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into a (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. This course includes information on (but not limited to) hundreds of human diseases and conditions, presented in an orderly, concise and easy to comprehend manner. It breaks down the mechanisms of each disease. The subject matter flows through integrated aspects important for the student to consider in the study of human disease such as; genetics, immune disorders, preventive health care, traditional and non-traditional medicines and patient teaching. This course also includes cancers with foundational information about the pathology, pathogenesis and prognostic indicators of the disease (staging and grading of tumors). A diagnostic code is assigned to each disease. ICD-9-CM and ICD-10-CM codes are included to aid in locating the appropriate diagnostic code for each of the individuals disease to aid in the billing of insurance claims. * Please refer to page 31 for definition of ABHES additional outside clock hours and Title IV (FA) out-of-class prep hours calculations. MED101 Medical Law & Ethics 2.5 Quarter Credit Hours 2.5 FA Hours 30 Lecture Hours 12.5 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into an A.A.S. Degree (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. Medical Law and Ethics introduces the student to the legal principles and ethical issues affecting all healthcare professionals in the United States. Issues covered in this course are: the importance of medical office personnel having knowledge of the law, what constitutes a standard of care, parameters of responsibility in the medical office, and functioning within the legal system. Medical malpractice, divisions between criminal and civil law, formation of a contract, breach of contract and how to terminate a contract, as well as negligence of malpractice, informed consent, practicing preventive medicine in the medical office and malpractice insurance are covered in this course. This course also discusses the responsibilities of a medical assistant and what constitutes privacy, confidentiality, and privileged communication. MED102 Medical Terminology I 5 Quarter Credit Hours 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into an A.A.S. Degree (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. Medical Terminology I provides the basic techniques of medical word building. Presented in this course are the basic medical concepts, terms and structures of the integumentary, respiratory, circulatory, blood, lymph and immune systems. This course concentrates on building a basic foundation and framework of the language of medicine. Through memorization and practice in spelling and pronunciation of medical root words and the prefixes and suffixes presented, the student will be able to analyze numerous medical terms; gain a solid base on which to build a larger vocabulary; spell medical terms correctly; recognize PSI Academic Catalog--90

91 these terms in dictation; understand the context in which that word will be applied, and enjoy working in a healthrelated field due to increased understanding of medical terminology. Also presented are basics of pharmacology. MED103 Keyboarding 3 Quarter Credit Hours 3.0 FA Hours 20 Lecture Hours 30 Lab Hours 15.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into an A.A.S. Degree (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. The first half of Keyboarding presents the correct techniques of keyboard operation beginning with the basic home row keys and the proper finger stretch to each additional key, until the entire alphabet and punctuation keys have been practiced. This course is presented using Microsoft Word 2010, to enable the student to learn the finger stroke work and how to open, create, print, save and retrieve a file. Keyboarding also includes a review of the basic parts of an IBM compatible computer. The second half of Keyboarding presents procedures of copy arrangements including: justifications, centering, application of bold, italics, underlining, setting of tabs, formatting a block and a modified block style business letter, formatting a USPS style envelopes and formatting memos. Correct spacing of documents, correct spacing after punctuation marks, keyboarding accuracy and proofreading text is emphasized in this course. MED105 Medical Office Procedures 3.5 Quarter Credit Hours 3.5 FA Hours 30 Lecture Hours 20 Lab Hours 17.5 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: MED103/103-M Keyboarding. Medical Office Procedures (MOP) presents general alphabetizing rules and computer operation using Medisoft. The student will learn to perform many administrative tasks of the medical office. Students will be able to schedule appointments, create patient charts, and have a basic knowledge of patient s charges and payments. Correct telephone procedures and etiquette will be discussed and practiced as well as developing good triage skills. This course also simulates a medical office with the keeping of a manual appointment book, patient files, and answering incoming patient calls. In this course the student will also obtain a firm grasp of the daily duties of an Administrative Medical Assistant including: time management, professional expectations, and the importance of good communication between the office staff, the doctor and the patient. A section is taught on: basic calculations using a fee schedule, ROA (received on account) payments, NSF (non-sufficient funds) entries, insurance adjustments, professional courtesy, refunds, and write-offs. Instruction is given on how to complete weekly payroll cards: calculating gross income and federal deductions such as FICA and state taxes. MED106 Medical Insurance I 2 Quarter Credit Hours 2.0 FA Hours 20 Lecture Hours 10 Lab Hours 10.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into an A.A.S. Degree (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. Medical Insurance I presents the proper use of the ICD-9-CM (International Classification of Disease-Clinical Modification) and CPT (Current Procedural Terminology) code books to translate diseases and procedures into numbers used by the medical insurance industry. Medical Insurance I also includes carrier reimbursement systems such as general insurance companies, Medicare, Medicaid, Tricare, Worker s Compensation and the universal claim form (CMS-1500). MED109 MA Clinical I 6 Quarter Credit Hours 6.0 FA Hours 50 Lecture Hours 40 Lab Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): MED102/102-M Medical Terminology I and MED135/135-M Anatomy and Physiology I, or taking courses concurrently. In MA Clinical I, the student will learn common medical office procedures taught in a simulated atmosphere. Included are: medical aseptic techniques, sanitization and sterilization procedures, wrapping and handling of sterile equipment, basic hand washing, OSHA regulations, sterile gloving, setting up and maintaining a sterile field, instrumentation, vital signs (temperature, pulse, respiration, blood pressure); eye and ear irrigation and instillation, vision screening using the Snellen Eye Charts, measuring height and weight, basic bandaging, and patient and equipment preparation for recording and mounting a 12-lead electrocardiogram (EKG). Pulse oximetry procedure, applying a holter monitor, and the use of ultrasound will be reviewed and demonstrated. MED110 MA Clinical II 6 Quarter Credit Hours 6.0 FA Hours 50 Lecture Hours 40 Lab Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): MED102/102-M Medical Terminology I and MED135/135-M Anatomy & Physiology I or taking concurrently and MED109/109-M MA Clinical I. In MA Clinical II, the student will refresh math skills in decimals, will have an introduction to drug measurement using metric, apothecary and household measurements, will learn how to read medication labels and syringe calibrations, will learn dosage calculations and medication administration. Along with the calculation and administration of medications, the course presents how to properly give oral, topical, intradermal, subcutaneous and intramuscular medications, including the general uses and most common side effects of drugs on the body. PSI Academic Catalog--91

92 MED111 MA Clinical III 6 Quarter Credit Hours 6.0 FA Hours 50 Lecture Hours 40 Lab Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of MED109/109-M MA Clinical I and MED110/110-M MA Clinical II. In MA Clinical III, instruction is given on commonly performed laboratory tests and procedures, including collection of micro biologic specimens and incubation. Carrying infant and measuring height, weight, head and chest circumference. Plotting growth charts. Lecture and practice venipuncture, finger sticks procedure, hemoglobin, hematocrit, pregnancy tests, throat cultures and, urinalyses, preparation of blood and urine specimens for viewing under the microscope by the physician are presented. MED112 Transcription I 3.5 Quarter Credit Hours 3.5 FA Hours 20 Lecture Hours 40 Lab Hours 17.5 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: MED103/103-M Keyboarding. Transcription I cover the operation of digital transcription equipment and include realistic caseloads to be transcribed. These caseloads consist of chart notes, x-ray reports, procedure notes, letters, history and physicals and consultations, and the student will learn the proper format, grammar and punctuation for such reports as well as learn to utilize various resources such as medical dictionaries and drug books. This course utilizes digital audio files pre-loaded in the Express Scribe software, which is used for transcribing the assignments on a desktop computer. Covered in this course is a section on the upcoming Electronic Health Records information and data entry into the computer system. MED114 MA Externship 4.5 Quarter Credit Hours 4.5 FA Hours 160 Externship Hours 22.5 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Successful completion of all Quarters I, II, III, IV, and V courses, and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0. The student is placed in a physician s office, hospital or clinic. The student is rotated through the facility in the clerical and clinical areas for a total of 160 Hours. A representative from PSI will phone/visit the Externship site to check on the student s progress and determine that the student is receiving a variety of experiences. An evaluation is completed by the Externship facility at the end of the Externship practicum. MED116 Medical Terminology II 5 Quarter Credit Hours 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): MED 102/102-M Medical Terminology I. In this course the student continues to build the necessary medical terminology base which is essential for accurate communication both in future courses in his/her program and in the workplace. The content relates directly to word building, pathology, oncology, pharmacology, diagnostic, symptomatic and therapeutic terms and procedures of the sense organs, the musculoskeletal, nervous, endocrine, gastrointestinal, genitourinary, and female reproductive systems. Also presented are the basics of pharmacology, use of the Physicians Desk Reference, scheduled drugs, and how to write a prescription. MED118 Medical Insurance II 4 Quarter Credit Hours 4.0 FA Hours 40 Lecture Hours 20 Lab Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): MED106/106-M Medical Insurance I. Medical Insurance II is for the advanced medical insurance student, presenting coverage and requirements for different types of health insurance programs which includes the following: Medicaid, Medicare, Workers Compensation, Tricare/ChampVA, and various HMO and PPO insurance plans. Multiple sample cases are completed as practice for each type of program presented. This course also presents additional medical and diagnostic terminology, computerized insurance billing using the ICD-9-CM and CPT coding system, within the Medisoft Program. Students learn to complete detailed insurance claim forms for each of the different types of health insurance program presented. Students learn to follow-up claims and learn the importance of accurate record keeping. MED135 Anatomy and Physiology I 5 Quarter Credit Hours 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into a (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. Anatomy and Physiology I presents the study of body systems, including the structure, function and diseases of each system. Presented in Anatomy and Physiology I are chapters on Cells and Tissues, Organ Systems of the Body, Senses, Blood, the Circulatory and the Respiratory Systems. PSI will not assign a student an Externship whose academic quarterly grade point average is less than a C or 2.0. Externship must be completed within six (6) months from the date of last registered quarter. After six months, students will be required to repeat technical courses at an additional tuition charge to prepare them for Externship. Externship Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education and cannot be used in place of a staff member. PSI Academic Catalog--92

93 MED136 Anatomy and Physiology II 5 Quarter Credit Hours 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): MED135/135-M Anatomy and Physiology I. Anatomy and Physiology II presents the study of body systems, including the structure, function and diseases of each system. Presented in Anatomy and Physiology II are chapters on the musculoskeletal, nervous, endocrine, digestive, urinary, male and the female reproductive systems. Lectures, films, and anatomical models and diagrams are used to make the information more understandable. MED152 Job Readiness 2.5 Quarter Credit Hours 2.5 FA Hours 30 Lecture Hours 12.5 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: MED103/103-M Keyboarding. Job Readiness presents the fundamentals of preparing a cover letter, resume, and reference sheet. Instruction is given on how to prepare for a job using mock interview techniques. Job Readiness includes discussion on proper interview attire and practice on how to properly fill out employment forms. The student will review updated OSHA regulations along with discussion on Hepatitis B and the HIV virus. MED154 Computer Applications 4 Quarter Credit Hours 4.0 FA Hours 40 Lecture 20 Lab Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: MED103/103-M Keyboarding. Computer Applications provides an overview of microcomputer components and applications. In this course the student will be exposed to practical examples of the computer as a useful tool and become acquainted with the proper procedures to create documents, worksheets and presentations suitable for course work and professional use. Each project in the textbook presents a practical problem and complete solution in an easy-to-understand approach. Students will learn the fundamentals of Microsoft Office Word 2010, Excel 2010 and PowerPoint The student will complete projects in MS Word using various word processing functions along with inserting graphics. Students will complete a research paper in MS Word according to the specified MLA format. Students will create a worksheet and chart in Excel and learn basic and intermediate Excel functions. Using a design template, the student will be able to create and design a class presentation using Power Point MED155 Disease/Pharmacology 5.0 Quarter Credit Hours 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into a (Allied) Health Sciences program at PSI. This course includes information on (but not limited to) hundreds of human diseases and conditions, presented in an orderly, concise and easy to comprehend manner. It breaks down the mechanisms of each disease. The subject matter flows through integrated aspects important for the student to consider in the study of human disease such as; genetics, immune disorders, preventive health care, traditional and non-traditional medicines and patient teaching. This course also includes cancers with foundational information about the pathology, pathogenesis and prognostic indicators of the disease (staging and grading of tumors). A diagnostic code is assigned to each disease. ICD-9-CM and ICD-10-CM codes are included to aid in locating the appropriate diagnostic code for each of the individuals disease to aid in the billing of insurance claims. COM102 Interpersonal Communications 5 Quarter Credits 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into an A.A.S. Degree program at PSI. This course presents interpersonal communication with emphasis on one-to-one relationships and group discussions. The course includes practice in articulation of ideas, feeling, ideals and develops an understanding and appreciation of these through listening and decision-making skills. The course helps the student become a more competent communicator, understanding themselves, expressing themselves and understanding others better on the job, in the classroom, at home, and in society. ENG101 Basic English Composition 5 Quarter Credits 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 15 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into an A.A.S. Degree program at PSI. This course is designed as an introductory course to academic writing, the type of writing based on careful, deliberate reading and the clear, critical thinking demand of students throughout their college careers. PSI Academic Catalog--93

94 PSY101 Introduction to Psychology 5 Quarter Credits 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into an A.A.S. Degree program at PSI. This course will present information to help the student understand themselves and others. Psychology is relevant in almost every aspect of life as it teaches about the roots of aggression and the influence of groups on individual behavior, highly relative topics in light of recent terrorist activities. Research is discussed on stress, coping and health, which can help people to live fuller, happier personal and professional lives, regardless of their circumstances. The latest research findings are presented to stress the scientific nature of the discipline. and advanced applications which includes compound interest, annuities, business statistics, application of equations, business math in computer operations, and math in employment tests. Note General Education Courses: It is the responsibility of each student to update the Registrar each quarter on the status of the general education courses until they have been completed. SOC101 Introduction to Sociology 5 Quarter Credits 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into an A.A.S. Degree program at PSI. This course will expose the student to sociology s basic ideas, theories, research and insights. The student will learn the key methods sociologists use to test and refine their knowledge and how people everywhere develop their humanity as they learn to participate in society over the lifespan. Students will explore groups and organizations, differing cultures, deviance, sexuality, social, global and gender stratifications, race and ethnicity, family and religion, education and medicine, population, urbanization, environment and social change in both a modern environment and a postmodern society. MTH101 Basic Mathematics 5 Quarter Credits 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into an A.A.S. Degree program at PSI. This course begins with a review of operations on whole numbers, multiplying and dividing fractions, adding and subtracting fractions, decimals, ratios and proportions, percents, geometry and measure, data analysis and statistics, the real number system and an introduction to algebra. Repetitive exercises in each chapter help with the retention of information. Chapter review exercises reinforces previously presented information. Self tests finalize attainment of skills. MTH102 Business Mathematics 5 Quarter Credit Hours 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into an A.A.S. Degree program at PSI. This course presents those mathematic applications that are of utmost importance in the world of business. After a review of basic mathematics, the applications presented are: accounting, percentage, interest, basic business, corporate, PSI Academic Catalog--94

95 College of (Allied)Health Sciences General Information/Policies and Procedures Testing Guidelines/Policy and Procedure Testing Guidelines: Course tests, exams or quizzes will be announced in advance. At least one (1) to two (2 ) days notice will be given. There are no pop quizzes given. If a student is not in class the day the test is announced, he/she is required to take the test on the day it is scheduled to be given. Tests, exams and quizzes will be graded and returned to the students within one (1) week of testing. The student may review the test to see what errors were made and to keep track of his/her grades for each class. All tests are returned to the instructor, and retained by the school until six (6) weeks into the next quarter. The tests are then picked up by a document destruction company and shredded. For final exams, students are to study notes, study guides and chapter material. It is the sole responsibility of the student to prepare for final exams. All courses must be passed with a minimum of 77 percent. If the course has a lecture and lab/competency component, both parts must be passed with a minimum of 77 percent each to pass the course. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time it is offered. Competency Evaluations Tests: Competency evaluations will be given a the end of specific chapters or procedures. These are mandatory evaluations that must be passed with a minimum score of 77%. Each student will be given two (2) attempts to pass the competency evaluation. If any of the competency evaluations are not passed on the second attempt the student will automatically fail the entire course. If there are multiple competencies per course each separate competency must be passed with a 77% or better to pass the course. One failed competency and you fail the entire course. The student must arrange with the instructor within one week of a competency failure to plan a time for remediation and a time to take the makeup competency. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second attempt at the competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable. Classroom Policy for Testing Taking: To help eliminate and avoid an unacceptable behavior, the following policy is for all PSI students taking any test, quiz, exam, or lab practical in any course of the program. 1. There is assigned seating for all examinations. 2. All personal items, including books, backpacks, tape recorders, cell phones and purses are not allowed at the student desk area. They are to be stored in front or back of the classroom, away from the student s desk or at a designated area chosen by the instructor. 3. The only items allowed on the desk during testing are sharpened pencils and a calculator (if allowed by the individual class instructor). 4. The student may not get up and walk around during testing. If he/she has a question, the student must raise his/her hand and wait for the instructor to walk over to his/her desk. 5. A blank piece of paper is provided to each student to be used as a cover sheet. All answers must be covered at all times during the entire testing period. This cover sheet, along with the test, must be turned in to the instructor after completing the test. Tests and cover sheets should remain flat on the desk. 6. Once the test is started, the student is not allowed to leave the classroom. 7. After turning in the completed test to the instructor, the student may not retrieve the test for any reasons. 8. After the student completes the test, he/she should leave the classroom and return at the designated time. As a courtesy to other students who are still taking the test, please keep noise to a minimum. 9. If the test is timed, the instructor will let the student know when time has expired. The test must be turned in at that time. Any unanswered questions will be counted as wrong. 10. If a student s cell phone or other electronic device goes off, rings/ the alarm sounds/ it vibrates/makes any sound/or has any visual display or signal and is on the student or surrounding area during an exam or if the student is caught looking at his/her cell phone, or other electronic devices a 0% on that exam will be awarded. 11. Any student who chooses to disregard these rules will receive a 0% on that assignment/test. Furthermore, that student may be expelled from the program or PSI, pending the decision of the Director of Education. 12. Cheating, dishonesty, deception, or plagiarism of any type will result in immediate termination from the student s program. 13. Any student who removes a test from the classroom for any reason, will be considered cheating and will result in immediate termination from the student s program. PSI Academic Catalog--95

96 Classroom Policy for Test Review in All Courses: 1. All personal items, including books, backpacks, pencils, pens, tape recorders, cell phones and purses are not allowed at the student desk area. They are to be stored in front or back of the classroom, away from the student s desk for test reviews. 2. The instructor will answer any questions that the student may have regarding the test. If after the rationale is given, and the student continues to have questions, the student must make an appointment with the instructor, after class Hours, to discuss it further. 3. Format for reviewing the graded exams is up to each individual instructor. Students are encouraged to make an appointment with the instructor to discuss individual exam questions privately. Make-up Testing Policy and Procedure : The term test in this policy is used as a reference to exams, tests, quizzes, practical examinations and class presentations. Students are allowed to make up one (1) test in each course, with the exception of midterm and finals, with no grade penalty. The percentage grade received will be recorded in the grade book. This test must be made up on the next available makeup day or the student will receive a zero (0) grade for the test. The second missed test must be made up at the next available makeup day or the student will receive a zero (0) grade for the test. The grade on the second makeup test will be recorded no higher than a 73 percent. (Example: A student took a makeup test and received a grade of 95 percent. Because it was a second makeup test, the instructor will record the grade as 73 percent). Grades of less than 73 percent on the second makeup test will be recorded at that lower percentage. There will only be two makeup tests in each course. Students who have extenuating circumstances and need assistance regarding make-up tests will need to schedule an appointment with the Director of Education to discuss the concerns. Children are not permitted in the building during make-up testing. Students are required to take all makeup tests and quizzes, regardless of the number. Note: As a courtesy to other students taking tests or quizzes, students should exit the classroom as quietly as possible. No one will be allowed to makeup additional tests without documented proof of hospitalization of themself or a child, death of immediate family member (spouse or child) or incarceration. Test makeup days will be announced at the beginning of each quarter. An instructor/proctor will be present when each makeup test is given. Only the Director of Education may alter this policy when reasonable cause is found. Instructors cannot change makeup test days or time. There are NO makeup final exams. Final exams must be taken on the scheduled day and at the scheduled time. No exams will be given either before or after the scheduled date and time. If a student misses a scheduled final exam, a doctor s written excuse or prior approval for extenuating circumstances from the Program Director or Coordinator will be accepted as proof of the inability of the student to sit for the examination on the scheduled date. If approved, a makeup date and time will be arranged. Extenuating circumstances would be: A death in the immediate family. Defined as: Student s parents, spouse, domestic partner, child, sibling, grandparents, grandchildren, and/or the spouse s parents, children or siblings. Overnight hospitalization of a member of the immediate family, as defined above. Overnight hospitalization of a student. Vehicle Accident of the student which precipitates emergency medical care immediately prior to the start of the class Student has a mandatory court date. Documentation must be submitted prior to and after the court appearance. Student is personally incarcerated. Student arrives but is too ill to remain at the PSI. This information is to be submitted to the instructor and appropriate program director or coordinator. Two approval signatures (instructor and program director or coordinator) are required. If not approved the student will be given a zero (0) for the midterm or final exam. Appearance: Daily Classroom Expectations Appearance and Attendance As part of the learning process for all students at PSI, personal appearance is a critical part of discipline and commitment. Remember that PSI does not set the standards; the workplace sets the standards, and it is an integral part of the philosophy for training competent medical professionals. Superior Uniforms is our supplier for uniforms and other medical supplies. Representatives of Superior have a scheduled time during student orientation in which they fit, and have students order approved uniforms and/or lab jackets. Superior does not supply shoes; therefore, the student is required to purchase them. Just as with any workplace, only standard approved uniforms are acceptable in the classroom. Uniforms will be available within the first four (4) weeks of the quarter. A clean, neatly pressed shirt or blouse, pants or skirt, cropped or capri pants; closed toed leather shoes with socks and ID badge should be worn until uniforms arrive or on casual (dress down) days. Unacceptable: any items that have frayed edges or contain holes; tee shirts with obscene or inappropriate graphics, halter, crop or low cut tops, sweat pants, pajamas, or shorts, sandals, flip-flops, slippers, clogs, or any open toed shoe. Daily Classroom Expectations for Appearance Guidelines: 1. Uniforms: Clean, neatly pressed, approved uniforms, with appropriate undergarments, and lab jackets. Unacceptable: Any variations to the approved uniforms and lab jacket, coats, sweaters, jackets, any item that has frayed edges or contains holes, tee shirts with obscene or inappropriate graphics, halter, crop or low cut tops, sweat pants, pajamas, or shorts. PSI Academic Catalog--96

97 2. Footwear: Clean, plain leather closed-toed tie or slip on shoes, including socks. Unacceptable: Sandals, flip-flops, slippers, clogs, crocks, any open-toed shoe, or boots of any type. 3. Hygiene: Maintenance of appropriate personal and oral hygiene. Unacceptable: Body or dental odor. Fragrances should be kept to a minimum. 4. Hair: Neat and clean. Long hair should be pulled back off the face. Hair should not hang down in front over the eyes. Unacceptable: Glitter, spray coloring, or bright color ornamentations in the hair, baseball caps, hats, or head coverings other than for religious purposes. 5. Jewelry: Maximum two (2) small pairs of earrings (no larger than the size of a dime), one (1) ring and a watch. Unacceptable: bracelets, eye brow, tongue or nose studs or any visible body piercing or tattoos. 6. Make-up: Modest and not overdone. 7. Nails: Short-to-medium length and nail polish should be pastel or skin-tone colors. Unacceptable: Long nails of any kind, natural or sculptured. Note: Externship appearance guidelines will be given to students prior his/her first externship experience. Attendance: Part of each student s focus is to obtain employment at the end of his/her educational program. Attendance is a big part of that focus. Potential employers will be calling the school to verify daily attendance as pre-employment screening. Satisfactory Progress for attendance is attending a minimum of 85% of the course clock hours for each course registered. Daily Classroom Expectations for Attendance Guidelines % daily attendance is expected for each course in which the student is registered. Unacceptable: Not attending class for reasons other than an emergency situation. Remember there are no excused absences. The student cannot exceed 15% of the course clock hours in which the student is registered. If 15% of the registered course clock hours are exceeded, the student will become ineligible to continue in that course and receive a failing grade (F) for that specific course. 2. Arrive to class on time on the days scheduled. Unacceptable: Being late or tardy, entering the classroom after class is in session, getting up and leaving class without prior approval of the instructor, unless it s an emergency. Class time missed will be counted against the 15% satisfactory progress time. 3. Return to class within the time frame of your break or lunch period. Unacceptable: Being late or tardy, entering the classroom after class is in session. 4. Cell phones and pagers are to be turned off during class time. Unacceptable: Taking phone calls or pages in class during class time, leaving class to accept a phone call or page, and text messaging during class time. Cell phones and pagers should be turned off during class time. Note: Externship attendance guidelines will be given to students prior his/her first externship experience. Attitude/Accountability: Attitude in the workplace will make or break an employee. Each person is responsible for his/her own actions, words, judgments, etc. and therefore, will be judged by his/her fellow students, co-workers, supervisors, instructors, administrative staff or bosses. 1. Positive attitudes at all times. Always take the negative and find a way to make it a positive. Unacceptable: Aggression or arguing at any time. Sleeping during class time. Refusal to participate in the class or follow instructors /administrative directions. 2. Be professional and empathic at all times to fellow students (employees), instructors, or administrative staff. Unacceptable: Unprofessional behavior of any type, disrespect for fellow students, co-workers, instructors, supervisors, administrative staff or boss. 3. Be prepared for class, pay attention to instructors directions and lecture, and participate fully in class. Unacceptable: Disruption of the class in any form. 4. To be honest, non-judgmental, respectful, cooperative, and ethical in all things, at all times. Externship Requirements In order for a student to be qualify for placed in Externship, placement, the student: 1. Has successfully completed all didactic and lab requirements of his/her program, up to the point where an externship can be assigned. 2. Is meeting attendance and academic Satisfactory Progress requirements. 3. Has reliable transportation and is able to drive up to one hour to an externship site. The Externship education section of the curriculum includes one (1) clinical experience period during which the student is given opportunities to apply theory and technical skills in a clinical setting. The Externship clinical is a 12-week course of 160 clock hours. The student s specific schedule will vary as to the days of the week and the specific time schedule at the assigned clinical site. The student must complete 160 clock hours over the 12-week period. To ensure proper communication while the student is serving a clinical practicum, several definitions follow for those persons directly involved with the Externship education section of the program. PSI Academic Catalog--97

98 Externship /Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education. Externship Personnel Descriptions Academic Coordinator of Clinical Education (ACCE) - The person employed by the academic facility who organizes, directs, supervises, and coordinates the clinical education section of the curriculum. Academic Facility (AF) - The educational institution that provides the entry level curriculum in the professional preparation of students leading to diploma or an A.A.S. Center Coordinator of Clinical Education (CCCE) - The person employed and designated by the clinical educational facility to organize, direct, supervise, coordinate, and evaluate the activities of a students assigned to that clinical educational facility by the program. Clinical Educational Facility (CEF) - An accredited or approved health care facility that provides the student with a learning laboratory and patient contact for the development of terminal performance competencies. Clinical Instructor (CI) - The person employed by the CEF who is designated by the CCCE to supervise and evaluate the activities of the students assigned by the CCCE. Externship Personnel Roles Student: a. To report to the CEF at the assigned time, in proper attire with a name badge identifying him/her as a student. b. To abide by the rules and regulations of the CEF. c. To fulfill the duties required by the CI. d. To protect the privacy and confidentiality of the individual s medical record, and will avoid disclosure of personal identifiable medical or social information, and any professional medical judgments. e. To participate in any seminars or workshops offered by the CEFs. f. To meet with the school representative or the CI as needed. g. To participate in the evaluation of his/her mastery of the competencies. h. To evaluate the effectiveness of the externship experience at the CEF and return a copy of the evaluation to the school. i. To report to the CI if he/she becomes ill while at the CEF, who will dismiss the student or recommend medical treatment. j. To notify the CEF and the school if he/she will not be attending the CEF. k. To be courteous to the staff of the CEF and offer help if not otherwise occupied. l. To avoid clinical staff conflicts by staying neutral in any disagreements among the staff. m. To exhibit the utmost professionalism in the performance of his/her assigned duties. The ACCE screens possible CEFs to ensure high quality learning experiences for the student in a variety of settings. Externship Personnel Responsibilities The AH division current ACCE is the Director of Education who is assisted by the Education Assistant. When the term ACCE is used it refers to the DOE and the Education Assistant. ACCE: a. To select CEFs that will provide quality clinical educational experiences for the students. b. To develop and coordinate the selected CEFs with the CCCE. c. To develop, organize, direct, supervise, coordinate and evaluate the Externship activities of each individual student. d. To help develop, implement and evaluate clinical faculty development programs. CCCE: a. To identify, organize and coordinate the specific learning experiences within his/her CEF. b. To organize, direct, supervise, coordinate and evaluate the activities of the student assigned to his/her facility. c. To participate in clinical faculty development programs. d. To maintain communication with the ACCE and the assigned student during the externship. (i.e. notification of student problems and progress). Additional ACCE Responsibilities: 1. Determining the interest of possible CEFs. 2. Screening the possible CEFs through: a. A tour of the clinical facility. b. Total completion of the Clinical Center Information Form including the accreditation status of the CEF. c. Formalizing the relationship between the AF and the CEF through a written agreement. d. Setting up a system of communication through: 1) Initial sharing of information between the AEF and the CEF. 2) Philosophy of the facility. 3) Objectives of the facility. e. Informal communication on a continuous basis. f. Formal site visits by the academic faculty to the CEF during the Externship experiences. PSI Academic Catalog--98

99 Grading for Externship Grades are calculated by using the Externship Evaluation form. Each program has a list of procedures used to evaluate the student s performance on Externship. At the end of the total required Hours of Externship, the clinic or office supervisor(s) grade the student on the categories the student has completed. Each category is given a number from 0 to 4. Four being the highest grade. The numbers are then added and divided by the number of categories completed. The grading scale is as follows: A= 3.5 to 4.0 C= 2.0 to 2.99 B= 3.0 to 3.49 F= 1.99 and below PSI will not send any student on an Externship whose academic average is less than a C or 2.0 GPA. A student with a D average is not adequately prepared to enter the professional world. The student must repeat course(s) at an additional cost to raise the deficient grade/grades. AH Advisory Committee Members Hazel Hart Barb Healy Julie Gaylord Shelly Speck Anisa Wraggs Patricia Finch Mary Wells Meg Urbaniak Julie Young Sue Burton AAS, Medical Assistant NWO Urgent Care Maumee, Ohio Office Manager Nephrology Consultants of NW Ohio Practice Manager West Toledo Internal Medicine Associates Office Manager Dr. Smith, Szabo, & Valade MIS- Medical Records, Office Support PSI Graduate Nephrology Consultants of NW Ohio Registered Nurse President/Founder of PSI AAS, RMA, CMA, CPT Director of Education RN, BEd, CAHI Advisory Chairman BS, AAB, CMBS, MCOS AH Clinical Instructor Assistant to DOE/Registrar Revised PSI Academic Catalog--99

100 PSI Academic Catalog--100

101 School of Physical Therapist Assisting Associate of Applied Science Program: PTA -- Physical Therapist Assistant PSI Academic Catalog--101

102 PSI Academic Catalog--102

103 School of Physical Therapist Assisting STUDENT INFORMATION Admission Requirements Revised The Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA) program is taught in the State of Ohio. The licensing requirements and statutes affecting the practice of physical therapy in the State of Ohio will be the guiding philosophy for all PTA curriculum regardless of the state of residency of the student. The PTA program is completely residential in nature and no component is done through distance learning. PSI is on a 12-week quarter system with a one (1) week break between quarters. Enrollment into the PTA program is offered in April and October of each year. The academic calendars are found as Appendix A to this catalog. The Program Cost Sheet and the Gainful Employment Program Disclosure Acknowledgment form are given to each candidate as an insert to this Catalog by an Admissions Representative during the first meeting. PSI s Academic Catalog is available electronically on the website at The catalog is included with the program information, under the program tab, for review prior to applying for admission and/or signing an enrollment agreement. To qualify for the Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA) Program at PSI, the applicant must: 1. Be at least 18 years of age and submit a state issued ID for proof of identity. A PSI employee will copy ID, sign and date the copy for verification. 2. Complete and sign PSI s Application for admission. 3. Submit one (1) of the following: 1. An official U.S. high school transcript. 2. An official U.S. GED equivalent transcript. 3. An official U. S. translated foreign transcript. The completed translated official foreign transcript must be equivalent to a U.S. high school diploma. Note: (The required, applicable transcript is used for calculation of points for admission selection. High school transcripts from other countries are acceptable, as long as the diploma is equivalent to a U.S. high school diploma. To assure compliance all applicants with foreign transcript must have the transcript reviewed by a U.S. credential evaluation service. 4. Review and sign PTA Criminal Background Check Acknowledgment, Waiver, and Release. 5. Submit a payment to PSI in the amount of $45 for the HOBET V Test, using a money order, debit or credit card to confirm a testing date. (To learn more about the HOBET test go to 6. Part 1- Testing: There are four (4) components of the HOBET V computerized admission exam. The four (4) components are Reading, Mathematics, Science and English. A passing score of 50% is needed in the Adjusted Individual Total Score. If not successful on the first attempt, the applicant may choose to re-take the entire HOBET V at an additional $45 test fee to achieve the minimum Adjusted Individual Total Score of 50%. A score will be assigned to each of the four (4) individual components of the HOBET V Test on the PTA Candidate Summary Qualification Form. The scores on the Hobet V entrance exam will remain in effect for two (2) years. Accepted candidates who defer their start date and have their entrance test date expire at two (2) years will not have to re-test if the version of the exam that was originally passed is the same version currently being utilized by Admissions. If a new version is being used, the candidate must pass that version to update his/her file. There will be no testing fee assessed for the first attempt at the new exam. If the initial testing attempt is not successful, any subsequent attempts will require a testing fee be paid. Candidates will be tested until the established testing date has expired, usually two (2) weeks prior to the beginning of the next quarter or until seats are filled, which ever comes first. If a candidate does not pass the HOBET V on the first attempt, he/she has the option of taking the entire test again. If the candidate does not pass the test the second time he/she has the option of beginning the process from Phase II, again during the next enrollment process. 7. Part 2- Observation Hours: Complete 60 hours of observation in a Physical Therapy Clinic or department under the supervision of a licensed PT or PTA which must be obtained from a minimum of two (2) different clinical sites, and a minimum of 15 hours at any site. Observation hours cannot be accomplished in a highly specialized clinic, e.g. pediatric or MRDD (Mentally Retarded Developmentally Delayed). PTA Observation Verification Forms will be given to the candidate by an Admissions Representative after the successful passage of the HOBET V exam. Candidate must submit the completed PSI Observation Verification Form with the business card of the signing Physical Therapist/ Physical Therapist Assistant (PT/PTA) attached. A positive recommendation from the supervising or signing PT/PTA must be received. PSI Academic Catalog--103

104 Work experience within the field of physical therapy may be considered in lieu of 45 observation hours as long as there is an accompanying positive recommendation letter from the supervising or signing PT/PTA. The remaining 15 observation hours must be done at a different site. A positive recommendation from the supervising or signing PT/PTA at the second site must be received. (A score will be assigned to the two (2) observation experiences or the two (2) with the highest number of hours and will be used in the calculation of points for admission selection.) 8. Part 3--Written Essay: Complete a written essay based on completed PTA observation experience. 9. Submit payment of $25 Application Fee. (Refundable, only if candidate is not accepted in Phase III of the Admission Process.) Payment of application fee must be in the form of a check or money order made out to PSI or the fee paid with a debit or credit card. 10. Review and sign the Gainful Employment Program Disclosure Acknowledgment Form. 11. Complete the PSI Admission Acknowledgment Form. 12. If applicable, submit an official college transcript showing proof of successful completion of approved college courses of at least 3 semester credit hours, with a letter grade of C or above and taken within the last 10 years. (This transcript is used for review of transfer credit eligibility and for calculation of points by the PTA Program Director.) Candidate must have a minimum of nine (9) semester credits or 15 quarter credits before college GPA can be used for calculation of points for the Admissions Selection Committee. The PTA Program Director may elect to schedule a professional interview with any candidate to gather more information or to have additional questions answered. 13. Receive a minimum score of 64 points on the PTA Candidate Summary Qualification Form. 14. Be accepted as a candidate into the program. 15. Meet with a Financial Aid (FA) Representative to discuss loan and grant eligibility and repayment obligations. 16. Meet with the Student Accounts Officer to discuss cost and payment for the program. 17. Attend mandatory financial aid and education orientation to: review and sign an Enrollment Agreement. receive a hardcopy of the Academic Catalog. receive the appropriate Student Handbook. review and sign the State of Ohio Disclosure Form. finalize all education and financial aid documentation. review education policy and procedures with a program instructor as a group. review program class schedule and register for classes. *As mature and responsible social behaviors are the fundamental basis for any professional atmosphere, be it academic or employment related, Professional Skills Institute strives to accept only students who exhibit the utmost respect and courtesy for others. Even from the candidate s initial contact with the School, the School will begin its evaluation to appraise the candidate s behavior as responsible and appropriate. If any conduct is demonstrated that is inappropriate for the professional and academic environment, or lacking common respect and courtesy for others, the admission may be denied. Professional Skills Institute reserves the right to use any and all information gathered, printed or otherwise, during the admission process to appropriately determine a candidate s suitability for enrollment. If behaviors or a past pattern of behaviors are revealed during this assessment, that are immoral, unlawful or unbecoming of a student of Professional Skills Institute, the admission may be denied. Phase I: Information Application Process Contact the Admissions Office to schedule an appointment to discuss the PTA program or an Admissions Representative. Tony Dickens [email protected] or Andrea Cluckey [email protected] Submit a payment to PSI in the amount of $45 for the HOBET V Test, using a money order, debit or credit card to confirm a testing date. (To learn more about the HOBET test go to Phase II: Candidate Pre-Admission 1. Complete, sign and submit the PSI Application. 2. Provide a valid government issued photo ID or driver s license. 3. Provide proof of U.S. high school transcript, or U.S. GED equivalent, or U.S. translated foreign transcript equivalent high school diploma. 4. Review, sign and submit PTA Criminal Background Check Acknowledgment, Waiver, and Release. 5. Successfully complete the HOBET V entrance exam with a minimum of 50% in the Adjusted Individual Total Score. If a candidate does not pass the HOBET V on the first attempt, he/she has the option of taking the entire test again. If the candidate does not pass the test the second time he/she has the option of beginning the process from Phase II, again during the next enrollment process. 6. Complete and submit proof of 60 hours of observation in a Physical Therapy Clinic or department under the supervision of a licensed PT or PTA which must be obtained from a minimum of two (2) different clinical sites, and a minimum of 15 hrs. at any site. Candidate must submit the completed PSI Observation Verification Form with the business card of the signing PT/PTA attached. A positive recommendation from the supervising or signing PT/PTA must be received. 7. Complete the written essay requirement. 8. Review and sign the Gainful Employment Program Disclosure Acknowledgment Form. 9. Review and sign Admission Acknowledgment Form. 10. Submit payment of the $25 Application Fee. PSI Academic Catalog--104

105 11. If applicable, submit an official college transcript(s) for transfer credit review and calculation of points in admission selection. An Admissions Representative will submit the candidate s file to the Admissions Selection Committee upon completion. Phase III: Acceptance Process Candidates who wish to be considered for a particular enrollment date should see that all admissions requirements are met as soon as possible. Seating is limited. A seat in a particular enrollment period is not guaranteed until the candidate attends the mandatory orientation and signs an enrollment agreement. For more information regarding seat availability contact an Admissions Representative. The Admissions Selection Committee will not accept incomplete files for review. The Admissions Selection Committee meets on a bi-weekly basis. Each candidate will have his/her application reviewed by the Admissions Selection Committee using the following criteria: a. Completed and signed Application. b. Copy of valid government issued photo ID or driver s license. c. Submitted official U.S. high school transcript, or U.S. GED equivalent, or U.S. translated foreign transcript equivalent high school diploma. d. If applicable, Official College Transcript(s). e. Signed PTA Clinical Background Check Acknowledgment, Waiver, and Release. f. Signed Gainful Employment Program Disclosure Acknowledgment Form. g. Signed Admissions Acknowledgment Form. h. Proof of completed 60 hours of observation, or a letter from PT/PTA supervisor in lieu of 45 hours of observation and 15 hours of documented observation from another clinical setting and completed verification form. i. Verification of successful completion of all testing, and written requirements. j. Verification of paid $25 Application Fee. k. Verification of scoring 64 on PTA Candidate Summary Qualification Form submitted by the PTA Program Director. The Admissions Selection Committee may be comprised of, but not limited to, any of the following four (4) people: the Director of Education, the PTA Program Director, a PTA faculty member or a member of the Advisory Board. Phase IV: Accepted Candidates 1. Candidates will be notified by an Admissions Representative of acceptance. Acceptance does not guarantee a seat in a particular enrollment period. The Admissions Representative will schedule the first appointment for the candidate with a Financial Aid Representative and the Student Accounts Officer. Prior to the appointments, the student must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) online to be prepared for the appointments. A link to this form is found at under the Financial Aid tab. The completion of this form is required for all students. 2. Meet with a Financial Aid Representative to discuss loan and grant eligibility and repayment obligations and to review a FA Award Letter. 3. Meet with the Student Accounts Officer to discuss cost and payment for the program. 4. If needed, meet with an Admissions Representative to have additional questions answered. Phase V: Orientation 1. Accepted candidates that have successfully completed all the steps in the admissions process will be notified by an Admissions Representative that a seat is available for a particular enrollment period with ten (10) alternate seats. If an accepted candidate declines or is unable to fill a seat, the first person on the alternate list will be contacted to fill the position. If an accepted candidate or alternate candidate declines a position twice, they will not be allowed to apply for admission for three (3) years. 2. Attend the mandatory enrollment orientation to complete the admission process. The orientation will include the following parts to finalize enrollment. Part 1, Admissions will: review and have student sign an Enrollment Agreement. review and sign the State of Ohio Disclosure Form. issue a hardcopy of the Academic Catalog. issue the appropriate Student Handbook. have the students view drug video. instruct the students on uniform fitting time. have student ID picture taken. Part 2, Financial Aid will: review of loan requirements. review of recalculation policy. review of general FA rules. share helpful FA websites. Part 3, Education will: review PSI s mission statement and positive focus. review program goals and objectives. review the student positive focus notebook. review the Student Handbook. obtain an updated schedule, if applicable. register for first quarter. complete additional program paperwork. discuss and schedule proficiency exam with registrar. Probationary Admission Due to the difficulty and length of the PTA program probationary admission is not offered. PSI Academic Catalog--105

106 PSI Academic Catalog--106

107 PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT CURRICULUM Associate of Applied Science Degree Program (Revised ) The Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA) program is a two (2) year associate degree program and has full accreditation approval from CAPTE until December 31, The program is divided into eight (8) 12-week quarters for a total of 24 months/96 weeks. Enrollment into the PTA program is available two (2) times per year, April and October. The April start date is an evening schedule of Monday through Friday 5-10 p.m. The October start date schedule is Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Clinical Practicum time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day depending the availability of the clinical site. The total credits required to complete this program is 109. Upon successful completion of the PTA program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduate will receive an Associate of Applied Science Degree (AAS) and will be eligible to sit for the appropriate state licensure or approval examination for Physical Therapist Assistants. Associate of Applied Science (AAS) transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. To practice physical therapist assisting in the State of Ohio, graduates of PSI s PTA program must successfully complete the NPTE: PTA licensing examination owned by the Federation of State Boards of Physical Therapy. The license is issued by Ohio Occupational Therapy, Physical Therapy and Athletic Trainers Board. The graduate will then be qualified to practice as a Licensed Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA). The PTA may be eligible to work in other states, but before relocating must communicate with that state for its regulations on practice and licensure. Ohio licensure does not guarantee licensure in other states. The school will assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting salary. O*Net: Occupational Information Network is established by the Department of Labor to assist students with information regarding their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the PTA program is Students should use the following web address to access this information from the Department of Labor. Curriculum Requirements Quarter Clock Hours Credit Hours BIO101 Medical Terminology BIO102 Anatomy & Physiology I BIO103 Anatomy & Physiology II BIO306 Fundamentals of Disease BIO307 Growth & Development PTA101 Introduction to Physical Therapy PTA102 Rehabilitation Therapy I PTA203 PTA Techniques PTA204 Musculoskeletal I PTA305 Musculoskeletal II PTA306-A Clinical Practicum I-A PTA306-B Clinical Practicum I-B PTA307 Administrative Procedures PTA408 Rehabilitation Therapy II PTA409 Special Topics PTA410-A Clinical Practicum II-A PTA410-B Clinical Practicum II-B PTA411 PTA Seminar General Education: ENG101 English Composition PSY101 Introduction to Psychology SOC101 Introduction to Sociology KIN101 Kinesiology I KIN201 Kinesiology II Total Transfer credit may be given from other accredited colleges, if the course content meets PSI s curriculum requirements. The student will need to submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Director of Education. Note: PSI reserves the right to add, change, or delete classes, and/or other graduation requirements for any program based upon newly adopted requirements of our accrediting bodies, and/or ever-changing trends or requirements within a chosen profession. Clinical Practicum Note: Students do not receive remuneration for the clinical experience, as this is a part of their educational experience. The student cannot be used in place of a staff member at any clinical site. CPR certification must be earned prior to the end of Quarter V and be maintained until the end of Quarter VIII to be eligible for clinical practicum assignment. PSI Academic Catalog--107

108 PSI Academic Catalog--108

109 Physical Therapist Assistant Curriculum Sequence (Revised ) The curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program. This allows the student to experience an ever-increasing degree of expected demonstrable competencies. Freshman Quarter Possible Quarter Credits BIO101 Medical Terminology 3.0 BIO102 Anatomy & Physiology I 6.0 PTA101 Introduction to Physical Therapy 4.0 ENG101 English Composition 5.0 Freshman Quarter Possible Quarter Credits BIO102 Anatomy & Physiology II 6.0 PTA102 Rehabilitation Therapy I 6.0 PSY101 Introduction to Psychology 5.0 Sophomore Quarter Possible Quarter Credits BIO306 Fundamentals of Disease 4.0 BIO307 Growth and Development 4.0 KIN101 Kinesiology I 4.0 SOC101 Introduction to Sociology 5.0 Sophomore Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PTA204 Musculoskeletal I 6.0 KIN201 Kinesiology II 4.0 Junior Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PTA203 PTA Techniques 6.0 PTA305 Musculoskeletal II 5.0 Junior Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PTA306-A Clinical Practicum I-A 4.0 PTA306-B Clinical Practicum I-B 4.0 PTA307 Administrative Procedures 4.0 Senior Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PTA408 Rehabilitation II 6.0 PTA409 Special Topics 6.0 Senior Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PTA410-A Clinical Practicum II-A 5.0 PTA410-B Clinical Practicum II-B 5.0 PTA411 PTA Seminar 2.0 Total 109 Quarter Credits Hours All courses must be passed with a minimum of 80 percent. If the course has a lecture and competency component, both parts must be passed with a minimum of 80 percent each to pass the course. Note: The sequence of the General Education courses will remain as published. The day of the week and time for each course may vary from quarter to quarter. The Registrar will update the students regarding the schedule prior to registration for the specific quarter. PSI Academic Catalog--109

110 PTA Program Mission Statement and Philosophy Career education for a lifetime of success. PSI s mission is to educate the student to be able to demonstrate behavioral objectives that are consistent with the role of the physical therapist assistant who provides interventions determined by and performed under the direction and supervision of the physical therapist. PSI s emphasis is on educational preparation of the student to prepare him/her to understand and implement the interventions that are delegated to the physical therapist assistant by the physical therapist, and not to develop a treatment program. PSI believes that the program must be inherently beneficial to the educational needs of a diverse PTA student population. This includes offering foundational general education classes integrated with more advanced classes of basic and clinical sciences, physical therapy arts and sciences and health services administration. This also includes the right to try philosophy within the PTA program. If a prospective candidate meets all the admission criteria, that student must be offered the opportunity to be admitted into the PTA program and to attempt the curriculum. The marketing slogan of Career education for a lifetime of success signifies that the Institution with its professional core of Faculty will assist the student in achieving his/her goal of a skilled physical therapist assistant but that the student must demonstrate dedication, commitment, motivation and perseverance in order to succeed at the opportunity given to become a PTA. By working together, the student and the Institution /Faculty will achieve the goal of a highly marketable physical therapist assistant who is employable nationwide but who could aspire to other career dreams too. The opportunity to try and the right to try at the opportunity for a lifetime of success are the guiding philosophies of the program. The Institution, the Professional Advisory Board, the PTA Program Director, the ACCE, the Faculty and the many clinical facilities who support and /or are involved with the PTA program, believe that each student has a right to try the program, provided all admissions criteria are met and be guided through the program by them, while experiencing an ever increasing degree of expected, demonstrable competencies in the sequentially planned curriculum. The stated philosophies are in keeping with PSI s mission of educating the PTA student to demonstrate objectives that are consistent with the role of a physical therapist assistant who provides interventions determined by and performed under the direction and supervision of the physical therapist. PSI Academic Catalog--110

111 Standards of Ethical Conduct for the APTA Physical Therapist Assistant American Physical Therapy Association HOD S [Amended HOD S ; HOD ; Initial HOD ] [Standard] (EFFECTIVE JULY 1, For more information, go to Preamble The Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant (Standards of Ethical Conduct) delineate the ethical obligations of all physical therapist assistants as determined by the House of Delegates of the American Physical Therapy Association (APTA). The Standards of Ethical Conduct provide a foundation for conduct to which all physical therapist assistants shall adhere. Fundamental to the Standards of Ethical Conduct is the special obligation of physical therapist assistants to enable patients/clients to achieve greater independence, health and wellness, and enhanced quality of life. No document that delineates ethical standards can address every situation. Physical therapist assistants are encouraged to seek additional advice or consultation in instances where the guidance of the Standards of Ethical Conduct may not be definitive. Standards: Standard #1: Physical therapist assistants shall respect the inherent dignity, and rights, of all individuals. 3B. Physical therapist assistants shall be guided by information about best practice regarding physical therapy interventions. 1A. Physical therapist assistants shall act in a respectful manner toward each person regardless of age, gender, race, nationality, religion, ethnicity, social or economic status, sexual orientation, health condition, or disability. 1B. Physical therapist assistants shall recognize their personal biases and shall not discriminate against others in the provision of physical therapy services. Standard #2: Physical therapist assistants shall be trustworthy and compassionate in addressing the rights and needs of patients/clients. 3C. Physical therapist assistants shall make decisions based upon their level of competence and consistent with patient/client values. 3D. Physical therapist assistants shall not engage in conflicts of interest that interfere with making sound decisions. 3E. Physical therapist assistants shall provide physical therapy services under the direction and supervision of a physical therapist and shall communicate with the physical therapist when patient/client status requires modifications to the established plan of care. 2A. Physical therapist assistants shall act in the best interests of patients/clients over the interests of the physical therapist assistant. 2B. Physical therapist assistants shall provide physical therapy interventions with compassionate and caring behaviors that incorporate the individual and cultural differences of patients/clients. 2C. Physical therapist assistants shall provide patients/clients with information regarding the interventions they provide. 2D. Physical therapist assistants shall protect confidential patient/client information and, in collaboration with the physical therapist, may disclose confidential information to appropriate authorities only when allowed or as required by law. Standard #3: Physical therapist assistants shall make sound decisions in collaboration with the physical therapist and within the boundaries established by laws and regulations. 3A. Physical therapist assistants shall make objective decisions in the patient s/client s best interest in all practice settings. Standard #4: Physical therapist assistants shall demonstrate integrity in their relationships with patients/clients, families, colleagues, students, other healthcare providers, employers, payers, and the public. 4A. Physical therapist assistants shall provide truthful, accurate, and relevant information and shall not make misleading representations. 4B. Physical therapist assistants shall not exploit persons over whom they have supervisory, evaluative or other authority (eg, patients/clients, students, supervisees, research participants, or employees). 4C. Physical therapist assistants shall discourage misconduct by health care professionals and report illegal or unethical acts to the relevant authority, when appropriate. 4D. Physical therapist assistants shall report suspected cases of abuse involving children or vulnerable adults to the supervising physical therapist and the appropriate authority, subject to law. 4E. Physical therapist assistants shall not engage in any sexual relationship with any of their patients/clients, supervisees, or students. PSI Academic Catalog--111

112 4F. Physical therapist assistants shall not harass anyone verbally, physically, emotionally, or sexually. Standard #5: Physical therapist assistants shall fulfill their legal and ethical obligations. 5A. Physical therapist assistants shall comply with applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations. 5B. Physical therapist assistants shall support the supervisory role of the physical therapist to ensure quality care and promote patient/client safety. 5C. Physical therapist assistants involved in research shall abide by accepted standards governing protection of research participants. 5D. Physical therapist assistants shall encourage colleagues with physical, psychological, or substance-related impairments that may adversely impact their professional responsibilities to seek assistance or counsel. 5E. Physical therapist assistants who have knowledge that a colleague is unable to perform their professional responsibilities with reasonable skill and safety shall report this information to the appropriate authority. Standard #6: Physical therapist assistants shall enhance their competence through the lifelong acquisition and refinement of knowledge, skills, and abilities. 7D. Physical therapist assistants shall ensure that documentation for their interventions accurately reflects the nature and extent of the services provided. 7E. Physical therapist assistants shall refrain from employment arrangements, or other arrangements, that prevent physical therapist assistants from fulfilling ethical obligations to patients/clients. Standard #8: Physical therapist assistants shall participate in efforts to meet the health needs of people locally, nationally, or globally. 8A. Physical therapist assistants shall support organizations that meet the health needs of people who are economically disadvantaged, uninsured, and under-insured. 8B. Physical therapist assistants shall advocate for people with impairments, activity limitations, participation restrictions, and disabilities in order to promote their participation in community and society. 8C. Physical therapist assistants shall be responsible stewards of health care resources by collaborating with physical therapists in order to avoid overutilization or underutilization of physical therapy services. 8D. Physical therapist assistants shall educate members of the public about the benefits of physical therapy. 6A. Physical therapist assistants shall achieve and maintain clinical competence. 6B. Physical therapist assistants shall engage in lifelong learning consistent with changes in their roles and responsibilities and advances in the practice of physical therapy. 6C. Physical therapist assistants shall support practice environments that support career development and lifelong learning. Standard #7: Physical therapist assistants shall support organizational behaviors and business practices that benefit patients/clients and society. 7A. Physical therapist assistants shall promote work environments that support ethical and accountable decision-making. 7B. Physical therapist assistants shall not accept gifts or other considerations that influence or give an appearance of influencing their decisions. 7C. Physical therapist assistants shall fully disclose any financial interest they have in products or services that they recommend to patients/clients. PSI Academic Catalog--112

113 Goals, Objectives and Outcomes of the PTA Curriculum Upon graduation, students from the PTA program will possess and demonstrate capabilities that are a result of the process of becoming a physical therapist assistant. Graduates of the PTA program will be able to: 1. Adhere to the guidelines of the Standards of Ethical Conduct for the PTA of the American Physical Therapy Association (APTA) and practice within the restrictions set by the state regulatory agencies, demonstrating professionalism. 2. Adhere to codes regarding dress, personal hygiene and conduct, which are established for the PTA s protection and health of the patient and other coworkers, thus demonstrating respect for the profession and work-setting. 3. Demonstrate adaptability and cultural respect in associations with patients, colleagues, and other professionals in the community who reflect a diversity of life styles; applying guidelines and philosophies learned in all courses and thereby demonstrating strong interpersonal skills 4. Direct professional and work-situation communications through appropriate channels, thereby exercising strong communication skills, both verbal and written. 5. Make an effective transition of learned experiences and information from the program to the worksetting, demonstrating commitment to learning and responsibility. 6. Practice sound physical therapy services as specified in the plan of care prescribed by the PT, demonstrating critical thinking skills, problem solving skills and commitment to learning. 7. Perform the stated procedures following the principles and guidelines learned: a. Therapeutic exercise. b. Gait training. c. Functional training techniques. d. Administration of therapeutic heat and cold. e. Administration of ultrasound. f. Administration of therapeutic electric currents. g. Application of traction, static and intermittent for cervical, thoracic, lumbar and sacral spines. h. Performance of intermittent venous compression. i. Administration of pulmonary hygiene techniques. j. Application of external bandages, dressings and supports. k. Performance of goniometric measurements in measuring range of motion. l. Therapeutic massage as a segment of rehabilitative treatment. m. Manual muscle techniques using acceptable standards in measuring strength. n. Neuromuscular re-education techniques. 8. Use critical thinking skills in any clinical situation to determine whether the situation should be referred to the supervising PT, or whether the prescribed procedure should be completed. 9. Display a consistent primary concern and awareness for the well-being of patients and co-workers demonstrating compassion and caring 10. Use critical thinking, problem solving and evidencebased judgment in the protection of the patient, coworkers, and themselves, in the usage of any equipment in performance of the job, adhering to appropriate safety regulations and procedures while doing so. Professional Development Aspirations Graduates of the PTA program will be able to demonstrate the following professional development aspirations, should he/she wish to do so: 1. Participate in professional and educational experiences offered through the APTA and other allied professional groups. 2. Involve him/herself in any legislative action that involves physical therapy and in which the graduate has appropriate interest and knowledge. 3. Participate in continuing education courses, workshops and seminars to keep updated in the profession. 4. Advance the level of professional achievement to a higher degree or a broader degree, if desired. PSI s mechanisms to communicate PTA goals and outcomes to stakeholders. These expected student outcomes are published and provided to the students: 1. Published in the Admissions Handbook which is provided to every prospective student who enquires about the PTA program. 2. Published in the Academic Catalog which the student receives prior to signing the enrollment agreement. 3. Published in the PTA Student Handbook. 4. Published on PSI s website under PTA Program at These expected student outcomes are published and provided to the current faculty, clinical faculty and professional advisory board members via the Academic Catalog and PSI s website. Potential employers and the community at large can find the expected student outcomes published on PSI s website at PSI Academic Catalog--113

114 PTA Generic Abilities Ten (10) generic abilities were identified through a study conducted at UW-Madison in The ten abilities and definitions developed are listed. These abilities will be used to assess professional behavior while attending PSI and to teach self assessment skills. Commitment to Learning---The ability to self-assess, selfcorrect, and self direct; to identify needs and sources of learning; and to continually seek new knowledge and understanding. Interpersonal Skills---The ability to interact effectively with patients, families, colleagues, other health care professionals, and the community, and to deal effectively with cultural and ethnic diversity issues. Communication Skills---The ability to communicate effectively (i.e., speaking, body language, reading, writing, listening) for varied audiences and purposes. Professionalism--- The ability to exhibit appropriate professional conduct and to represent the profession effectively. Responsibility---The ability to fulfill commitments and to be accountable for actions and outcomes. Critical Thinking--- The ability to question logically; to identify, generate, and evaluate elements of logical argument; to recognize and differentiate facts, illusions, assumptions, and hidden assumptions; and to distinguish the relevant from the irrelevant. Stress Management--- The ability to identify sources of stress and to develop effective coping behavior. Problem-Solving---The ability to recognize and define problems, analyze data, develop and implement solutions, and evaluate outcomes. Effective Use of Time and Resources--- The ability to obtain the maximum benefit from a minimum investment of time and resources. Use of Constructive Feedback---The ability to identify sources of and seek out feedback and to effectively use and provide feedback for improving personal interaction. Essential Job Functions of the student: Students must be able to perform all essential job functions to enter a clinical practicum. 1. Attends a minimum of 85 percent of all scheduled clock hours in each course, consistently, reliably, and in a timely manner. 2. Learns vast amounts of new information and demonstrates that learning through satisfactory performance on written, oral and practical examinations. 3. Instructs/motivates patients, families and others in physical therapy interventions using multiple methods/ modalities, including demonstration, to optimize carry over. 4. Operates all physical therapy equipment, which is taught in the program, and correctly apply it to peers and patients. 5. Observes peers and patients from all distances to detect movement dysfunctions/disorders and responses to treatment. 6. Communicates effectively with all members of the health care team, especially with the evaluating physical therapist, regarding patient status and progress, including documentation of treatment sessions. 7. Performs appropriate tests and measures which will help the physical therapist to quantify the nature/severity of movement dysfunction or show progress toward achieving treatment goals. 8. Physically assists peers/patients in physical therapy treatment interventions, i.e. exercises, transfers, gait training and functional activities/daily living activities. 9. Works under the direction of and as assistant to a physical therapist. 10. Appropriately adapts/adjusts treatment established by the evaluating physical therapist according to the patient needs/responses in order to optimize achievement of treatment goals. 11. Trains others in the fitting and adjusting of all types of supportive/adaptive equipment, i.e. ambulation aids, braces, orthotic and prosthetic devices, wheelchairs, etc. 12. Performs clerical duties such as filing, billing and inventory. 13. Monitors treatments administered by physical therapy aides. 14. Behaves in a professional manner at all times, as defined by the PTA program and the physical therapy profession. 15. Complies with the Standards of Ethical Conduct for the PTA and Standards of Practice of the American Physical Therapy Association. Physical Demands of the student Physical Therapist Assistant: The items in parentheses indicate the demands of the professional PTA where they potentially differ from those of the student PTA. 1. Sitting: constant (occasional) 2. Standing: occasional (frequent) 3. Walking: frequent (constant) 4. Climbing stairs: occasional 5. Balancing: not present 6. Stooping: frequent 7. Kneeling: frequent 8. Crouching: frequent 9. Crawling: occasional 10. Twisting : frequent 11. Reaching overhead: frequent 12. Handling: frequent 13. Fingering: frequent 14. Feeling: frequent 15. Talking: frequent 16. Hearing: constant (frequent) 17. Tasting/smelling: (not present) PSI Academic Catalog--114

115 18. Near acuity (<20"): frequent 19. Far acuity (>20'): occasional (not present) (i.e. to see audio visual) 20. Depth perception: (not present) 21. Accommodation: frequent (i.e. focal length change) 22. Color vision: occasional 23. Field of vision: occasional (.e. peripheral vision) Amount of Weights. (lbs) 24. Lifting: frequent 25. Pulling 250 lbs.: frequent 26. Carrying lbs.: frequent 27. Pushing 280 lbs: frequent Strength: The DOT (Dictionary of Occupational Titles) places this job at the MEDIUM Physical Demand Level. The characteristics which define this level of work include the ability to exert forces up to 50 pounds on an occasional basis, up to 25 pounds frequently and up to 10 pounds on a constant basis in the course of an average 8-hour workday. Occasional: 0-33% of work day, 1 lift/30 minutes, or Hours total duration Frequent: 34-66% of work day, 1 lift/2 minutes, or 3-5 Hours total duration Constant: % of work day, 1 lift/15 seconds, or 5-8 Hours total duration Environmental Exposures: A. Extreme cold: occasional (not present) B. Extreme heat: occasional (not present) C. Wet and/or humid: occasional (not present) D. Noise intensity: moderate E. Moving mechanical parts: occasional (not present) F. Electrical shock hazard: occasional (not present) G. Exposure to radiation: occasional (not present) H. Exposure to infectious agents: (occasional) For further descriptors of the current job requirements for the professional physical therapist assistant, including the areas of general educational development, aptitudes and temperaments, please refer to the DOT job description and/or sample employer job descriptions. PSI Academic Catalog--115

116 PSI Academic Catalog--116

117 Physical Therapist Assistant Program Course Description (Revised ) * Please refer to page 31 for definition of ABHES additional outside clock hours and Title IV (FA) out-of-class prep hours calculations. BIO101 Medical Terminology 3 Quarter Credit Hours 3.0 FA Hours 36 Lecture Hours 15.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PTA program. This course presents the basic medical concepts, terms and structures concentrating on building a basic foundation and frame-work of the language of medicine. Through memorization and practice in spelling and pronunciation of medical root words and the prefixes and suffixes presented, the student will be able to analyze numerous medical and physical therapy terms. The student will have a solid base on which to build a larger vocabulary, spell medical and physical therapy terms correctly, recognize these terms in dictation and understand the context in which that word will be applied and enjoy working with a health-related field due to good comprehension of medical terminology used. PTA101 Introduction to Physical Therapy 4 Quarter Credit Hours 4.0 FA Hours 48 Lecture Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PTA program. This course will utilize lecture, instructor guided discussion and activities as instruction methods to present the student with an introductory, but detailed description of the profession and practice of physical therapy, from its early development to the present day complexities of our professional organization. As the initial socialization of the PTA student into the profession, it is intended to familiarize the student with the history, development and organization of the profession, to instill an appreciation for the diversity of the profession and the role of the Physical Therapist Assistant. The emphasis will be on the role of the PTA, on the state practice act, scope of practice for the PTA and on the PT/PTA team concept on the APTA, the professional organization. The course will provide the PTA student with an introduction to the various types of PT practice areas and settings. In addition, PT documentation, usage of a medical library and reading of professional literature/research will be covered. This will help to prepare the PTA student for his/her role as a student clinician and for optimal understanding of the nature of Physical Therapy. Student participation in all class activities is essential for the success in this course. BIO102 Anatomy and Physiology I 6 Quarter Credit Hours 6.0 FA Hours 72 Lecture Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PTA program. This course presents the study of the structure and function of the systems of the human body. Focus is on different types of cells, tissues, organs and systems. The musculoskeletal system is studied in great detail, emphasizing origins, insertions, bony landmarks, interventions and actions of the muscles. Study will be through the instructional media of reading, explanation, demonstration of bones and muscles, analysis of motion, model exploration, palpation and planned redundancy. This course presents a gross anatomy covering bones, bony landmarks and muscles of the gluteal region, thigh, lower leg, foot, trunk, and neck. ENG101 Basic English Composition 5 Quarter Credits 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into an A.A.S. Degree program at PSI. This course is designed as an introductory course to academic writing, the type of writing based on careful, deliberate reading and the clear, critical thinking demand of students throughout their college careers. BIO 103 Anatomy & Physiology II 6 Quarter Credit Hours 6.0 FA Hours 72 Lecture Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarter 1; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; concurrently enrolled in KIN101 Kinesiology I. This course presents the study of the musculoskeletal system by completing the final 2 gross anatomy modules of the scapula, upper arm, elbow, forearm, wrist and hand. Other body systems studied include the structure and function of the human nervous system, cardiovascular, and respiratory systems. Included in the course is a specialized section on basic Applied Neuroanatomy. Analysis, through a critical thinking term project, is done to facilitate a better understand how the body systems work together to create function or dysfunction. Lectures, modules, videos, anatomical models and instructor guided class discussion will be included to make the class more understandable. Palpation modules along with torso anatomy and anatomical model exploration are used to illustrate posture, movement, normal position and normal alignment of anatomical parts. PSI Academic Catalog--117

118 PTA102 Rehabilitation Therapy I 6 Quarter Credit Hours 6.0 FA Hours 48 Lecture Hours 48 Lab Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work of Quarter 1; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; concurrently enrolled in BIO102 Anatomy & Physiology II. Basic Rehabilitation procedures and techniques are presented. These include principles and practices of infection control, transfer and lifting techniques, vital sign monitoring, introduction to goniometry of all major joints, documentation review, general safety, basic wheelchair management, basic exercises and positioning techniques, use of ambulation aids, including gait training. Students are introduced to the concept of psycho-social adjustment to disability. Students are evaluated on each procedure through written exams, practical exams and role playing in the lab setting. PSY101 Introduction to Psychology 5 Quarter Credits 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into an A.A.S. Degree program at PSI. This course will present information to help the student understand themselves and others. Psychology is relevant in almost every aspect of life as it teaches about the roots of aggression and the influence of groups on individual behavior, highly relative topics in light of recent terrorist activities. Research is discussed on stress, coping and health, which can help people to live fuller, happier personal and professional lives, regardless of their circumstances. The latest research findings are presented to stress the scientific nature of the discipline. BIO306 Fundamentals of Disease 4 Quarter Credit Hours 4.0 FA Hours 48 Lecture Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 & 2; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments. This course presents foundational information about common medical conditions. Numerous diseases of the cardiovascular, respiratory, nervous, endocrine, integumentary, musculoskeletal and digestive systems are presented. Emphasis is placed on those conditions that could potentially affect the mobility of the client or outcome of the physical therapy treatment. Following an overview of the disease processes, then infectious diseases, neoplasms, congenital diseases, and characteristics of pain are covered. Consideration is given to what the disease is, how it is diagnosed and treated, and the likely sequella of the disease. Following the presentation of a studies of specific diseases, the student will become familiar with doing research, reading professional literature and using critical thinking skills in relation to how disease would cause functional limitations in patients and affect physical therapy plans of care and treatment, during the course. BIO307 Growth and Development 4 Quarter Credit Hours 4.0 FA Hours 48 Lecture Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: BIO102 and BIO103 Anatomy and Physiology I & II; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements. This course presents the relationship of structure and function to the development of movement skills across the entire life span. Presented in this course is functional independence, theories affecting development, motor control and learning, movement skills and functional assessment skills used in physical therapy. Normal development of the individual is presented from the time of conception through old age. This course will increase the awareness of wellness issues and provide a model for comparison for the physical therapist assistant who will work with patients who present movement problems. Presented is skeletal system changes from neonatal to geriatrics which include, muscle development and function, cardiopulmonary, nervous changes, vital functions, development of posture and locomotion, prehension, and health and fitness. Those movement disorders that are common to older adults are also presented. Classroom activities are designed to enhance the lecture material and include critical thinking exercises, student research projects and group interactions. KIN101 Kinesiology I 4 Quarter Credit Hours 4.0 FA Hours 36 Lecture Hours 24 Lab Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 and 2; successful completion of BIO102 and BIO103 Anatomy and Physiology I & II; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments. This course lays a basic foundation for the study of Kinesiology, which is the study of movement. It focuses on describing joint motion and muscle action. Explained are the commonly agreed upon prime movers, using terminology most widely accepted within the discipline of physical therapy. A regional anatomy approach will then be used, similar to that of A & P I, to cover specific joints and muscles and will build upon those foundational terms learned in the anatomy and physiology classes. In Kinesiology I, the areas covered will include the lower extremity, pelvis, and trunk, including an introduction to manual muscle testing of each area and a review of the goniometry of the LE, pelvis and trunk (introduced in Rehab I). This course will integrate with, and provide a foundation for Musculoskeletal I which covers therapeutic exercise for the pelvis, trunk and LE (lower extremity). PSI Academic Catalog--118

119 SOC101 Introduction to Sociology 5 Quarter Credits 5.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into an A.A.S. Degree program at PSI. This course will expose the student to sociology s basic ideas, theories, research and insights. The student will learn the key methods sociologists use to test and refine their knowledge and how people everywhere develop their humanity as they learn to participate in society over the lifespan. Students will explore groups and organizations, differing cultures, deviance, sexuality, social, global and gender stratifications, race and ethnicity, family and religion, education and medicine, population, urbanization, environment and social change in both a modern environment and a postmodern society. PTA204 Musculoskeletal I 6 Quarter Credit Hours 6.0 FA Hours 48 Lecture Hours 48 Lab Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1, 2, and 3; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; concurrently enrolled in KIN201 Kinesiology II. This course presents the theoretical foundation for one of the most important Physical Therapy interventions, Therapeutic Exercise. In the PTA Program, Musculoskeletal I is one of the core clinical science courses. This course will provide a foundation of appropriate exercise principles and techniques that are based upon contemporary rationale as indicated by the APTA Guide to Physical Therapist Practice. Special exercise considerations for musculoskeletal conditions will be emphasized. Specifically, musculoskeletal pathologies, tests and measures,appropriate for the physical therapist assistant, and exercise concepts for the hip, knee and ankle and foot regions will be taught. Manual muscle testing and goniometry both are re-evaluated. All instruction to the physical therapist assistant student is taught from the perspective that the physical therapist designs the plan of care and the physical therapist assistant(student) is under the direction and supervision of the physical therapist and follows the established plan of care. This course utilizes a regional anatomy approach in covering therapeutic exercise for the human body and is integrated with and builds upon Kinesiology I, which covers joint motion and muscle action of the pelvis, lower extremity and trunk and neck. MS I serves as a foundation for subsequent courses of Musculoskeletal II, Special Topics and Rehabilitation Therapy II. KIN201 Kinesiology II 4 Quarter Credit Hours 4.0 FA Hours 36 Lecture Hours 24 Lab Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1, 2 and 3; successful completion of BIO102 and BIO103 Anatomy and Physiology I & II; successful completion of KIN101 Kinesiology I; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments. This course presents continued study of human movement by describing joint motion and muscle action of the neck, trunk, and upper extremity, including an introduction to manual muscle testing of those areas. In addition there will be detailed instructor lead discussion of human posture, normal and abnormal gait. Following didactic lecture, principles will be demonstrated with opportunity for lab palpation, lab activities and lab practice. Anatomical models of joints and muscles are used to aid in understanding anatomy and movement. This course will integrate with and provide a foundation for PTA305 Musculoskeletal II which covers therapeutic exercises for the neck and UE (upper extremity). PTA203 PTA Techniques 6 Quarter Credit Hours 6.0 FA Hours 48 Lecture Hours 48 Lab Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1, 2, 3, and 4; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments. This course presents the basic principles and physiological responses of the majority of physical agents used in the practice of physical therapy, eg. thermal agents, ultraviolet, infrared heat, ultrasound, phonophoresis, massage, hydrotherapy, electrical stimulation, iontophoresis, traction and intermittent compression. The pain and inflammatory responses to injury along with integration of physical modalities into therapeutic treatments following the POC established by the PT, will be covered. All procedures will be demonstrated, practiced and each student will be evaluated on his/her performance. Evaluation will focus on the safe and competent application of principles, indications and contraindications, ability to recognize the need to modify a modality due to client s physiological needs, modify the treatment techniques as indicated in the plan of care of the physical therapist, inform the PT and the ability to document treatment. The student will choose a recently written modalities-related article from one of the professional journals and give a class presentation on this subject. PTA305 Musculoskeletal II 5 Quarter Credit Hours 5.0 FA Hours 36 Lecture Hours 48 Lab Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1, 2, 3, and 4; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments. This course continues to present the theoretical foundation for one of the most important physical therapy interventions, therapeutic exercise, which was started in PTA204 Musculoskeletal I. This course will cover the indications for exercise, as well as the basic principles and physiological responses of therapeutic exercise protocols as they relate to the cervical, thoracic and lumbar spines as well as the upper extremity. This course will be the last clinical procedures course for the PTA student prior to their first clinical practicum. The students will continue to become proficient in all areas of treatment techniques, producing a well-trained physical therapist assistant who will be able to apply the psychosocial, communication and technical skills necessary to PSI Academic Catalog--119

120 be successful in the physical therapy profession, under the guidance and supervision of the physical therapist. Special exercise considerations for musculoskeletal conditions will be emphasized. Specifically, musculoskeletal pathologies, tests/measures appropriate for the PTA, and exercise concepts for the neck, UE (upper extremity), and spine will be explained. This course is designed to integrate with, and build upon, KIN201 Kinesiology II, which covers joint motion and muscle action of the neck, upper extremity, thoracic and lumbar spines. Manual muscle testing and goniometry both will be re-evaluated for the UE and spines. PTA306-A Clinical Practicum I-A 4 Quarter Credit Hours 4.0 FA Hours 144 Clinical Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work in quarters 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; proof of current CPR certification, required immunizations and current student liability insurance. This course is the first formal clinical exposure the student has within the PTA curriculum where there is delivery of PT interventions to consumers under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant within the scope of a PT plan of care designed by a PT in a clinical setting. This course is a practical/ hands-on experience, incorporating knowledge and clinical skills learned in the previous five (5) quarters. The student will spend 4 days a week for 6 weeks in a physical therapy setting for a total of 144 hours. Each student will be supervised by a PT (Physical Therapist) or a PTA who will be known as the Clinical Instructor (CI). This course places emphasis on self-directed learning of student s own strengths, growth needs, and the ability to identify and seek out sources of advanced education while learning and appreciating the roles and teamwork of the PT and PTA. The PTA student will also develop a practical understanding of ethical and professional behavior in the clinical environment. This first clinical experience focuses on achieving Intermediate Performance (IP) in clinical competency 4, 6, 8-14, while maintaining safety, legal, and ethical criteria at Advanced Intermediate Performance (AIP) for 1, 5, 7, and Entry-level Performance (EP) for 2 and 3. PTA306-B Clinical Practicum I-B 4 Quarter Credit Hours 4.0 FA Hours 144 Clinical Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work in quarters 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; successful completion of PTA306-A Clinical Practicum I-A; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; proof of current CPR certification, required immunizations and current student liability insurance. previous five (5) quarters. The student will spend 4 days a week for 6 weeks in a physical therapy setting for a total of 144 hours. Each student will be supervised by a PT (Physical Therapist) or a PTA who will be known as the Clinical Instructor (CI). This course places emphasis on self-directed learning of the student s own strengths, growth needs, and the ability to identify and seek out sources of advanced education while learning and appreciating the roles and teamwork of the PT and PTA. The PTA will also develop a practical understanding of ethical and professional behavior in the clinical environment. This second clinical experience focuses on achievement of increasing skill levels in the CPI criteria 4, 6, 8-14 at Advanced Intermediate Performance (data collection and intervention) while maintaining the safety, legal and ethical criteria Advanced Intermediate Performance (red flag criteria 1, 5, 7) and Entry-level Performance for 2 and 3. PTA307 Administrative Procedures 4 Quarter Credit Hours 4.0 FA Hours 48 Lecture Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; concurrently enrolled in PTA306-A Clinical Practicum I-A. This course presents important information on aspects of working in and being responsible for physical therapy services and is divided into three modules: Module 1: This module deals with the different types of PT facilities available for job placement, the accrediting and regulatory agencies of these facilities, basic medical coding (ICD-9 and CPT), reimbursement from third party payers/insurance companies, review of the CMS 1500 and a brief overview of patients accounts receivable. Module 2: This module deals with the legal issues of medical insurance along with a review of general laws and rules governing the scope of practice of physical therapy in the State of Ohio. Module 3: This module deals with Working in Health Care related to PT practice. Covered is the working environment, verbal and nonverbal communications, management, informal organizations, performance evaluations, management decisions, change, job satisfaction, stress management, and becoming employed. The student will learn how to properly search for a job, prepare a resume and cover letter, and be able to participate in a mock interview to be better prepared for the job market. This class will also prepare the student to deal with job search, employee relations with regard to supervision, job description and performance evaluation. This course is the second formal clinical exposure the student has within the PTA curriculum where there is delivery of PT interventions to consumers under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant within the scope of a PT plan of care designed by a PT in a clinical setting. This course is a practical/ hands-on experience, incorporating knowledge and clinical skills learned in the PSI Academic Catalog--120

121 PTA408 Rehabilitation Therapy II 6 Quarter Credit Hours 6.0 FA Hours 48 Lecture Hours 48 Lab Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; completion of all general education courses; concurrently enrolled in PTA409 Special Topics. This is the primary clinical neuroscience class within the curriculum. It will present a detailed look at the field of physical medicine and rehabilitation, focusing primarily on the adult neurological patient. As there are many schools of thought relating to treating this patient population, this class takes a detailed and eclectic approach towards the assessment and treatment of the neurologically involved patient. It begins with foundation material that provides an overview of neurological assessment and treatment, and then covers the more common clinical syndromes related to motor,postural and learning control e.g. CVA (cerebrovascular accident), TBI (traumatic brain injuries), SCI (spinal cord injuries), MS (multiple sclerosis), Parkinson s Disease, ALS (Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis), AD (Alzheimer s Disease), PPS (post polio syndrome), GBS (Guillain Barre Syndrome ), MD ( Muscular Dystrophy), and developmental disabilities such as spina bifida, cerebral palsy and Down s syndrome. The psychosocial and economic aspects of rehab will be explained. PTA409 Special Topics 6 Quarter Credit Hours 6.0 FA Hours 48 Lecture Hours 48 Lab Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; concurrently enrolled in PTA408 Rehab II. This course presents the theoretical foundation for treatment of some of the less common patient populations/ diagnoses seen in the physical therapy clinic. It will cover the indications for exercise, as well as the basic principles and physiological responses of therapeutic exercise protocols for specific patient populations. Particular exercise considerations for these special patient conditions will be emphasized. Topics will include: PVD/ wound/ burn management, amputee/ prosthetics/ orthotics management, cardiac rehab, pulmonary/ respiratory rehab, management of the obstetric patient, and management of the chronic pain patient. The nature of each pathology, tests/ measures appropriate for the PTA, and exercise concepts for each population will be explained. This course provides a foundation of appropriate exercise principles and techniques that is based upon contemporary rationale. It will allow the PTA student to implement and modify therapeutic exercise treatment techniques as indicated in the plan of care designed by a physical therapist. Although such clients may not be seen in all physical therapy settings, the ability to treat such patients is an essential entry-level skill for the well-rounded PTA. This course will build upon concepts introduced in MS I and II, and it will serve as a complement to PTA408 Rehabilitation Therapy II. PTA410-A Clinical Practicum II-A 5 Quarter Credit Hours 5.0 FA Hours 184 Clinical Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work in quarters 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; proof of current CPR certification, required immunizations and current student liability insurance. This course is the third formal clinical exposure the student has within the PTA curriculum where the delivery of PT interventions to consumers under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant within the scope of a PT plan of care designed by a PT in a clinical setting. This course is a practical/ hands-on experience, incorporating knowledge and clinical skills learned in the previous seven (7) quarters. The student will spend 5 days a week for 5 weeks in a physical therapy setting for a total of 184 hours. Each student will be supervised by a PT (Physical Therapist) or a PTA who will be known as the Clinical Instructor (CI). This course places emphasis on self-directed learning of the student s own strengths, growth needs, and the ability to identify and seek out sources of advanced education while learning and appreciating the roles and teamwork of the PT and PTA. The PTA will also develop a practical understanding of ethical and professional behavior in the clinical environment. This course focuses on the student achieving at least 80% of the intervention and data collection criteria of the CPI (criteria 6-20) while maintaining 100% performance of the safe, legal and ethical criteria (criteria 1-5) or red flag criteria. This increase in total percentage of mastered criteria demonstrates increasing safe and competent skills, nearing that of an entry level PTA. PTA410-B Clinical Practicum II-B 5 Quarter Credit Hours 5.0 FA Hours 184 Clinical Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisites: Successful completion of all didactic course work in quarters 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7; successful completion of PTA410-A Clinical Practicum II-A; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; proof of current CPR certification, required immunizations and current student liability insurance. This course is the fourth formal clinical exposure the student has within the PTA curriculum where the delivery of PT interventions to consumers under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant within the scope of a PT plan of care designed by a PT in a clinical setting. This course is a practical/ hands-on experience, incorporating knowledge and clinical skills learned in the previous seven (7)quarters. The student will spend 5 days a week for 5 weeks in a physical therapy setting for a total of 184 hours. Each student will be supervised by a PT (Physical Therapist) or a PTA who will be known as the Clinical Instructor (CI). PSI Academic Catalog--121

122 This course places emphasis on self-directed learning of one s own strengths, growth needs, and the ability to identify and seek out sources of advanced education while learning and appreciating the roles and teamwork of the PT and PTA. The PTA will also develop a practical understanding of ethical and professional behavior in the clinical environment. This course focuses on the student achieving entry level for 1-14 CPI clinical competency in criteria 6-20 while maintaining safety, legal and ethical criteria (1-5) at 100%. PTA411 PTA Seminar 2 Quarter Credit Hours 2.0 FA Hours 24 Lecture Hours 10.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Successful completion of all didactic course work in Quarters 1 through 7; a minimum accumulative GPA of 2.0 to maintain Satisfactory Progress requirements; satisfactory performance on all psychomotor skills assessments; successful completion of all general education courses. This course will provide a review of specific educational areas via practice tests and discussion groups in preparation for the National Physical Therapy Assistant Exam. This review will include both the basic sciences as well as the PT theory and practice. A discussion of the final practicum experience will be ongoing throughout the course, with emphasis on relating clinical experience to didactic areas of training. Students will present a case study of a patient from one of their Senior Clinical rotations, as well as satisfactorily completing various assignments including computerized mock examination, and passing all 9 competency tests at a minimum of 85%. Students will also be expected to demonstrate competency (via multiple choice examinations) before graduation in the following nine (9) areas: Musculoskeletal physical therapy Neurological physical therapy Cardiac/pulmonary physical therapy Pathological and psychological conditions Physical agents Therapeutic exercise, Gait, Functional Devices and Training Administration, Communication, Education and Ethical considerations Pediatrics/geriatrics Clinical decision making These competencies will be assessed via multiple choice questions and will be graded as a pass/fail, with 85% being the pass mark. If a student fails to achieve at least an 85% grade on any of the competencies after 2 attempts, the student will be required to complete extra work in the area of failure before attempting the competency again. This competency passing will be part of the grade in Seminar. PSI Academic Catalog--122

123 School of Physical Therapist Assisting General Information/Policies and Procedures PSI---Testing Policies PSI Policy for Test Taking: To help eliminate and avoid an unacceptable behavior, the following policy is for all PSI students taking any test, quiz, exam, or lab practical in any course of the program. 1. There is assigned seating for all examinations. 2. All personal items, including books, backpacks, pencils, pens, tape recorders, cell phones and purses are not allowed at the student desk area. They are to be stored in front or back of the classroom, away from the student s desk or at a designated area chosen by the instructor. 3. The only items allowed on the desk during testing are sharpened pencils and a calculator (if allowed by the individual class instructor). 4. The student may not get up and walk around during testing. If he/she has a question, the student must raise his/her hand and wait for the instructor to walk over to his/her desk. 5. A blank piece of paper is provided to each student to be used as a cover sheet. All answers must be covered at all times during the entire testing period. This cover sheet, along with the test, must be turned in to the instructor after completing the test. Tests and cover sheets should remain flat on the desk. 6. Once the test is started, the student is not allowed to leave the classroom. 7. After turning in the completed test to the instructor, the student may not retrieve the test for any reasons. 8. After the student completes the test, he/she should leave the classroom and return at the designated time. As a courtesy to other students who are still taking the test, please keep noise to a minimum. 9. If the test is timed, the instructor will let the student know when time has expired. The test must be turned in at that time. Any unanswered questions will be counted as wrong. 10. If a student s cell phone or any electronic device goes off, rings/ the alarm sounds/ it vibrates/makes any sound/or has any visual display or signal and is on the student or surrounding area during an exam or if the student is caught looking at his/her cell phone, or other electronic devices a 0% on that exam will be awarded. 11. Any student who chooses to disregard these rules will receive a 0% on that assignment/test. Furthermore, that student may be expelled from the program or PSI, pending the decision of the Director of Education. 12. Cheating, dishonesty, deception, or plagiarism of any type will result in immediate termination from the student s program. 13. Any student who removes a test from the classroom for any reason, will be considered cheating and will result in immediate termination from the student s program. PSI---Policy for Test Review in All Courses: 1. All personal items, including books, backpacks, pencils, pens, tape recorders, cell phones and purses are not allowed at the student desk area. They are to be stored in front or back of the classroom, away from the student s desk for test reviews. 2. The instructor will answer any questions that the student may have regarding the test. If after the rationale is given, and the student continues to have questions, the student must make an appointment with the instructor, after class hours, to discuss it further. 3. Format for reviewing the graded exams is up to each individual instructor. Students are encouraged to make an appointment with the instructor to discuss individual exam questions privately. PSI---Policy for Testing: Course tests, exams or quizzes will be announced in advance. At least one (1) to two (2 ) days notice will be given. There are no pop quizzes given. If a student is not in class the day the test is announced, he/she is required to take the test on the day it is given. Tests, exams and quizzes will be graded and returned to the students within one (1) week of testing. The student may review the test to see what errors were made and to keep track of his/her grades for each course. All tests are returned to the instructor, and retained by the school until the end of the next quarter. The tests are then shredded. For final exams, students are to study notes, study guides and chapter material. If an instructor has time for final exam review, it will be a maximum of one (1) class period only. It is the sole responsibility of the student to prepare for final exams. A course that has both a lab competency/practical and lecture component, each component must be passed separately with the minimum stated on the syllabus to pass the course. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time the it is offered. PSI---Policy for Make-up Testing: The term test in this policy is used as a reference to exams, tests, quizzes, practical examinations and class presentations. Students are allowed to make up one (1) test in each course, with the exception of midterm and finals, with no grade penalty. The percentage grade received will be recorded in the grade book. This test must be made up on the next available makeup day or the student will receive a zero (0) grade for the test. The second missed test must be made up at the next available makeup day or the student will receive a zero (0) grade for the test. The grade on the second makeup test will be recorded no higher than a 73 percent. (Example: A student took a makeup test and received a grade of 95 percent. Because it was a second makeup test, the instructor will record the grade as 73 percent). Grades of less than 73 PSI Academic Catalog--123

124 percent on the second makeup test will be recorded at that lower percentage. There will only be two makeup tests in each course. Students who have extenuating circumstances and need assistance regarding make-up tests will need to schedule an appointment with the Director of Education to discuss the concerns. Children are not permitted in the building during make-up testing. Students are required to take all makeup tests and quizzes, regardless of the number. Note: As a courtesy to other students taking tests or quizzes, students should enter and exit the classroom as quietly as possible. No one will be allowed to makeup additional tests without documented proof of hospitalization of themself or a child, death of immediate family member (spouse or child) or incarceration. Test makeup days will be announced at the beginning of each quarter. An instructor/proctor will be present when each makeup test is given. Only the Director of Education may alter this policy when reasonable cause is found. Instructors cannot change makeup test days or time. There are NO makeup final exams. Final exams must be taken on the scheduled day and at the scheduled time. No exams will be given either before or after the scheduled date and time. If a student misses a scheduled final exam, a doctor s written excuse or prior approval for extenuating circumstances from the Program Director or Coordinator will be accepted as proof of the inability of the student to sit for the examination on the scheduled date. If approved, a makeup date and time will be arranged. Extenuating circumstances would be: A death in the immediate family. Defined as: Student s parents, spouse, domestic partner, child, sibling, grandparents, grandchildren, and/or the spouse s parents, children or siblings. Overnight hospitalization of a member of the immediate family, as defined above. Overnight hospitalization of a student. Vehicle Accident of the student which precipitates emergency medical care immediately prior to the start of the class Student has a mandatory court date. Documentation must be submitted prior to and after the court appearance. This information is to be submitted to the instructor and appropriate program director or coordinator. Two approval signatures (instructor and program director or coordinator) are required. If not approved the student will be given a zero (0) for the midterm or final exam. No individual PTA student scores on quizzes, midterms, finals, assignments, projects, papers, etc. will be given out until ALL students have been graded. Lab competency and lab practical scores will be given immediately following each exam. PTA Program ----Testing Policies Testing and lab practicals will be announced in advance. At least one (1) to two (2) days notice will be given. There are no unannounced testing or lab practicals. If a student is not in class the day the test or lab practical is announced, he/she is required to take the test or do the practical on the day it is given. Tests will be graded and returned to the students within one (1) week of testing. The student may review the test to see what errors were made and to keep track of his/her grades for each course. All tests are returned to the instructor, and retained by the school until the end of the next quarter. The tests are then shredded. Paper projects, etc. will be graded and returned to the student at the maximum time frame of three (3) weeks after the due date. This return date will be the instructor s prerogative but three (3) weeks is the longest turn around time. For mid-term and final exams, students are to study notes, study guides and chapter materials. If an instructor has time for review, it will be a maximum of one (1) class period only. It is the sole responsibility of the student to prepare for all testing. A course that has both a lab and lecture component each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a 80 percent to pass the course. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time that it is offered. (See PTA Course Sequence). PTA Remediation Policy Remediation Policy for Lab Practicals: In the event that a student scores less than an 80(%) percent on a lab practical exam, the student will be allowed two (2) attempts at a retake. The student must arrange with the instructor a time to take a retake the lab practical. The student may receive a score no higher than an 85(%) percent on a second attempt. The student may receive a score no higher than an 80(%) percent on a third attempt. If the student fails to show for a scheduled lab practical exam and does not communicate with the instructor, the student will fail the lab practical and will therefore fail the entire course. The course must be repeated in its entirety the next time it is offered. Changes in the scheduled lab practical made with the instructor prior to the scheduled time are acceptable. Any safety violation(s) during a lab practical exam will result in immediate failure of that practical attempt. If the student does not pass the retake lab practical exam with the minimum of 80(%) percent, the student will fail the course and will have to repeat it in its entirety the next time it is offered. PSI Academic Catalog--124

125 Remediation Policy for Quizzes: In the event that a student scores less than an 80(%) percent but at least a 70(%) percent on a written quiz, the student will be given the option to remediate the quiz for a passing grade of 80(%) percent. In the event a student scores less than a 70(%), the remediation is required, not just an option. A Plan for Remediation (PFR) must be scheduled within one (1) week from the quiz date and prior to the course s next scheduled quiz. A PFR must be completed by the student with the scheduled remediation date approved by the Teaching Team Leader and reviewed by the PTA Program Director. At the time of remediation, the student will be given the graded quiz with the incorrect answers identified as wrong, but the correct answer will not be marked. Using available textbooks, classroom notes, and/or personal notes, the student must write out the correct answers with supporting rationale. Successful remediation is achieved when the student corrects all the missed questions with the appropriate written rationale and this information is verified by the instructor. A student will be allowed a total of 3 quiz remediations per course. Midterms and final exams cannot be remediated. The score earned the midterms and final exams will remain and be calculated into the final grade using the percentage stated on the course syllabus. The PTA remediation policies have been adopted to improve program retention by: 1. To ensure that each student who passes the course has been tested and found to have obtained a minimum knowledge of 80 (%) of the content taught. 2. To assist the student who is struggling, to remediate at an earlier time in the program when the amount of information presented is still manageable. Thus, resulting in a higher retention of students who otherwise would stop coming to class or who would withdraw from the program due to failing academics. 3. To avoid a student from passing the lab practical component hands-on but failing the didactic (lecture) component of a course. 4. To parallel the current policy that is in place for managing failed lab practicals, allowing for three (3) attempts per lab practical. PTA Makeup Testing Policies Students are allowed to make up one (1) test in each course, with the exception of lab practicals, midterms and finals, with no grade penalty. The percentage grade received will be recorded in the grade book. Make-up tests must occur within the week of missing the test. The grade on the second makeup test will be recorded no higher than a 73 percent. (Example: A student took a makeup test and received a grade of 95 percent. Because it was a second makeup test, the instructor will record the grade as 73 percent). Grades of less than 73 percent on the second makeup test will be recorded at that lower percentage. There will only be two makeup tests in each course. Students who have extenuating circumstances and need assistance regarding make-up tests, will need to schedule an appointment with the PTA Program Director to discuss the concerns. No one will be allowed to makeup additional tests without documented proof of hospitalization of himself/herself, a child s hospitalization, a death of immediate family member (spouse or child) or personal incarceration. An instructor/proctor will be present when each makeup test is given. Only the Director of Education or PTA Program Director may alter this policy when reasonable cause is found. Instructors cannot change makeup test days or time. PTA Class Dress Code All students will attend classes with a clean, neat appearance. Sloppy pants, T-shirts, sandals, hats, baseball caps, blue jeans, or revealing clothing are not allowed. Artificial nails are not allowed at any time due to infection control issues and patient safety concerns. Jewelry is to be kept to a minimum. The only allowed visible piecing is a pair of small earrings for males and females. (Maximum size, no wider than 1 inch, no longer than 1 inch.) All tattoos are to be covered---- non visible. The PTA dress code consists of neutral-color dress pants with a collared shirt, soft-soled, closed-toed leather shoes (including socks) in good repair and the PSI student photo ID. The white lab jacket is to be worn daily over the shirt. Students may wear a plain white sweatshirt over shirts to accommodate for classroom temperature changes, but under the lab jacket. No hoodies are to be worn. No undergarments are to be visible at all. A student found to be in noncompliance with the dress code, at PSI or the clinical site, will receive one (1) written warning from his/her instructor or a member of the administrative staff. A copy of the warning will be given to the student and the original placed in the student s academic file. If a second violation occurs, the student will be referred immediately to the PTA Program Director. Instructors will refuse admittance to the classroom if the student is not in proper dress for the second time and the student will be counted absent for the class. The PSI Enrollment Agreement which each student signs is a contractual agreement. PSI is obligated, by this agreement. This obligation includes professional appearance. The student, through this mutual agreement, is also required to abide by all appearance requirements of this institution. Student Roles and Responsibilities for Laboratory Classes A percent of the total grade for courses with a lab component will be based on the student s professional conduct during lab sessions. The following are the criteria to which the student must adhere to receive full credit. Please read carefully! 1. Promptness Repeated lateness will result in dismissal from a lab session. 2. Appropriate Lab Dress Students should be appropriately dressed for the particular lab activity PSI Academic Catalog--125

126 planned for that day, and will be dismissed from class if attire is inappropriate. In general, shorts or sweat pants may be worn when appropriate for activities of the lab. Cover-ups may be brought to the lab if the room is cold. Only closetoed, low-heeled rubber-soled shoes will be allowed. Long hair must be pinned back and jewelry must be removed (i.e. dangling earrings, sharp rings, long chains, multiple bracelets, etc.) 3. Passing each lab practical with a minimum 80 percent. 4. Maintaining appropriate lab behavior-- A professional atmosphere should be maintained in lab at all times. Subjects should be properly draped and positioned. Dignity of subjects must be respected at all times. Comfort and safety will always be considered. 5. Abiding by PSI class rules--no food or drink in the classroom or lab at any time. 6. Lab Cleanup At the end of each lab session, it is the responsibility of the students to leave the lab in the condition it was found when the lab began. All labs must be left in the following condition: plinths spaced properly. two pillows under each plinth. all supplies and equipment returned to appropriate storage areas. all wheelchairs in line in the storage room. all trash must be placed in the waste containers. all used linen must be placed in laundry bags and full bags brought to the front of the classroom. all modalities except for cold packs, hot packs, paraffin bath should be unplugged and stored. 7. Laboratory Linens -Linen, (sheets, towels, and pillow cases) should be changed when used then placed in the laundry bag. Avoid using the towels for any cleanup purposes. Instructor is responsible to restock clean linen in cupboard. No linen or pillows should ever be placed on the floor. At the end of each lab: any unused linen is to be refolded and returned to the linen closet. wet, hot pack covers and wet towels should be hung to dry. after towels are hung to dry, they should be placed in laundry hamper to be laundered. if bag is full, the instructor will be responsible to assign students to bring the bag of dirty linen the front desk for laundering. Care of Laboratory Equipment and Supplies All of the physical therapy equipment, including models and skeletons, are expensive and students are expected to take personal responsibility for the care and maintenance. No linen, equipment or supplies are to be taken from the laboratory without the expressed consent of the lab instructor/pta Program Director. At the end of lab/lecture: chairs are to be replaces under the desks wall curtains replaced so the curtains hang neatly adjacent to the wall foot stools replaced under foot end of plinths. Complaints Outside Published Policies Complaints or suggestions which fall outside PSI's stated Grievance and Suggestion Policies, found in this academic catalog, may occur. Should this happen within the PTA Program, possibly from clinical education sites, employers of graduates, or the general public, the Director of the PTA Program shall receive the complaint, document the complaint/suggestion using the Institution's complaint Tracking Form. All complaints shall be handled. The Program Director shall: 1. Document the compliant and investigate the complaint. 2. Document the findings of the investigation. 3. Discuss the findings with the Director of Education and arrive at a decision concerning the complaint. 4. Maintain the tracking form listing the PTA Program complaint using the Institution s Complaints Tracking Form. 5. Keep all documentation and the tracking form in a file in the PTA Director's office for 3 years, after which it shall be destroyed. 6. This file shall assist in monitoring of possible reoccurring complaints which would require action. 7. If action is required, the complaint source shall be informed of the action taken. 8. This file, may be verbally reviewed with the Director of PTA Program and any complaint requiring action will be made known to the Professional Advisory Board and the CEO. PSI Academic Catalog--126

127 PTA Clinical Education General Information/Policies and Procedures Clinical Practicum Requirements In order for a student to be placed in a Clinical Practicum, that student must maintain an accumulative GPA of 2.3 receive at least an 80 percent grade in all courses, have satisfactory attendance, be able to perform all essential functions as stated in this catalog, meet all physical requirements, have reliable transportation, and be able to drive up to one and one-half Hours to a Clinical Practicum. Students are responsible for the cost of any clinical requirements, such as immunizations, drug testing, physical exams, and criminal background checks that may be required from Lucas county or county of residence. This is not a part of tuition or fees. The clinical education section of the curriculum includes four (4) practica experience periods during which the student is given opportunities to apply theory and technical skills in a clinical setting under the direct supervision of a licensed PT or PTA. The first and second practica are experienced in the sixth quarter (6th) and the third and fourth practica are th experienced in the eighth (8 ) quarter. The first and second (PTA306-A and PTA306-B), Clinical Practicum I-A and I-B consists of 144 Hours each, for a total of 288 Hours. The third and fourth (PTA410-A and PTA410-B), Clinical Practicum II-A and II-B consists of 184 Hours each, for a total of 368 Hours. Total clinical practicum Hours for the PTA program is 656 Hours. It is the student s responsibility to accurately complete his/her time card and have it signed by the CI. To ensure proper communication while the student is serving a clinical practicum, several definitions follow for those persons directly involved with the clinical education section of the program. Pediatric rotations are considered very specialized. Before a student would be considered, he/she must have earned a grade of A in both BIO307 and PTA408 and have met with the PTA Program Director for authorization. Clinical Personnel Descriptions Academic Coordinator of Clinical Education (ACCE) - The person employed by the academic facility who organizes, directs, supervises, and coordinates the clinical education section of the PTA curriculum. Academic Facility (AF) - The educational institution that provides the entry level curriculum in the professional preparation of PTA students leading to an associate degree. Center Coordinator of Clinical Education (CCCE) - The PT employed and designated by the clinical educational facility to organize, direct, supervise, coordinate, and evaluate the activities of PTA students assigned to that clinical educational facility by the program. Clinical Educational Facility (CEF) - An accredited or approved health care facility that provides the PTA student with a learning laboratory and patient contact for the development of PTA competencies. Clinical Instructor (CI) - The PT or PTA under the supervision of the PT employed by the CEF who is designated by the CCCE to supervise and evaluate the activities of the PTA students assigned by the CCCE. Qualifications of the Clinical Instructor (CI): 1. Be licensed as a PT or PTA in the State of Ohio or in those states without licensure, must be a graduate of an accredited PT or PTA program. 2. Have 18 to 24 months experience since licensure. 3. Be willing to take on the responsibility of a PTA student. 4. Have effective interpersonal and communication skills especially in providing and receiving constructive feedback and active listening. 5. Demonstrate professional, ethical and legal behavior. 6. Have a commitment to provide accurate written evaluation of a student in the student s evaluation instrument. 7. Be considered competent by employer in the areas of safety, knowledge, technical skills and delivery of care. 8. Be a credentialed APTA Clinical Instructor would be an asset. ACCE: Clinical Personnel Roles a. To select CEFs that will provide quality clinical educational experiences for the students. b. To develop and coordinate the selected CEFs with the CCCE. c. To develop, organize, direct, supervise, coordinate and evaluate the practicum activities of each individual student. d. To help develop, implement and evaluate clinical faculty development programs. CCCE: a. To identify, organize and coordinate the specific learning experiences within his/her CEF. b. To organize, direct, supervise, coordinate and evaluate the activities of the student assigned to his/her facility. c. To participate in clinical faculty development programs. d. To maintain communication with the ACCE and the assigned student during the practicum, (i.e. notification of student problems and progress). PSI Academic Catalog--127

128 PTA Student: a. To report to the CEF at the assigned time, in proper attire with a PSI issued photo identification, identifying him/her as a student. b. To abide by the rules and regulations of the CEF. c. To fulfill the duties required by the CI. d. To protect the privacy and confidentiality of the individual s medical record, and will avoid disclosure of personal identifiable medical or social information, and any professional medical judgments as indicated by HIPAA. e. To participate in any seminars or workshops offered by the CEFs. f. To meet with the school representative or the CI as needed. g. To participate in the evaluation of his/her mastery of the PTA performance criteria. h. To evaluate the effectiveness of the practicum experience at the CEF and return a copy of the evaluation to the school. i. To report to the CI, if he/she becomes ill while at the CEF, who will dismiss the student or recommend medical treatment AND j. To notify the CEF and the school if he/she will not be attending the CEF. k. To be courteous to the staff of the CEF and offer help if not otherwise occupied. l. To avoid clinical staff conflicts by staying neutral in any disagreements among the staff. m. To exhibit the utmost professionalism in the performance of his/her assigned duties. The ACCE screens possible CEFs to ensure high quality learning experiences for the PTA student in a variety of settings. Development of the selected CEFs results from interaction between the academic faculty and the clinical faculty. This process is coordinated by the ACCE and the CCCE. A written agreement is made between the AF and the CEF. Within the agreement form, the responsibilities of the AF, the CEF and the student are listed. The ACCE Clinical Complaint Procedure: When a complaint has been received regarding a student the ACCE will: 1. Go to the clinical site and meet with the CCCE and or the CI to research and gather information regarding the complaint. 2. Meet with the student regarding the complaint to research and gather information. 3. Meet with the PTA Program Director and review complaint and gathered information to arrive at a solution and plan of action. Clinical Practicum Dress Code If a clinical site has its own required dress code, students must be prepared to adhere to the clinical site s policies during both practica. If not otherwise stated by the clinical site, the clinical dress will include a solid color, collared shirt, neutral-colored slacks, soft-soled, closed toed leather shoes, socks, white lab jacket and a PSI photo ID badge. Whatever dress code is assigned to the student at the clinical practicum, the student will follow, without exception. Clinical Personnel Responsibilities Grading for Clinical Practicum The ACCE is responsible for: 1. Determining the interest of possible CEFs. 2. Screening the possible CEFs through: a. A tour of the CEF and the Physical Therapy Department. b. Total completion of the Clinical Center Information Form including the accreditation status of the CEF. c. Formalizing the relationship between the AF and the CEF through a written clinical agreement. d. Setting up a system of communication through: 1) Initial sharing of information between the AEF and the CEF. 2) Philosophy of the facility. 3) Objectives of the facility. a) Table of Organization of the facility. b) Other general information concerning clinical education. e. Informal communication on a continuous basis. f. As warranted, formal site visits by the academic faculty to the CEF during the practicum experiences. g. Maintenance of the Clinical Contracts to assure that the contracts are current and updated as needed. PSI utilizes CPI (Clinical Performance Instrument) for use by the clinical sites in evaluation of the student s performance during Clinical Practica I and II experiences. The CPI evaluation notebook is used for the student s entire program and will contain, when complete, the evaluations of all of the required skills during the two clinical experiences of the program. Each clinical experience (practicum) will receive a PASS OR FAIL grade on the student transcript. The final grade is determined by the ACCE and the PTA Program Director. The clinical site does not issue a grade for the clinical experience. The originals of the Clinical Summative Comments Sheets, pages 21, 22 and 23 for each of the four (4) are given to the Registrar for placement in the student s academic file. A student will be allowed to repeat only one (1) of the four (4) clinical practica. If a student fails two (2) practica he/she will be terminated from the PTA program. PSI Academic Catalog--128

129 Prior to each practicum, the Academic Coordinator of Clinical Education (ACCE) will review with the students what is expected from them and the minimum skills that must be evaluated. During the first practicum, a minimum number of skills and high level of competence will be expected to be evaluated as indicated on the course syllabus. During the second and final practicum, a higher number of skills and even higher level of competence will be expected to be evaluated. In order to receive a passing grade for a clinical experience, the student must have at least the minimum skills evaluated by the Clinical Instructor. 19. Implements a self-directed plan for career development and lifelong learning. 20. Assists the physical therapist in addressing primary and secondary prevention needs of individuals and groups. PTA Clinical Site and Educator Information Physical Therapist Assistant Clinical Skills In order to ensure that a student Physical Therapist Assistant is ready to practice competently at an entry level the following clinical skills must be demonstrated and evaluated by at least four (4) clinical instructors. Skills 1-5 must be at 100% entry level competency (via VAS) by the end of the Clinical Practicum I-A and continued at this level through the last Clinical Practicum II-B. Clinical Skills 6-20 must be at 60% competency (via VAS) by the end of PTA306-A; at 70% competency (via VAS) by the end of PTA306-B; R 80% competency (via VAS) by the end of PTA410-A; and at 90-95% entry level competency by the end of PTA410-B. This level of outcome assures that the goals and objectives are achieved and sets the student on the professional development path to achieve the stated aspirations. 1. Perform all tasks in a safe manner that minimizes risk to patient, self and others. 2. Conduct self in a responsible manner. 3. Interacts with others in a respectful manner. 4. Adheres to ethical standards. 5. Adheres to legal standards. 6. Communicates in ways that are congruent with situations/needs. 7. Produces documentation to support the delivery of physical therapy services. 8. Delivers established care to reflect respect for and sensitivity to individual differences. 9. Participates in patient status judgements within the clinical environment based on the plan of care established by the physical therapist. 10. Obtains accurate information by performing selected data collection consistent with plan of care established by the physical therapist. 11. Discusses the need for modifications to the plan of care established by the physical therapist. 12. Performs physical therapy interventions in a technically competent manner. 13. Educates others (patients, family, care givers, staff, students, other health care providers) using relevant and effective teaching methods. 14. Participates in activities addressing quality of service deliver. 15. Participates in addressing patient needs for services other than physical therapy. 16. Manages resources (space, time, and equipment) to achieve goals of the clinical setting. 17. Participates in fiscal management of the physical therapy clinical setting. 18. Uses physical therapy aides and other support personnel according to legal standards and ethical guidelines. Absolute Rehab (2) CCCE: Kevin Moore CI: Krystal Anderson, PTA CI: Chris Smith, PT CI: SanJuanita Smith, PTA CI: Thammee Socias, PT Accelerated Rehabilitation (1) CCCE: Heidi Bush, PT CI: Sue Gruber, PT Advanced Health Rehabilitation (2) CCCE: Jane CI: Christine Pleasnick, DPT-Credentialed CI: David Ott, MPT CI: Chad Crooks, PTA CI: Matt Brickner, PTA CI: Christy Davis, PTA Advanced Physical Therapy & Wellness (1) CCCE/CI: Todd Nighswander, PT CI: Amanda Eggleton, PTA APRN (1) CCCE/CI: Dan Schriner, PTA Arbors at Clyde (1) CCCE: Cindy Jewett Arbors at Oregon (1) CCCE: Mary McLaughlin, PT CI: Michael McInerney, PTA-Credentialed CI: Cheryl Brogan, PTA Arbors at Waterville (1) CCCE: Diana Thomas, PT Bay Park Hospital (1) CCCE: Jennifer Hodulik, PT Bellevue Hospital (1) CCCE/CI: Beth Weber, PTA CI: Erica Flinn, PTA CI: Tony Lombardi, PT Blue Sky (2) CCCE/CI; Kathy Haydu, PTA-Credentialed CI: Vicki Lott-Schultz, PTA CI: Barb Felker, PTA-Credentailed Carter Rehab (2) Adrian/Tecumsch CCCE/CI: Bob Leffler, PT CI: Cleon Grooms, PT CI: Josh Valdez, PTA Central Park West (1) CCCE/CI: Paul Boes, PTA PSI Academic Catalog--129

130 Community Memorial Hospital (1) CCCE: Camie Stallbaum, PT CI: Tiffanie Baird, PTA CI: Vicki Gatchell, PT CI: Sadie Burdine, PTA Concept Rehab (4) CCCE: Erin Wagner-Szenderski CI: Laura Cook, PTA-Credentialed CI: Matt Austin, PTA CI: Sue Noethen, PTA CI: Jeanie Duby, PTA CI: Michele Mazurek, PTA-Credentialed CI: Debra Modromski, PT CI: Mario Baker, PT CI: Jennifer Krayneck, PTA CI: Tiffany Slowinski, PTA-Credentialed CI: Andrea Meng, PTA Darlington (1) CCCE: Jennifer Waggoner, MPT-Credentialed CI: Veronica Ballard, PTA-Credentialed Edgewood Manor (1) CCCE: Bev Norton CI: Jason Geretz, PT CI: Allen Morelack, PTA EncompassCare (1) CCCE: Chris Valigosky, PT-Credentialed CI: Jennifer Loth, PTA Fisher-Titus Medical Center (1) CCCE/CI: Kim Skeel, PTA-Credentialed CI: Jane Hedrick, PTA CI: Tricia Ebner, PTA-Credentialed CI: Sheri Lantz, PTA-Credentialed CI: Krista Schafer, PTA CI: Craig Winke, PTA Flower Hospital (3) CCCE: Lisa Copper, PT-Credentialed CI: Lisa Wright, PTA CI: Kathy Schroll, PTA-Credentialed CI: Shelly Black, PTA Fostoria Community Hospital (3) CCCE: Steve Volpe, DPT CI: Rick Gilbert, PTA CI: Becky Heiser, PTA CI: Kathy Emerson, PT CI: Christina Peterman, PT CI: Sara Christman, PT CI: Mary Rall, PTA Genesis (2) CCCE: Mary Habegger CI: Angie Bachtel, PTA CI: Dan Barth, PTA CI: Julie Heitz, PT-Credentialed Healtherapy (5) CCCE: Tamara White, PT CI: Kim Klee, PTA-Credentialed CI: Aaron Nowakowski, PTA CI: Angie Lewandowski, MPT CI: Alison Hoffman, PTA Heartland Health Care (4) CCCE: Tasha Schunk, PT CI: Mary Crawford, PTA CI: Jeaneen Hall, PT CI: Allita Alexander, PTA CI: Jessica Rieman, DPT Henry Co. Hospital (1) CCCE: Sarah Shepard, PT CI: Kim Woods, PTA-Credentialed CI: Laura Wolfman, PTA Holiday Park (1) CCCE: Ron Schmidt, PT CI: Michelle Klewer, DPT Lynwood Manor (1) CCCE/CI: Krista Isenhower, PTA CI: Lisa Bachmayer, PT Magruder Hospital (2) CCCE: Dave Moore, PT CI: Christy Davis, PTA CI: Matt Brickner, PTA UTMC (3) CCCE: Alison Pollacek, MPT CI: Suzette Whetro, PT CI: Sarah Myers, MPT CI: Elizabeth Obringer, MPT CI: Mary Bagrowski, PTA-Credentialed CI: Christine Marlow, PTA CI: Rachael Kern, PTA-Credentialed CI: Roger Lewis, PTA-Credentialed CI: Sue Winterhalter, PTA CI: Joanie Moosman, PTA CI: Deb Rohloff, PTA-Credentialed CI: Lydia Cervantes, PTA-Credentialed CI: Kim Roberts, PTA CI: Jennifer Garringer, PTA-Credentialed CI: John Mathers, PTA CI: Kelly Jagodzinski, PTA-Credentialed Midwest Community Health Associates (1) CCCE: Matthew Strayer, PT CI: Steve Leathers, PTA CI: Katie Stantz, PTA CI: Teresa Schroeder, PTA Northcrest Golden Living Center (2) CCCE/CI: Marsha Meier, PTA CI: Julie Seymour, MPT Opti-Health Group (5) CCCE: Alan Distel, PT CI: Steve Sneider, PT-Credentialed CI: Beverly Weier, PT-Credentialed CI: Dawn Laytart, PTA CI: Dana McMullin, PTA CI: Rebecca Liskai, PTA PeopleFirst Rehab (1) CCCE/CI: Kathy Johnson, PTA Progressive Therapy & Aquatic Center (1) CCCE/CI: Peg Zientek, PTA PT Services/Optima Rehabilitation Services (3) CCCE: Mark Somodi CI: Beth Meier, PT CI: Rachelle Kruse, PT PSI Academic Catalog--130

131 Select Rehab (2) CCCE: Tammy Allen, PT CI: Christine Pierce, PTA-Credentialed CI: Josh Ravary, PTA CI: Madhavi Dali, PT CI: Kortney Thayer, PTA PTA Advisory Committee Members Select Therapies (1) CCCE: Paulette Klinger CI: Lottie Buno, PT CI: Jermain Hamilton, PTA SportsCare of Wildwood (2) CCCE: Brendon Smith, PT CI: Deb Elliott, PTA CI: Shannon Buchwald, PTA CI: Michelle Sheely, PTA CI: Lindsay Olah, PTA St. James Therapy (2) CCCE/CI: Christie Hofmann, PTA-Credentailed CI: Wendy Studtmann, PT Sunbridge (3) CCCE: Lynn Nidek, PT CI: Lisa Zaleski, PTA CI: Melissa Aponte, PTA CI: Lyn Lemon, PTA CI: Lesli Fausnight, PT CI: Gina Bollman, PTA-Credentialed Deanna Lamb Denise Kovacs Allison Pollacek Roger Lewis Rose Metz Julie Leidel Mary Sue Mercer Cathy Hornbeck Dana Steel Melissa Miller Karen Sims PT, BS, MA PTA Program Director PTA, BA PTA Program ACCE PSI PTA Graduate MPT University of Toledo Medical Center (UTMC) PTA UTMC PSI PTA Teaching Assistant PSI PTA Graduate PTA UTMC PTA Laurels of Toledo PT St. Vincent Hospital DPT University of Toledo PTA Toledo Hospital MPT APRN Balance & Mobility PSI Instructor PSI Graduate PTA PSI Teaching Assistant PSI Graduate PSI Academic Catalog--131

132 PSI Academic Catalog--132

133 School of Practical Nursing Diploma Program PN-- Practical Nurse PSI Academic Catalog--133

134 PSI Academic Catalog--134

135 School of Practical Nursing STUDENT INFORMATION Admission Requirements Revised It is very important to understand that fulfilling the admission requirements DOES NOT guarantee the candidate acceptance into the Practical Nurse (PN) program. Clinical rotations may be scheduled morning, afternoon, nights and on weekends. The PN program is completely residential in nature and no component is done through distance learning. PSI is on a 12-week quarter system with a one (1) week break between quarters. The academic calendars are found as Appendix A to this catalog Enrollment into the PN program is offered in January, April, July and October of each year for a daytime schedule and October for an evening schedule. The Program Cost Sheet and the Gainful Employment Program Disclosure Acknowledgment form are given to each candidate as an insert to this Catalog by an Admissions Representative during the first meeting. PSI s Academic Catalog is available electronically on the website at The catalog is included with the program information, under the program tab, for review prior to applying for admission and/or signing an enrollment agreement. To qualify for the Practical Nurse (PN) program at PSI you must: 1. Be at least 18 years of age and submit a state issued ID for proof of identity. A PSI employee will copy ID, sign and date the copy for verification. 2. Complete and sign PSI s Application for admission. 3. Submit one (1) of the following: 1. An official U.S. high school diploma/transcript. 2. An official U.S. GED equivalent transcript. 3. An official U. S. translated foreign transcript. The completed translated official foreign transcript must be equivalent to a U.S. high school diploma. High school diplomas/transcripts from other countries are acceptable, as long as the diploma is equivalent to a U.S. high school diploma. To assure compliance all applicants with foreign transcript must have the transcript reviewed by a U.S. credential evaluation service. If official transcript is not available, applicant may show proof of U.S. high school diploma or passing score on U.S. GED and complete a PSI Official Transcript Request Form to send for an official high school or GED transcript. 4. If applicable, for transfer credit approval, submit an official college transcript showing proof of the successful completion of approved college course(s). The course(s) must have been passed with a letter grade of C or above and taken within the last five (5) years for course transfer credit consideration. 5. Submit a payment to PSI in the amount of $45 for the TEAS V Test, using a money order, debit or credit card to confirm a testing date. Or submit proof of passage of the TEAS V test from ATI taken at another approved test site. 6. Testing: There are four (4) components of the ATI- TEAS V computerized admission exam. The four (4) components are Reading, Mathematics, Science and English. A minimum passing score of Basic is needed with an Adjusted Individual Total Score of 41.2% or greater to apply for the PN program at PSI. If not successful on the first attempt, the applicant may choose to re-take the entire ATI-TEAS V at an additional $45 test fee to achieve a minimum passing score of Basic with an Adjusted Individual Total Score of 41.2% or greater. Candidates will be tested until the established testing date has expired, usually two (2) weeks prior to the beginning of the next quarter or until seats are filled, which ever comes first. If a candidate does not pass the TEAS V entrance exam on the first attempt, he/she has the option of taking the entire test again. If the candidate does not pass the test the second time he/she has the option of beginning the process from Phase II, again during the next enrollment process. The scores on the TEAS V entrance exam will remain in effect for two (2) years. After 2 years the candidate will be required to repeat the test. Accepted candidates who defer their start date and have their entrance test date expire at two (2) years will not have to re-test if the version of the exam that was originally passed is the same version currently being utilized by Admissions. If a new version is being used, the candidate must pass that version to update his/her file. There will be no testing fee assessed for the first attempt at the new exam. If the initial testing attempt is not successful, any subsequent attempts will require a testing fee be paid. 8. Submit payment of $25 Application Fee. (Refundable only if a candidate is not accepted in Phase III of the Application Process.) Payment of application fee must be in the form of a check or money order made out to PSI or the fee paid with a debit or credit card. PSI Academic Catalog--135

136 9. Obtain and submit an electronic fingerprint criminal background check. Both an Ohio Bureau of Criminal Investigation and Identification (BCI&I) and a Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) Background Check are required. The background checks should be sent to the Attention of the Admission Department at: Professional Skills Institute, 1505 Holland Road, Maumee, Ohio Submit the PSI Immunization Form, with proof of immunizations, lab titer results and TB screening information. 11. Review and sign the Gainful Employment Program Disclosure Acknowledgment Form. 12. Review and sign Admission Acknowledgment Form. 13. Review and sign the PN Felony Preclusion Form. 14. Submit proof of current Basic Life Support certification. Only two (2) certifications will be accepted: a. American Heart Association---Basic Life Support for Healthcare Providers; b. American Red Cross CPR/AED for Professional Rescuers and Health Care Providers c. OR Register for PSI s American Heart Association Basic Life Support for Healthcare Providers by completing the BLS/CPR Add Form. 15. *Be accepted as a candidate into the program. 16. Meet with a Financial Aid (FA) Representative to discuss loan and grant eligibility and repayment obligations. 17. Meet with the Student Accounts Officer to discuss cost and payment for the program. 18. Attend mandatory financial aid and education orientation to: review and sign an Enrollment Agreement. receive a hardcopy of the Academic Catalog. receive the appropriate Student Handbook. review and sign the State of Ohio Disclosure Form. finalize all education and financial aid documentation. review education policy and procedures with a program instructor as a group. review program class schedule and register for classes. *As mature and responsible social behaviors are the fundamental basis for any professional atmosphere, be it academic or employment related, Professional Skills Institute strives to accept only students who exhibit the utmost respect and courtesy for others. Even from the candidate s initial contact with the School, the School will begin its evaluation to appraise the candidate s behavior as responsible and appropriate. If any conduct is demonstrated that is inappropriate for the professional and academic environment, or lacking common respect and courtesy for others, the admission may be denied. Professional Skills Institute reserves the right to use any and all information gathered, printed or otherwise, during the admission process to appropriately determine a candidate s suitability for enrollment. If behaviors or a past pattern of behaviors are revealed during this assessment, that are immoral, unlawful or unbecoming of a student of Professional Skills Institute, the admission may be denied. Phase I: Information Application Process Contact the Admissions Office to schedule a date to attend a PN Admissions Seminar, to schedule an individual appointment or an Admissions Representative. Tony Dickens [email protected] or Andrea Cluckey [email protected] Submit a money order payable to PSI in the amount of $45 for TEAS V test or pay $45 with debit or credit card to confirm a ATI-TEAS testing date. Phase II: Candidate Pre-Admission 1. Complete, sign and submit a PSI Application. 2. Provide a valid government issued photo ID or driver s license, for personal identification. 3. Provide proof of U.S. high school diploma, or U.S. GED equivalent, or U.S. translated foreign transcript equivalent high school diploma or submit applicable U.S. official transcript. 4. If applicable, complete a PSI Official Transcript Request Form to send for an official high school or GED transcript. 5. Successfully complete the TEAS V test with the minimum passing score or higher and submit proof of passing scores. 6. If applicable, submit official college transcript showing proof of successful completion of approved college courses with a letter grade of C or above and taken within the last 5 years for course transfer credit. 7. Review and sign the Gainful Employment Program Disclosure Acknowledgment Form. 8. Review and sign Admission Acknowledgment Form. 9. Review and sign the PN Felony Preclusion Form. 10. Submit payment of $25 Application Fee. 11. Obtain and submit an electronic fingerprint criminal background check. Both an Ohio Bureau of Criminal Investigation and Identification (BCI&I) and a Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) Background Check are required. The background checks should be sent to the Attention of the Admissions Department at: Professional Skills Institute, 1505 Holland Road, Maumee, Ohio Submit the PSI Immunization Form, with proof of immunizations, lab titer results and TB screening information. All documentation must be on PSI s Form or documentation from an attributable source. (i.e. HCP office, Health Department, Urgent Care, etc.) 13. Submit proof of current Basic Life Support certification. Only two (2) certifications will be accepted: a. American Heart Association---Basic Life Support for Healthcare Providers; b. American Red Cross CPR/AED for Professional Rescuers and Health Care Providers c. OR Register for PSI s American Heart Association Basic Life Support for Healthcare Providers by completing the BLS/CPR Add Form. PSI Academic Catalog--136

137 An Admissions Representative will submit the candidate s file to the Admissions Selection Committee upon completion. Phase III: Acceptance Process Candidates who wish to be considered for a particular enrollment date should see that all admissions requirements are met as soon as possible. Seating is limited. A seat in a particular enrollment period is not guaranteed until the candidate attends the mandatory orientation and signs an enrollment agreement. For more information regarding seat availability contact an Admissions Representative. The Admissions Selection Committee will not accept incomplete files for review. The Admissions Selection Committee meets on a bi-weekly basis. Each candidate will have his/her application reviewed by the Admissions Selection Committee using the following criteria: a. Completed and signed Application. b. Verification of valid government issued photo ID or driver s license. c. Verification of high school diploma or GED. d. If applicable, completed Official Transcript Request Form and submission of Official College Transcript(s). e. Signed applicable Gainful Employment. Program Disclosure Acknowledgment Form. f. Signed Admission Acknowledgment Form. g. Signed Felony Preclusion Form. h. Proof of passing TEAS V test with appropriate test scores. i. Verification of paid $25 Application fee. j. Criminal background checks will be screened according to The Criminal Records Check Law in Ohio. This includes preclusion with caring for the elderly and children. There are multiple additional crimes that prevent nurses, including student nurses, to care for children and the elderly. The convictions of these crimes allow PSI to terminate or disqualify candidates/students from completing the clinical components of the nursing program. For a complete listing of these crimes, contact one of PSI s admission representatives. k. Completed Immunization Form. l. Submit proof of current Basic Life Support certification. Only two (2) certifications will be accepted: a. American Heart Association---Basic Life Support for Healthcare Providers; b. American Red Cross CPR/AED for Professional Rescuers and Health Care Providers c. OR Register for PSI s American Heart Association Basic Life Support for Healthcare Providers by completing the BLS/CPR Add Form. Phase IV: Accepted Candidates 1. Candidates will be notified by an Admissions Representative of acceptance. Acceptance does not guarantee a seat in a particular enrollment period. The Admissions Representative will schedule the first appointment for the candidate with a Financial Aid Representative and the Student Accounts Officer. Prior to the appointments, the student must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) online to be prepared for the appointments. A link to the FAFSA form is found at under the Financial Aid tab. The completion of this form is required for all students. 2. Meet with a Financial Aid Representative to discuss loan and grant eligibility and repayment obligations and to review a FA Award Letter. 3. Meet with the Student Accounts Officer to discuss cost and payment for the program. 4. If needed, meet with an Admissions Representative to have additional questions answered. Phase V: Orientation 1. Accepted candidates that have successfully completed all the steps in the admissions process will be notified by an Admissions Representative that a seat is available for a particular enrollment period with ten (10) alternate seats. If an accepted candidate declines or is unable to fill a seat, the first person on the alternate list will be contacted to fill the position. If an accepted candidate or alternate candidate declines a position twice, they will not be allowed to apply for admission for three (3) years. 2. Attend the mandatory enrollment orientation to complete the admission process. The orientation will include the following parts to finalize enrollment. Part 1, Admissions will: review and have student sign an Enrollment Agreement. review and sign the State of Ohio Disclosure Form. issue a hardcopy of the Academic Catalog. issue the appropriate Student Handbook. have the students view drug video. instruct the students on uniform fitting time. have student ID picture taken. Part 2, Financial Aid will: review of loan requirements. review of recalculation policy. review of general FA rules. share helpful FA websites. Part 3, Education will: review PSI s mission statement and positive focus. review program goals and objectives. review the student positive focus notebook. review the Student Handbook. obtain an updated schedule, if applicable. register for first quarter. complete additional program paperwork. discuss and schedule proficiency exam with registrar. PSI Academic Catalog--137

138 Probationary Admission At this time PSI does not offer Probationary Admission into the Practical Nurse Program due to the difficulty of the program. PN Part-Time Status The professional curriculum of each program is structured so that each successive quarter is built on information, knowledge, skills and attitudes obtained in the previous quarters. Students are thus encouraged to maintain full-time status to complete the curriculum. However, there may be situations when a student due to medical or personal reasons needs to assume a part-time status. If this situation presents itself, the student will meet with the Program Coordinator or Associate Program Coordinator to design an appropriate plan of study. Procedure for Part-time status: 1. The student must schedule an appointment with the Program Coordinator, or Associate Program Coordinator to discuss his/her intent to go from fulltime to part-time status. At this meeting the student will discuss his/her reasons for requesting a parttime schedule. Students will be encouraged to maintain a full-time schedule whenever possible. 2. If a full-time schedule cannot be maintained the Program Coordinator or the Associate Program Coordinator will do a Plan of Study (POS) for the student that will outline how and when the student will complete his/her program. 3. The student s POS is then submitted to the Director of Education for review and final academic approval. 4. With educational approval the POS is then submitted to the Financial Aid Administrator who reviews the request with the student. 5. Students who are on part-time schedule may face registration restrictions. Registration for individual courses will be limited to the availability of seats for that course. 6. Students who cannot maintain the part-time POS will have to withdraw from the program and enroll at a later date. PSI Academic Catalog--138

139 Practical Nurse Curriculum Diploma (Revised ) The Practical Nurse (PN) day schedule is presented over a period of 12 months/48 weeks. This period is divided into four (4) 12- week quarters. Enrollment into the day schedule PN program is available four (4) times per year, January, April, July and October. The day schedule is Monday through Friday, from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Nursing Clinical time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day or evening depending on the availability of the clinical site. The Practical Nurse (PN) evening schedule is presented over a period of 18 months/72 weeks. This period is divided into six (6) 12- week quarters. Enrollment into the evening schedule PN program is available once a year, each October. The evening schedule is Monday through Friday, from 5 to 10 p.m. Nursing Clinical time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day or evening depending on the availability of the clinical site. The total credits required to complete the PN program is 121. The Practical Nurse works under the direction of the physician or Registered Nurse to give direct patient care, assist with patient education, manage team nursing patient care delivery, and supervise unlicensed assistive personnel. Upon successful completion of the PN program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduate will receive a diploma and will be eligible to sit for National Council Licensure Examination for Practical/Vocational Nurses (NCLEX-PN ) developed by The National Council of State Boards of Nursing, Inc., to become a Licensed Practical Nurse (LPN). Transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. The school will assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting salary. O*Net: Occupational Information Network is established by the Department of Labor to assist students with information regarding their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the PN program is Students should use the following web address to access this information from the Department of Labor. Curriculum Requirements Quarter Clock Hours Credit Hours PN101 Medical Terminology PN102 Math for Meds PN103 Anatomy & Physiology I PN104 Gerontological Nursing PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing PN201 Principles of Psychology PN202 Pharmacology I PN203 Anatomy & Physiology II PN204 Medication Administration PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing PN301 Computer Applications PN302 Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy PN304 Mental Health Nursing PN305 Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing PN306 Pharmacology II PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN Review PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing PN405 Pediatric Nursing Total Transfer credit may be given from other accredited colleges, if the course content meets PSI s curriculum requirements. The student will need to submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Director of Education and Program Coordinator. Refer to the Transfer of Credit section in this catalog for courses that may be transferred. Note: PSI reserves the right to add, change, or delete classes, and/or other graduation requirements for any program based upon newly adopted requirements of our accrediting bodies, and/or ever-changing trends or requirements within a chosen profession. Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education and cannot be used in place of a staff member at any clinical site. Clinicals can be held any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day. PSI Academic Catalog--139

140 PRACTICAL NURSE Curriculum Daytime Sequence The daytime scheduled curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will experience an ever-increasing degree of expected terminal performance objectives. Freshman Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PN101 Medical Terminology 3.0 PN102 Math for Meds 5.0 PN103 Anatomy & Physiology I 5.5 PN104 Gerontological Nursing 6.0 PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing 13.0 Sophomore --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PN201 Principles of Psychology 4.0 PN202 Pharmacology I 5.0 PN203 Anatomy & Physiology II 6.0 PN204 Medication Administration 4.0 PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing 13.0 Junior --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PN301 Computer Applications 1.5 PN302 Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy 5.0 PN304 Mental Health Nursing 5.0 PN305 Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing 13.0 PN306 Pharmacology II 6.0 Senior --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN Review 8.0 PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing 8.5 PN405 Pediatric Nursing 9.5 Total Quarter Credit Hours PSI Academic Catalog--140

141 PRACTICAL NURSE Curriculum Evening Sequence The evening scheduled curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will experience an ever-increasing degree of expected terminal performance objectives. Freshman Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PN101 Medical Terminology 3.0 PN102 Math for Meds 5.0 PN103 Anatomy & Physiology I 5.5 PN201 Principles of Psychology 4.0 Freshman --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PN104 Gerontological Nursing 6.0 PN202 Pharmacology I 5.0 PN203 Anatomy & Physiology II 6.0 PN302 Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy 5.0 Sophomore --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing 13.0 PN301 Computer Applications 1.5 PN306 Pharmacology II 6.0 Sophomore --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PN204 Medication Administration 4.0 PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing 13.0 Junior --Quarter Possible Quarter Credits PN305 Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing 13.0 PN304 Mental Health Nursing 5.0 Senior --Quarter 6 26 Possible Quarter Credits PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing 8.5 PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN Review 8.0 PN405 Pediatric Nursing 9.5 Total Quarter Credit Hours PSI Academic Catalog--141

142 Professional Skills Institute School of Practical Nurse Philosophy The faculty of the Practical Nurse Program of Professional Skills Institute (PSI) support the mission and goals of the Institute. It is our intent to educate practical nurses who are competent to provide service in a variety of health care settings. Competence requires that a practical nurse be able to integrate, and apply, a specific knowledge base to the professional execution of nursing services for individuals, in accordance with the State of Ohio Nurse Practice Act. We, the faculty of PSI Practical Nursing Program, believe that the concepts of person, health, nursing, environment, and learning, are central components to holism in nursing education. Using Gordon s Functional Health Patterns as an organizing framework for learning, holism is explored. This includes physiological, psychological, sociological, religious, and cultural experiences. These experiences change and develop human behavior across the life span. Each individual interacts with their immediate and global environment. This interaction develops a cooperative coexistence with other individuals in the context of family, culture, and community. These interactions are dynamic and directly influence and individual s perception of health. Health is an individual s perception of their physiological and psychological functioning. Health is a balance between and within states of wellness and illness. This balance is maintained on a continuum with fluctuations between these states influenced by and individual s ability adapt. Adaptation is an individual s response to change in the internal and external environment. It is influenced by physiological, psychological, sociological, religious and cultural components. Nursing is a profession which strives to develop interpersonal and caring relationships with the individual and their family. Nursing care directly impacts health promotion, maintenance, and restoration by supporting self-care abilities of the individual and family. Nursing practice is founded on a specialized and shared knowledge base with influences from the physiological, psychological and behavioral sciences. This knowledge is acquired through direct study, application, and experience. Nursing process provides a systematic approach to the practice of nursing science. The process of assessment, diagnosis, planning, implementation, and evaluation guides the nurse through all patient care settings. Practical nurse education allows the individual to explore and learn the appropriate theory and skill necessary to provide care for persons throughout the life-span. This delivery of care will be directed by the registered nurse or other appropriate health care professional. Professional Skills Institute believes strongly, and is committed to, an obligation to the students enrolled in the practical nurse program, to provide quality education to enable each one to meet their professional ideals and goals, instilling in them the belief that the dignity and worth of all individuals is fundamental regardless of race, sex, religious beliefs, age, nationality or financial status. Graduates of the practical nurse program enter nursing at the technical level and practice in the role as defined by the State of Ohio Nurse Practice Act for the practical nurse. Continual advances in health care require that graduate to participate in a practice of lifelong learning. PSI Academic Catalog--142

143 Conceptual Model/Threads of the Practical Nurse Program Professional Skills Institute faculty has designed this Conceptual Model of Nursing to give direction to nursing education and to facilitate student learning. The model consists of seven component parts. Understanding and attaining the required knowledge of each component is necessary for successful completion of the practical nursing program. These component parts serve to guide the curriculum by ensuring that these common themes are addressed throughout the program. There is an interaction between each of the seven components of the conceptual model. Holism occurs as all seven components of the model interact. As the student completes each progressive quarter, there is an increasing depth of understanding, knowing, and applying the components. Professionalism encircles all the other components since the student must uphold professional standards, values, and morals in nursing practice as a lifelong commitment. Descriptions of the model components are as follows. Commitment to learning starts with the ability to utilize knowledge needed to practice nursing. This knowledge is drawn from the sciences, humanities, and nursing. Needs and resources of learning are identified, while new knowledge and understanding are continually being sought. The ability to self-assess, self-correct, and self-direct is emphasized along with flexibility. Continuing education is identified as a requirement for nursing practice. Communication skills include the ability to communicate effectively verbally, nonverbally, and in writing. Interpersonal skills, which is the ability to interact effectively with patients, families, colleagues, other health care professionals, and the community, are included. Principles of transcultural nursing care Are also applied for effective communication. Technical skills are procedures and techniques necessary for safe and effective assessments and interventions. They are carried out within the scope of practice. These psychomotor skills are based on scientific principles and theories. Critical thinking is the ability to question logically and to identify, generate, and evaluate elements of logical argument. The concept of critical thinking allows the idea that utilizing competencies, attitudes, and standards develop analytical thinking. It recognizes and differentiates between facts and assumptions. It is being able to distinguish relevant from irrelevant, while applying skillful clinical reasoning. Conceptual framework of Marjory Gordon s Eleven Functional Health Patterns is utilized to facilitate a holistic assessment of patients life and lifestyle. The functional assessment focuses on the psychosocial, physical, and environment needs and abilities of patients. Functional patterns are influenced by biological, developmental, cultural, social, and spiritual factors. No one health pattern can be understood without input from the other patterns. Evaluating each health pattern assists in identifying patients strengths and dysfunctional patterns, which leads to the development of a nursing care plan. Nursing Process is an organized method of giving individualized nursing care for actual or potential health problems. The nursing process for the practical nurse includes having an understanding of the nursing assessment, diagnosis, planning, implementation, and evaluation phases, all under the direction of the registered nurse. The practical nurse may offer observations to assist the registered nurse in providing individualized care. Professionalism is the ability to exhibit appropriate professional conduct and to represent the profession effectively. Professionalism includes being knowledgeable, responsible, and accountable for actions and outcomes. A professional nurse has knowledge of, and practices, within legal boundaries. PSI Academic Catalog--143

144 Practical Nurse Clinical Skills PSI Practical Nursing students will care for a variety of patients, this includes but is not limited to patients of different ages, races, color, male or female; a variety of marital statuses, disabilities, religions, political affiliations and national origins. PSI will not be able to accept you as a student unless you can agree to all of the preceding information. The Practical Nurse uses the nursing process to meet the patient s needs by promoting and maintaining health and wellness, preventing illness and disease, and assisting with restoring the patient s health. Examples of skills (but not limited to) performed by the Practical Nurse under the direction of a physician or RN are: 1. Obtaining vital signs (temperature, pulse, respiration and blood pressure) 2. Bathing, feeding and performing all needed personal hygiene measures for the patient. 3. Calculating intake and output. 4. Making an occupied and unoccupied bed. 5. Placing patient s in therapeutic positions. 6. Performing range of motion exercises. 7. Assisting patients with ambulation, using canes, walkers, or crutches. 8. Performing patient transfers. (i.e. bed to chair, bed to wheelchair) 9. Performing isolation techniques. 10. Maintaining universal precautions. 11. Preparing sterile fields and donning sterile gloves. 12. Changing clean and sterile dressings. 13. Performing oropharyngeal and tracheal suctioning. 14. Inserting and maintaining urinary catheters. 15. Maintaining nasogastric tubes. 16. Maintaining enteral tube feedings. 17. Administering various types of enemas. 18. Caring for various types of ostomies. 19. Administering medications and treatments. 20. Providing basic infant care. 21. Monitoring, regulating and discontinuing peripheral intravenous therapies. 22. Assisting with the patient health assessment and physical examination. 23. Charting (documenting). 24. Providing patient and family education. 25. Maintaining interpersonal skills and therapeutic communication. 26. Collecting body fluid samples. (urine, sputum, stool, and wound) 27. Starting IVs on adult patients only (18 years or older). The Practical Nurse will care for patients in a variety of different health care settings, such as hospitals, ambulatory care centers, home care, long-term care settings, specialized care centers, and hospice. PSI Academic Catalog--144

145 Terminal Objectives for Graduates of the Practical Nurse Program Demonstrates knowledge of nursing science and nursing concepts based on physical and behavioral sciences. Demonstrates therapeutic communication skills, both verbally and nonverbally, in relationships with patients, families and other health care members. Performs safe appropriate nursing skills in the delivery of patient care. Applies logical and skillful clinical reasoning while delivering patient care. Utilizes Marjory Gordon s Functional Health Patterns as the conceptual framework as the basis for nursing care. Applies the nursing process while delivering nursing care to patients and families. Acts in a professional manner while conducting nursing care. Goals for the Practical Nurse Program Provide a practical nurse program from which graduates are prepared to perform the functions of a beginning practical nurse. Provide a curriculum based on sciences, humanities, and nursing which allows the student to make safe, appropriate and logical decisions in the clinical area. Provide a positive learning environment, which fosters students growth and expected performance. Provide information on how graduates can advance their professional education in order to obtain an associate degree, or higher, for registered nursing through an accredited institution, if desired. PSI Academic Catalog--145

146 Practical Nurse Student Conduct Policy Referenced from Rules Promulgated From the Law Regulating the Practice of Nursing, Chapter B of the Ohio Administrative Code. (Effective ) Student conduct while providing nursing care, which includes, but is not limited to the following requirements: (1) A student shall, in a complete, accurate, and timely manner, report and document nursing assessments or observations, the care provided by the student for the client, and the client s response to that care. (2) A student shall, in an accurate and timely manner, report to the appropriate practitioner errors in or deviations from the current valid order. A student shall not falsify any client record or any other document prepared or utilized in the course of, or in conjunction (3) with, nursing practice. This includes, but is not limited to, case management documents or reports, or time records, or reports, and other documents related to billing for nursing services. A student shall implement measures to promote a safe environment for each client. (4) A student shall delineate, establish, and maintain professional boundaries with each client. (5) At all times when a student is providing direct nursing care to a client the student shall: (6) (a) Provide privacy during examination or treatment and in the care of personal or bodily needs; and (7) (8) (9) (10) (b) Treat each client with courtesy, respect, and with full recognition of dignity and individuality. A student shall practice within the appropriate scope of practice as set forth in division (B) of section and division (B)(20) of section of the Revised Code for a registered nurse, and division (F) of section and division (B)(21) of section of the Revised Code for a practical nurse; A student shall use universal blood and body fluid precautions established by Chapter of the Administrative Code; A student shall not: (a) Engage in behavior that causes or may cause physical, verbal, mental, or emotional abuse to a client; (b) Engage in behavior toward a client that may reasonably be interpreted as physical, verbal, mental, or emotional abuse. A student shall not misappropriate a client s property or: (a) Engage in behavior to seek or obtain personal gain at the client s expense; (b) Engage in behavior that may reasonably be interpreted as behavior to seek or obtain personal gain at the client s expense; (c) Engage in behavior that constitutes inappropriate involvement in the client s personal relationships; or (d) Engage in behavior that may reasonably be interpreted as inappropriate involvement in the client s personal relationships. For the purpose of this paragraph, the client is always presumed incapable of giving free, full, or informed consent to the behaviors by the student set forth in this paragraph. A student shall not: (11) (a) Engage in sexual conduct with a client; (b) Engage in conduct in the course of practice that may reasonably be interpreted as sexual; (c) Engage in any verbal behavior that is seductive or sexually demeaning to a client; (d) Engage in verbal behavior that may reasonably be interpreted as seductive, or sexually demeaning to a client. For the purpose of this paragraph, the client is always presumed incapable of giving free, full, or informed consent to sexual activity with the student. A student shall not, regardless of whether the contact or verbal behavior is consensual, engage with a patient other than (12) the spouse of the student in any of the following: (a) Sexual contact, as defined in section of the Revised Code; (13) (14) (b) Verbal behavior that is sexually demeaning to the patient or may be reasonably interpreted by the patient as sexually demeaning. A student shall not self-administer or otherwise take into the body any dangerous drug, as defined in section of the Revised Code, in any way not in accordance with a legal, valid prescription issued for the student. A student shall not habitually indulge in the use of controlled substances, other habit-forming drugs, or alcohol or other chemical substances to an extent that impairs ability to practice. PSI Academic Catalog--146

147 (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) A student shall not have impairment of the ability to practice according to acceptable and prevailing standards of safe nursing care because of habitual or excessive use of drugs, alcohol, or other chemical substances that impair the ability to practice. A student shall not have impairment of the ability to practice according to acceptable and prevailing standards of safe nursing care because of a physical or mental disability; A student shall not assault or cause harm to a patient or deprive a patient of the means to summon assistance; A student shall not obtain or attempt to obtain money or anything of value by intentional misrepresentation or material deception in the course of practice; A student shall not have been adjudicated by a probate court of being mentally ill or mentally incompetent, unless restored to competency by the court. A student shall not aid and abet a person in that person s practice of nursing without a license, practice as a dialysis technician without a certificate issued by the board, or administration of medications as a medication aide without a certificate issued by the board. A student shall not prescribe any drug or device to perform or induce an abortion, or otherwise perform or induce an abortion; A student shall not assist suicide as defined in section of the Revised Code. A student shall not submit or cause to be submitted any false, misleading or deceptive statements, information, or document to the nursing program, its faculty or preceptors, or to the board. Effective: 02/01/2008 Website: ttp://codes.ohio.gov/oac/ R.C review dates: 10/8/2010 and 10/1/2011 Promulgated Under: Statutory Authority: Rule Amplifies: Prior Effective Dates: 2/1/96, 4/1/97, 2/1/02, 2/1/04, 2/1/07, 2/1/08 Note: That any proven, documented breach of these rules is reason for immediate dismissal from the program. All of the above referenced behaviors will be discussed in the nursing courses prior to the students experiencing a clinical rotation. These rules of conduct are also a part of the Student Responsibility Form which all students read and sign prior to participation in a clinical rotation. The above-mentioned behaviors, along with the student conduct for unprofessional/conduct behavior and unacceptable conduct/behavior found in this student academic catalog, will govern the student conduct for the practical nurse program. PSI Academic Catalog--147

148 PSI Academic Catalog--148

149 School of Practical Nursing Course Descriptions (Revised ) * Please refer to page 31 for definition of ABHES additional outside clock hours and Title IV (FA) out-of-class prep hours calculations. PN101 Medical Terminology 3 Quarter Credit Hours 1.5 FA Hours 30 Lecture Hours 15.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PN Program. This course presents the basic medical concepts, terms and structures concentrating on building a basic foundation and frame-work of the language of medicine. Through memorization and practice in spelling and pronunciation of medical root words and the prefixes and suffixes presented, the student will be able to analyze numerous medical and nursing terms and have a solid base on which to build a larger vocabulary, spell medical and nursing terms correctly, understand the context in which that word will be applied, and enjoy working with a health-related field due to an increased understanding of medical terminology. PN102 Math for Meds 5 Quarter Credit Hours 2.5 FA Hours 50 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PN Program. This course presents a review of basic mathematic calculations, drug measurements using metric, apothecary and household measurements, reading medication labels and syringe calibrations, dosage calculations, medication administration systems, dosage calculation from body weight (adult and pediatric), and pediatric medication conversion and calculations. A brief introduction to IV calculations of flow rates is included. PN103 Anatomy & Physiology I 5.5 Quarter Credit Hours 2.75 FA Hours 55 Lecture Hours 27.5 Additional Outside Clock Hours PN104 Gerontological Nursing 6 Quarter Credit Hours 3.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PN Program. This course focuses on the older adult and those considerations necessary to provide competent and compassionate bedside nursing care during the clinical rotations of the Practical Nursing Program. The information is presented in 5 areas: the nursing role, promotion of physical health, promotion of psycho social health, special challenges in care of the older adult, and management skills in care of the older adult. Gerontological data collection will be discussed using Gordon s Functional Health Patterns as a framework. PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing 13 Quarter Credit Hours 9.75 FA Hours 85 Lecture Hours 50 Lab Hours 60 Clinical Hours 65.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PN Program. This course assists the student to gain knowledge concerning the holistic care of adults. Basic human needs are explored. Emphasis is placed upon fundamental nursing care principles, performing safe nursing interventions, developing basic procedural skills, and documentation. Basic microbiology is explained as it relates to infection control. The nursing process, Gordon s Functional Health Patterns, and communication skills are introduced. The history of practical nursing and nursing trends are discussed as well as the role of the practical nurse as a member of the health care team. Professional, moral, ethical, and legal issues are explored. Gordon s Functional Health Patterns of Health Perception/Health Management, Sleep/Rest, and Role Relationships are covered in full. Gordon s s Functional Health Patterns of Activity/Exercise, Self-Perception/Self-Concept, and Values/Belief are introduced. The student will spend time in the learning lab as well as clinical time in a long-term care facility or an assisted living facility. Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PN Program. This course introduces the basic structures and functions of the human body. Included are an examination of the body as a whole, cell structure and function, body tissues and membranes, and basic chemistry principles. Instruction is given on several anatomy systems including integumentary, skeletal, and muscular. The composition and functions of the blood are also included. PSI Academic Catalog--149

150 PN201 Principles of Psychology 4 Quarter Credit Hours 2.0 FA Hours 40 Lecture Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PN Program. This course presents an introduction in the areas of psychology and sociology. This information presented includes motives, human needs and wants, senses, perception, personality, health, problem-solving, and family living patterns. Text discussions are used to broaden the student s self-understanding and a fuller development of his/her individual potential. Once learned, the student will be able to apply these concepts in his/her nursing care during clinical nursing courses. Also discussed are the effects of economic, political, religious and cultural factors as they relate to individuals behaviors. PN202 Pharmacology I 5 Quarter Credit Hours 2.5 FA Hours 50 Lecture 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s) or Concurrent: PN102 Math for Meds, PN103 Anatomy & Physiology I. This course discusses the different classifications of drugs. Emphasis is placed on patient variables that may affect drug action and cultural influences related to medications. Drugs are studied in groups: drugs affecting the autonomic and central nervous system, drugs used to treat disorders of the respiratory system, drugs affecting the digestive system, drugs affecting the endocrine system, drugs affecting neoplasms, drugs used to treat disorders of the urinary system, drugs used to treat eye disorders, drugs used to treat the muscular system, antimicrobial agents, and herbal and dietary supplement therapy. PN203 Anatomy & Physiology II 6 Quarter Credit Hours 3.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite or concurrent: PN103 Anatomy & Physiology I. This course completes the study of the structures and functions of the human body systems. Included are several systems that include the nervous, the sensory, the endocrine, the circulatory, lymphatic and immunity, respiratory, digestive, urinary, and reproductive including human development. PN204 Medication Administration 4 Quarter Credit Hours 2.5 FA Hours 30 Lecture 20 Lab Hours 20.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours This course discusses the legal aspects affecting the administration of medications. Preparation and administration of medications are presented stressing general principles of accuracy, acceptance of responsibility and asepsis. Lab time will consist of reading and documenting on medication records, plus learning the different routes of medication administration. These routes include: oral, sublingual, buccal, topical, transdermal, rectal, vaginal, and inhalation. Nasal, ophthalmic, and otic installations, as well as subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal injections are presented and practiced to competency. Administration of medication by gastric tube is included. Intravenous medication maintenance is addressed, as well. PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing 13 Quarter Credit Hours 9.5 FA Hours 90 Lecture Hours 40 Lab Hours 60 Clinical Hours 65.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): PN104 Gerontological Nursing and PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing. Prerequisite or Concurrent: PN202 Pharmacology I. Concurrent: PN204 Medication Administration. Note: A passing grade, both didactic and lab, in PN204 Medication Administration is required in order to attend PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing clinical. This course assists the student in utilizing knowledge from the physical sciences and fundamentals of nursing to better understand adult patients with medical and/or surgical problems. The student will utilize the framework of Gordon s Functional Health Patterns to facilitate a holistic examination in order to implement an appropriate nursing care plan, at the discretion of the registered nurse. Common medical/surgical topics, in addition to nursing care, are discussed. End of life care and hospice care are included. Emphasis is placed on patients ethnicity and cultural upbringing. Gordon s Functional Health Patterns of Activity/Exercise and Value/Belief are carried over from last quarter and completed in full. The other health patterns that are introduced are Nutritional/Metabolic and Cognitive/Perceptual. The student will begin to pass medications in the clinical area. The student will spend time in the learning lab as well as clinical time in one or more of the following areas: acute care setting, long term care facility, hospice. PN301 Computer Applications 1.5 Quarter Credit Hours 1.0 FA Hours 10 Lecture Hours 10 Lab Hours 7.5 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PN Program. This class presents basic computer concepts along with basic keyboarding strokes, how to use the mouse, how to open, save, edit, and retrieve a document using a word processor program. Prerequisite: PN102 Math for Meds Prerequisite or Concurrent: PN202 Pharmacology I. Concurrent: PN205 Med/Surg Nursing. Note: A passing grade for both didactic and lab is required for PN204 Medication Administration in order to attend PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing clinical. PSI Academic Catalog--150

151 PN302 Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy 5 Quarter Credit Hours 2.5 FA Hours 50 Lecture Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite: PN103 Anatomy and Physiology I. Prerequisite or Concurrent: PN203 Anatomy and Physiology II. This course presents the basic principles of nutritional science, nutrition throughout the life cycle, community nutrition and health care, and clinical nutrition. The study begins with the functions of good health (carbohydrates, fats, proteins, vitamins, minerals, and water). Important considerations studied are: community food supply, food habits and cultural patterns, weight management, and nutrition and physical fitness. Nutritional considerations in planning and implementing nutritional care, gastrointestinal problems, coronary heart disease, diabetes, renal disease, surgery and nutritional support, and nutritional support in cancer and AIDS patients conclude the course. Gordon s Functional Health Pattern of Nutritional/Metabolic is the prime focus of this course. In order to gather data and assist the whole person, it is necessary to address some of Gordon s other Functional Health Patterns. This is completed by integrating the course content found relevant to the other Functional Health Patterns throughout the lectures of every chapter. A person s general health as it relates to his/her eating habits is covered in the Health Perception/Health Management Pattern. Diseases that affect the bowel and urinary systems and their affects on nutrition will be addressed with Gordon s Elimination Pattern. Nutritional problems that result from sleep disturbance will be covered with the Sleep/Rest Pattern. A person with either sensory difficulties, or experiencing any form of pain, or having any kind of impaired decision making abilities is discussed with the Cognitive/Perceptual Pattern. Meals are discussed while taking into consideration today s many different family styles and living arrangements. This is the focus of the Role//Relationship Pattern. Stress affects the body in many different physical and psychological ways that will result in changes of diet. This is addressed in the Coping/Stress/Tolerance Pattern. Cultural, religious beliefs, and personal values do impact a person s choice of food. This is discussed in Gordon s Value/Belief Pattern. By examining a person s dietary habits while keeping in mind Gordon s Functional Health Patterns, holistic care is accomplished. PN304 Mental Health Nursing 5 Quarter Credit Hours 3.5 FA Hours 40 Lecture Hours 30 Clinical Hours 25.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing, PN201 Principles of Psychology, PN202 Pharmacology I, PN204 Medication Administration, PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing, PN104 Gerontological Nursing. Prerequisite or concurrent: PN306 Pharmacology II. patients experiencing deficits in cognition, perception, and role relationships. The role of advocate will be explored relating to professional issues involving legal, moral, and ethical concerns. Clinical sites will consist of one or more of the following: acute care setting, sub-acute care setting, outpatient mental facilities. PN305 Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing 13 Quarter Credit Hours 9.5 FA Hours 90 Lecture Hours 40 Lab Hours 60 Clinical Hours 65.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): PN104 Gerontological Nursing, PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing, PN202 Pharmacology I, PN204 Medication Administration, and PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing. Prerequisite or concurrent: PN306 Pharmacology II. This course provides a continuation of the study of physical sciences and nursing to better understand hospitalized adult patients with medical and/or surgical problems. The student will continue to gain knowledge in the holistic care of adult patients experiencing medical and/or surgical problems, while Gordon s Functional Health Patterns allow the student to identify abilities and needs of patients. The nursing process will then be utilized in order to provide individualized nursing care. Emphasis is placed upon increasingly complex principles of nursing care while performing in a safe manner. Medication administration skills are broadened in the clinical area. Elimination Functional Health Pattern is covered in full, while Cognitive/Perceptual, Nutritional/ Metabolic, and Activity/Rest Functional Health Patterns are continued from the previous quarter. The student will spend time in the learning lab as well as clinical in one or more of the following facilities: acute care setting, sub-acute care setting. The role of the practical nurse in IV therapy is taught. Successful completion of all IV curriculum will result in the student being authorized by The Ohio Board of Nursing to provide limited intravenous therapy, after passing the NCLEX-PN and becoming an LPN. PN306 Pharmacology II 6 Quarter Credit Hours 3.0 FA Hours 60 Lecture Hours 30.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): PN102 Math for Meds, PN103 Anatomy and Physiology I. Prerequisite or concurrent: PN203 Anatomy & Physiology II, PN202 Pharmacology I. This course discusses the different classifications of drugs. Emphasis is placed on patient variables that may affect drug action and cultural influences related to medications. Drugs are studied in groups: drugs affecting the autonomic and central nervous systems, drugs affecting the cardiovascular system, gonadal hormones, and drugs affecting the reproductive system. This course assists the student to gain knowledge in the holistic care of patients experiencing mental health and psychological problems in childhood through late adulthood. An emphasis on Gordon s Functional Health Patterns of Self- Perception/Self-Concept, Cognitive/Perceptual, Role Relationship, Coping/Stress Tolerance, and Value/Belief are stressed. The nursing process is utilized to assist patients with health alteration in cognition, perception, and role relationships. Self-awareness and empathy are emphasized when caring for patients with altered/impaired communication. Skills will be adapted in working with PSI Academic Catalog--151

152 PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN Review 8 Quarter Credit Hours 4.0 FA Hours 80 Lecture Hours 40.0 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of ALL previous quarters, and concurrently taking courses in last quarter. This course reviews the practical nurses s role in the nursing process as well as the nursing field. Focus will consist of assertiveness as a nursing responsibility and developing leadership skills, as well as reviewing delegation skills to the unlicensed assistive personnel and accepting skills assigned by the registered nurse. Different health care settings where LPNs are employed will be explored. The process of finding a job is stressed by reviewing good communications skills, completing a cover letter, developing a resume, and writing a follow-up letter. Nursing leadership and management will also be addressed. How to interview for a prospective job is discussed. Preparation for the NCLEX-PN is stressed. The PN Comprehensive Predictor Assessment On-line Practice and the Leadership and Management Exam will be given to assess areas to focus on during the review sessions. The PN Comprehensive Predictor and the Leadership and Management Exams will be given to assess the student in his/her readiness for the NCLEX-PN Exam. This course focuses on the health care needs of newborn infants through adolescent years, including the families. Developmental concepts focusing on the interrelationships between physiological, psychological, spiritual, and cultural dimensions provide the fundamental knowledge required in recognizing and understanding the uniqueness of patients and families. The student will utilize Gordon s Functional Health Patterns to facilitate a holistic examination in order to implement an appropriate nursing care plan. Concepts of communication and teaching/learning principles are used to assist the patients and families as they adapt to changes in their environment. Nursing skills are acquired/adapted to meet the unique needs of this population. All of Gordon s Functional Health Patterns, as they relate to the pediatric patient, are covered, with a special emphasis on Role/Relationship and Coping/Stress Tolerance as they relate to the family. The student will spend time in the learning lab as well as clinical experience in one or more of the following: acute care setting, therapeutic recreational setting for special needs children, wellness screening in schools. PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing 8.5 Quarter Credit Hours 5.75 FA Hours 65 Lecture Hours 20 Lab Hours 30 Clinical Hours 42.5 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing, PN 202 Pharmacology I, PN306 Pharmacology II, PN204 Medication Administration, PN205 Medical / Surgical NursingPN305 Advanced Medical / Surgical Nursing and PN304 Mental Health Nursing Concurrent: PN401 Job Readiness/ NCLEX-PN Review and PN405 Pediatric Nursing. This course focuses on the health care needs of women during childbearing years, with an emphasis on pregnancy, labor, and birth. Gynecological care of women throughout their life span is also discussed. Nursing care of the newborn infant will be explored. Cultural influences are stressed. Current ethical, moral, legal, and professional issues are addressed to facilitate the interaction of personal values with the standards of the nursing profession. Gordon s Functional Health Patterns are utilized to review patients families needs, in order to implement an individualized plan of care. The student will spend time in the learning lab as well as 30 hours of clinical experience in one or more of the following: acute care setting, ambulatory care setting. PN405 Pediatric Nursing 9.5 Quarter Credit Hours 6.0 FA Hours 80 Lecture/ 10 Lab/ 30 Clinical Hours 47.5 Additional Outside Clock Hours Prerequisite(s): PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing, PN202 Pharmacology I, PN306 Pharmacology II, PN204 Medication Administration, PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing, PN304 Mental Health Nursing, PN305 Advanced Medical /Surgical Nursing. Concurrent: PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN Review and PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing. PSI Academic Catalog--152

153 School of Practical Nursing General Information/Policies and Procedures PN Policy for Test Taking including Makeup Tests Course tests, exams or quizzes will be announced in advance. At least one (1) to two (2 ) days notice will be given. There are no pop quizzes given. If a student is not in class the day the test is announced, he/she is required to take the test on the day it is given. Cheating, dishonesty, deception, or plagiarism in any form is not tolerated at PSI. Any student who chooses to disregard these rules will receive a 0% on that assignment/test. Furthermore, that student will be immediately terminated from the program. Policy for Test Taking: To help eliminate and avoid an unacceptable behavior, the following policy is for all PSI students taking any test, any ATI exam, quiz, exam, or lab competency in any course of the program. 1. There is assigned seating for all examinations. 2. All personal items, including books, backpacks, tape recorders, cell phones and purses are not allowed at the student desk area. They are to be stored in front or back of the classroom, away from the student s desk or at a designated area chosen by the instructor. 3. The only items allowed on the desk during testing are sharpened pencils and a calculator. (if allowed by the individual class instructor). 4. The student may not get up and walk around during testing. If he/she has a question, the student must raise his/her hand and wait for the instructor to walk over to his/her desk. 5. A blank piece of paper is provided to each student to be used as a cover sheet. All answers must be covered at all times during the entire testing period. This cover sheet, along with the test, must be turned in to the instructor after completing the test. Tests and cover sheets should remain flat on the desk. 6. Once the test is started, the student is not allowed to leave the classroom. 7. After turning in the completed test to the instructor, the student may not retrieve the test for any reasons. 8. After the student completes the test, he/she should leave the classroom and return at the designated time. As a courtesy to other students who are still taking the test, please keep noise to a minimum. 9. If the test is timed, the instructor will let the student know when time has expired. The test must be turned in at that time. Any unanswered questions will be counted as wrong. PN students to prepare for the NCLEX-PN exam will be allotted one minute per question on a test, quiz or final exam. 10. If a student s cell phone or any other electronic device goes off, rings/ the alarm sounds/ it vibrates/makes any sound/or has any visual display or signal and is on the student or surrounding area during an exam or if the student is caught looking at his/her cell phone, or other electronic devices a 0% on that exam will be awarded. 11. Any student who chooses to disregard these rules will receive a 0% on that assignment/test. Furthermore, that student may be expelled from the program or PSI, pending the decision of the Director of Education. 12. Cheating, dishonesty, deception, or plagiarism of any type will result in immediate termination from the student s program. 13. Any student who removes a test from the classroom for any reason, will be considered cheating and will result in immediate termination from the student s program. Tests, exams and quizzes will be graded and returned to the students within one (1) week of testing. The student may review the test to see what errors were made and to keep track of his/her grades for each course. All tests are returned to the instructor, and retained by the school until the end of the next quarter. The tests are then shredded. Policy for Test Review in All Courses: 1. All personal items, including books, backpacks, pencils, pens, tape recorders, cell phones and purses are not allowed at the student desk area. They are to be stored in front or back of the classroom, away from the student s desk or at a designated area chosen by the instructor. 2. The instructor will answer any questions that the student may have regarding the test. If after the rationale is given, and the student continues to have questions, the student must make an appointment with the instructor, after class hours, to discuss it further. 3. If a student continues to have a concern with the test answer, the student will have 48 hours from the test review date to submitted to the instructor written documentation, including references of where the answer is located. The instructor will review documentation for accuracy and make the final judgment. PSI Academic Catalog--153

154 4. If a student is absent for the test review, it is the student s responsibility to contact the course instructor within 48 hours of the test review to set up an appointment to review the test. If the student does not contact the course instructor within 48 hours of the initial test review, the student will forfeit his/her right to review the test. Any type of test grade discrepancy must be reviewed during the test review time. There will not be another time allotted for grade discrepancies after the exam review is complete. After the review period the grade will be recorded in the grade book and will not be subject to review. 5. Any student who removes a test from the classroom for any reason, will be considered cheating and will result in immediate termination from the student s program. If a student continues to have a concern with the test answer, the student will have 48 Hours from the test review date to submit to the instructor written documentation, including references of where the answer is located. The instructor will review documentation for accuracy and make the final judgment. For final exams, students are to study notes, study guides and chapter material. If an instructor has time for final exam review, it will be a maximum of two (2) class periods only. It is the sole responsibility of the student to prepare for final exams. A course that has both a lab competency and lecture component, each must be passed separately with a minimum of a 77 percent to pass the course and a satisfactory grade to pass the lab competency. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time the it is offered. Lab Competency: In the event the student receives an unsatisfactory grade on a lab competency demonstration, the student will be allowed one (1) additional attempt to pass the lab competency demonstration, for a total of two (2) attempts. The student must arrange with the instructor within one week of a lab competency demonstration failure, a plan of remediation and a time to take the makeup competency demonstration. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second attempt at the competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable. Makeup Testing Policy Students are allowed to make up one (1) test and one (1) quiz in each course, with the exception of final exams, with no grade penalty. The percentage grade received will be recorded in the grade book. This test or quiz must be made up on the next available makeup day or the student will receive a zero (0) grade for the test or quiz. The second missed test or quiz must be made up at the next available makeup day or the student will receive a zero (0) grade for the test or quiz. The grade on the second makeup test or quiz will be recorded no higher than a 73 percent. (Example: A student took a makeup test or quiz and received a grade of 95 percent. Because it was a second makeup test or quiz, the instructor will record the grade as 73 percent). Grades of less than 73 percent on the second makeup test or quiz will be recorded at that lower percentage. There will only be two makeup tests or quizzes in each course. Please review the PN Student Handbook for both day and evening students check in time and room availability. Children are not permitted in the building during make-up testing. Students are required to take all makeup tests and quizzes, regardless of the number. This policy is strictly enforced and cannot be altered. Instructors will submit tests for make-ups after the day class or lab is completed in full. This is to prevent day students from leaving class or lab early to take their make-up tests. Note: As a courtesy to other students taking tests or quizzes, students should enter and exit the classroom as quietly as possible. If a student has a class on test makeup day, and misses that day then he/she will take the make-up test the following test makeup day. If that student shows up for another class on makeup day, then he/she MUST make-up the missed test that same day, or a zero (0) is earned. The make-up tests and quizzes will have a designated proctor. Instructors or administrative staff cannot change makeup test days, times, or policies. There are NO makeup final exams. Final exams must be taken on the scheduled day and at the scheduled time. No exams will be given either before or after the scheduled date and time. If a student misses a scheduled final exam, a doctor s written excuse or prior approval for extenuating circumstances from the Program Director or Coordinator will be accepted as proof of the inability of the student to sit for the examination on the scheduled date. If approved, a makeup date and time will be arranged. Extenuating circumstances would be: A death in the immediate family. Defined as: Student s parents, spouse, domestic partner, child, sibling, grandparents, grandchildren, and/or the spouse s parents, children or siblings. Overnight hospitalization of a member of the immediate family, as defined above. Overnight hospitalization of a student. Vehicle Accident of the student which precipitates emergency medical care immediately prior to the start of the class Student has a mandatory court date. Documentation must be submitted prior to and after the court appearance. This information is to be submitted to the instructor and appropriate program director or coordinator. Two approval signatures (instructor and program director or coordinator) are required. If not approved the student will be given a zero (0) for the midterm or final exam. Any student not showing up for the next available test day will receive a zero (0) on that makeup test. There will be no makeup testing when classes are not in session. PSI Academic Catalog--154

155 Clinical Make-up Policy Clinical rotations are a necessary part of the PN curriculum and passage is necessary for advancement to the next course level in this program. The following criteria pertains to the attendance requirements which must be met in order to obtain a satisfactory completion of the clinical component of the PN program, which entitles the student to advance to the next level: A.) B.) Clinical site placement is at the discretion of the nursing course instructor. The instructor may ask for student preference, but this is not a guarantee that the student will be assigned that clinical site. Students must notify the nursing course instructor of past and present health care related employment facilities that they have worked in. Students must also include with this written documentation any family members who presently work in any of PSI s assigned clinical sites, regardless of what job they may hold. Students will be placed in other facilities to prevent any conflicts. If any student does not disclose this information to the nursing course instructor, prior to clinical assignments being made, that student may be terminated from the PN program. There can be no more than 1 tardy allowed for the following clinical rotations: Mental Health Nursing, Pediatric Nursing and Maternal/Infant Nursing. There can be no more than two tardies allowed for the following clinical rotations: Fundamentals of Nursing, Medical/Surgical Nursing, and Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing. More than the allotted tardies will result in an automatic fail or unsatisfactory for the clinical rotation. Tardy is defined as not being present, on the floor, and ready to work, at clinical shift start time. This is directed and set forth by the term coordinator, instructor, and facility and will clearly be made known to each student prior to beginning clinical rotation. The definition of tardy is further defined as: Tardy, but allowed to stay on the clinical unit, is allowable up to 60 minutes beyond the start time. Afer 60 minutes, the student will be dismissed from the experience. This is considered an unexcused absence, and the student will earn a failing grade/unsatisfactory for clinicals. Telephone contact is required on tardy days. The student must contact the facility and/or the clinical instructor within 30 minutes of the start time. If a student arrives within 60 minutes late to a clinical site, but does not contact the facility and/or the instructor, it is the clinical instructor s discretion to allow the student to remain at the site. No excuse will expand this time frame. Most non-emergency situations can be corrected within 60 minutes with advance planning. If the student is in an emergency situation the clinical absence policy should be enacted to allow for these situations. C.) The following circumstances will constitute an excused clinical absence. (Note: Rescheduling of the clinical day will be attempted.) A death in the immediate family. Overnight hospitalization of a member of the immediate family. Overnight hospitalization of a student. Vehicle Accident which precipitates emergency medical care immediately prior to clinical. Student arrives at clinical but is too ill to remain at the site. D.) No more than 1 clinical day per each nursing course can be missed based on the above circumstances. More than 1 clinical day missed will be equal to an unsatisfactory completion grade or failure. The student will need to repeat the entire course and clinical at an additional tuition fee, the next time a seat becomes available for the failed course. E.) If you are a no call no show to clinicals, you are terminated from that nursing class and must repeat the theory/lab/clinical components in its entirety at an additional tuition charge. F.) Inclement Weather and Clinicals Only: If there is a level II or III snow emergency issued in Lucas County clinicals will be cancelled and rescheduled when the clinical site is available. G.) If an excused clinical absence occurs in PN304 Mental Health Nursing, PN404 Maternal Infant Nursing, or PN405 Pediatric Nursing (See item C in this section for excused clinical absences.), a clinical make-up day for these three (3) courses is contingent on the clinical site availability and the student s performance of the last scheduled clinical day. If the student obtains all satisfactory ratings for every criteria in each thread of the clinical evaluation tool, a clinical make-up day is not required, but if the site is available, the student will make the day up. If there is one unsatisfactory rating in any criteria of the clinical evaluation tool, a clinical make-up day is required at an additional cost to the student. H.) If an excused clinical absence occurs in Fundamentals of Nursing, Medical/Surgical Nursing, or Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing, there will not be any clinical make-up day offered. The exception to this rule is the IV clinical day for Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing which needs to be madeup. The above stated circumstances must be accompanied by written proof from an authorizing individual and submitted to your clinical instructor before the next scheduled clinical day for final review and acceptance. This documentation must be turned in within one (1) week of the excused absence, or the student will fail clinical, therefore failing the nursing course and needing to repeat the failed course in its entirety at an additional tuition charge. If this is deemed an acceptable excuse, the missed clinical day will be excused and it will not adversely affect your attendance record for clinical rotation requirements. Every attempt will be made to get your allotted clinical hours completed before the end of the quarter this includes excused absences. This is based on clinical availability. In rare circumstances and I (incomplete) grade may be earned until clinical availability occurs. Clinical Worksheet Notice: All areas that have an asterisk (*) must be completed pre-clinically. If these asterisk areas are NOT completed pre-clinically, it will result in an automatic unsatisfactory ( U ) grade for the clinical component of this course. The student will receive a failing grade, and must repeat the entire course (theory, lab, and clinical) when a seat is available. This will be at an additional tuition charge to the student. Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education. PSI Academic Catalog--155

156 Cell Phone/Electronic Device Policy for Clinicals Cell phones and all types of electronic devices are prohibited in the clinical area. PN students may not have these devices anywhere in the clinical area. This includes clinical preparation and the actual patient care clinical day(s). If a Practical Nursing student is seen with any type of cell phone/electronic device in the clinical facility, a warning is given to the student for the first violation. This is documented on the Clinical Evaluation Tool and a copy will be put in the student s academic file. If a student is seen with any type of cell phone/electronic device in the clinical facility for a second violation, that student will fail the clinical rotation of that nursing course and must repeat the entire course (theory, lab, and clinical) when a seat is available. This is at an additional tuition charge to the student. PN Clinical Requirements (Physical Exam, PPD, Immunizations, Criminal Background Checks, BLS/CPR Certification) It is entirely up to the student to stay in compliance with this requirement. Non-Compliance of Health Physical Exam, PPD, Immunization Requirements, Criminal Background Checks or BLS/CPR Certification will result in the following: No clinical site will be assigned to the student after the due date, the student will receive a letter grade of D if the student was passing the specific nursing course(s) at the time of the non-compliance; Or the student will receive a letter grade of F if the student was failing the specific nursing course(s) at the time of the non-compliance. Note: If this was the first attempt for the course, the course can be repeated one more time when an available seat is open at an additional tuition cost. IF this was a second attempt at a course, the student will be terminated from his/her enrollment. PN Lab Competencies PSI s clinical sites require that the Health Records Coordinator provide the clinical site with information regarding each PN student s health status, immunizations, criminal background checks and BLS/CPR certification prior to accepting students. Health physicals, PPDs, and criminal background checks all expire yearly. BLS/CPR certification also has an expiration date, depending on when the student was certified. Immunizations that are not complete need to be updated as required interval dates occur, until immunizations are complete. It is solely the responsibility of the PN student to keep his/her health physical exam, PPD, immunizations, criminal background check and BLS/CPR records updated and current, without exception. The following is a list of the final due date for these for each specific nursing course. The due dates for the Health/Clinical Requirements are as follows: No. Nursing Course Due Date 5 p.m. PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing Tuesday of Wk. 7 PN205 Med/Surg Nursing Tuesday of Wk. 5 PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing Tuesday of Wk. 5 If a student fails a lab demonstration (competency), the student is responsible for scheduling practice time and scheduling an appointment with the instructor for a return demonstration. Students are to be prompt for the appointment, 5 minutes late and the student will lose that appointment slot. It is the student s responsibility to reschedule a failed or missed return demonstration. Each student will be given two (2) attempts to pass the demonstration. If the demonstration is not passed on the second attempt the student will automatically fail the entire course. The student will be allowed to finish the didactic part of the course but will not be allowed to attend clinical for that course. The clinical fee charged to the student will be credited to his or her account. The tuition for the course will have been earned in full. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second attempt at the competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable. The student will be required to repeat the course in its entirety at an additional cost when an available seat is open. PN304 Mental Health Nursing Tuesday of Wk. 5 PN404 Maternal Infant Nursing Tuesday of Wk. 5 PN405 Pediatric Nursing Tuesday of Wk. 5 PSI Academic Catalog--156

157 Medical Release for PN Clinical Rotations If a student is, or becomes pregnant during her enrollment, the student will be required to obtain a release from the student s OB/GYN physician, Nurse Midwife, or Nurse Practitioner, allowing the student to participate in all academic and clinical requirements without any limitations. Students who have became ill, have sustained an injury, have had surgery, or have had a baby and are post-partum during his/her enrollment will be required to obtain a medical release from the student s physician allowing the student to participate in all academic and clinical requirements without any limitations. PSI has a Medical Release Form that is to be completed to document the release. This form may be obtained from the program director, coordinator, administrator or from the Administrative Assistant at PSI. This form is to be completed by the student s personal physician. A student will not be assigned a clinical rotation until this documentation has been completed and submitted by the assigned due date. PN Curriculum Content Rule (C) (5) (c) Curriculum for a nursing course which requires a clinical component in a Practical Nursing Education Program includes clinical and laboratory experiences which shall...be provided concurrently with the related theory instruction. Due to the above Ohio Board of Nursing Rule, all students must complete the theory, lab and clinical components of a nursing course in the same term/quarter. If a student passes the theory and lab components of a nursing course, but cannot complete the clinicals, for ANY reason, the entire course must be repeated in its entirety when an available opening occurs. This will be at an additional tuition and fees cost to the student. Failure of a Nursing Course Seat Availability Process Due to limited seating in the practical nursing program, PSI will use the following criteria to determine which student is given a seat for the following quarter, based on seat availability. To be considered for a repeat seat in a nursing course: 1. The student should have completed the theory component of the class in its entirety and received a final percentage grade for that class. 2. The student should have maintained a minimum of 85% attendance for the course. 3. The student is not on behavioral probation. 4. The student who is not on academic probation will be given priority for a seat over the student who is on academic probation. 5. The student has passed ALL of the other courses in which he or she was enrolled for that quarter, and has not withdrawn from any course. If the above criteria is met, the student is able to progress to the next level- seat availability criteria. 1. First seat will be awarded to: Students who have passed all other courses, including the didactic and lab components of the nursing course, but failed the clinical component of the nursing course. a. If more than one student, PSI will start with the highest accumulative GPA and go down until seats are filled. If seats remain Second seat will be awarded to: Students who have passed all other courses for the quarter, passed the nursing theory component of the course but failed the lab practical(s). a. If more than one student, PSI will start with the highest accumulative GPA and go down until seats are filled. If seats remain Third seat will be awarded to: Students who have passed all other courses for the quarter and received a D in the theory component of the nursing course, and have passed the lab practical(s). a. If more than one student, PSI will start with the highest accumulative GPA and go down until seats are filled. If seats remain Fourth seat will be awarded to: Students who have passed all other courses for the quarter and received a D in the theory component of the nursing course, and have failed the lab practical(s). a. If more than one student, PSI will start with the highest accumulative GPA and go down until seats are filled. If seats remain Fifth seat will be awarded to: Students who have passed all other courses for the quarter and received a F in the theory component, and passed the lab practical(s). a. If more than one student, PSI will start with the highest accumulative GPA and go down until seats are filled. If seats remain Sixth seat will be awarded to: Students who have passed all other courses for the quarter and received a F in the theory component, and failed the lab practical(s). a. If more than one student, PSI will start with the highest accumulative GPA and go down until seats are filled. If a student passes the nursing course for the quarter but fails one or two of the other courses, the student will not be PSI Academic Catalog--157

158 allowed to take a new nursing course until the failed nonnursing course or courses are passed successfully. All students who fail a course will be given a Plan of Study (POS) as to how, when and if they will be able to complete the PN Program. This POS cannot be accomplished until ALL courses are completed, and final grades are recorded. This POS will be shared with the student over break week. Students will be contacted per phone, and an appointment will be set up for them. Academic Hold PSI offers a one time academic hold due to PSI s unavailability of courses or seats for the enrolled student to continue in his or her program. The Academic Hold period will be no longer that two (2) 12- week quarters. The Academic Hold period will not count against the students maximum 150% time frame to complete his or her program. The Director of Education will review the student s academic file, created a POS, and determine whether an Academic Hold can be offered. PN Advisory Committee Members Annette Martin, MSN, RN Leah McGary, MSN, RN, CRNP Ruth Ankele, RN, MSN Cathy Peace, RN Kayleigh Swinkey, LPN Kathy Perzynski, MSN, RN Judy Robaszkiewicz, RN Jean Czerniak, LPN Wendy Sorensen, RN Dail Culpepper, RN Rosemary Dutkevicz, RN Tamara Swicegood, RN Sherry Paducha, LPN Lori Yarger, RN Advisory Chairman Advisory Co-Chairman Owens Community College Swan Creek Retirement Village PSI Graduate Lourdes College Lutheran Home at Toledo Lutheran Home at Toledo The Toledo Hospital Arbors of Sylvania The Toledo Hospital Lake Park Staff Development PSI Graduate Mercy St. Anne Hospital PSI Academic Catalog--158

159 Career education for a lifetime of success! Appendix A Academic Calendars PSI Academic Catalog--159

160 PSI Academic Catalog--160

161 Professional Skills Institute Career education for a lifetime of success! College of (Allied) Health Sciences ~ School of Physical Therapist Assisting ~ School of Practical Nursing Winter Quarter January 2, 2013 (Wednesday)... Start Date-Classes in session January No Classes-Martin Luther King Day February Open Normal Class Presidents Day February Spring Registration week March Winter quarter ends March 23 to March 31, Spring Break Spring Quarter April 1, Start Date-Classes in session May No Classes-Memorial Day June 3... Summer Registration week June Spring quarter ends June 22 to June 30, Summer Break Summer Quarter July 1, Start Date -Classes in session th July 4, PSI Closed July 4 Holiday Observed September 2... No classes-labor Day September 9... Fall class registration week September Summer quarter ends September 21 to September 29, Fall Break Fall Quarter September 30, Start Date - Classes in session November 28 and No classes - Thanksgiving Holiday November Winter class registration December Fall quarter ends December 21, 2013 to January 5, Winter Break PSI Academic Catalog--161

162 PSI Academic Catalog--162

163 Professional Skills Institute Career education for a lifetime of success! College of (Allied) Health Sciences ~ School of Physical Therapist Assisting ~ School of Practical Nursing Winter Quarter January 6, Start Date -Classes in session January No Classes -Martin Luther King Day February No Classes Presidents Day February Spring Registration week March Winter quarter ends March 29 to April 6, Spring Break Spring Quarter April 7, Start Date -Classes in session May 26...No Classes -Memorial Day June 2... Summer Registration week June Spring quarter ends June 28 to July 6, Summer Break Summer Quarter th July 4, PSI Closed July 4 Holiday Observed July 7, Start Date -Classes in session September 1... No classes -Labor Day September 8... Fall class registration week September Summer quarter ends September 27 to October 5, Fall Break Fall Quarter October 6, Start Date -Classes in session November Winter class registration November 27 and 28...No classes -Thanksgiving Holiday December Fall quarter ends December 24, 2014 to January 4, Winter Break *January 1 and 2, PSI Closed New Year Holiday PSI Academic Catalog--163

164 PSI Academic Catalog--164

165 Professional Skills Institute Career education for a lifetime of success! College of (Allied) Health Sciences ~ School of Physical Therapist Assisting ~ School of Practical Nursing Winter Quarter January 1 and 2, PSI Closed New Year Holiday January 5, Start Date -Classes in session January No Classes -Martin Luther King Day February No Classes Presidents Day February Spring Registration week March Winter quarter ends March 28 to April 5, Spring Break Spring Quarter April 6, Start Date -Classes in session May 25...No Classes -Memorial Day June 1... Summer Registration week June Spring quarter ends June 27 to July 3, Summer Break Summer Quarter July 6, Start Date -Classes in session September 7... No classes -Labor Day September 8... Fall class registration week September Summer quarter ends September 26 to October 4, Fall Break Fall Quarter October 5, Start Date -Classes in session November Winter class registration November 26 and 27...No classes -Thanksgiving Holiday December Fall quarter ends December 25 to January 3, Winter Break *January 1, PSI Closed New Year Holiday PSI Academic Catalog--165

166 PSI Academic Catalog--166